This section lists updated
descriptions for all university courses; the descriptions appear
in alphabetical order according to their course letter
designations. These descriptions include any prerequisites
(requirements students must satisfy before registering for the
course), corequisites (requirements students must satisfy while
taking the course), the amount of credit hours applied for each
course, and, where relevant, the hours devoted to lecture,
discussion, and laboratory (see applicable department sections for
the total credits required for each major or program). If no
indication exists for lecture, discussion and laboratory hours,
then the course is considered a lecture.
Students should be aware that the
courses listed here are subject to change. Many courses are
regularly offered in the fall, while others are offered in the
winter or summer. However, semester enrollment, course demand,
changes in faculty and other factors will sometimes affect the
offering of courses. In addition, new courses may have been added
and changes in existing courses may have occurred since the
printing of this bulletin.
When planning a semester program,
students should contact the applicable departments for information
regarding course offerings.
Some of the upper-level courses
listed here can also apply toward graduate credit. See the
Northern Michigan University Graduate Bulletin or
contact the College of Graduate Studies for more information.
Courses indicated in italics
can be used to satisfy liberal studies requirements.
(College of Business–Accounting)
ACT 201 Practical Accounting Procedures
4 cr.
Study of basic principles and
procedures in clerical, technical, or secretarial fields. This
course will emphasize recording business transactions and
completion of the accounting cycle, uses of special journals, and
preparation of financial statements, work sheets, payroll, and
other records.
Note:
Not acceptable as an elective for
students who complete ACT 230 and ACT 240.
ACT 202 Accounting Concepts for
Management
4 cr.
Introduction to accounting concepts
and the utilization of accounting in the decision making process.
Note:
Not acceptable as an elective for students who complete ACT 230
and ACT 240.
ACT 230 Principles of Accounting I
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 103 or equivalent.
Study of basic accounting
principles and recording procedures with in-depth analysis of
income and expense recognition, and the non-owners’ equity
portions of the balance sheet.
ACT 240 Principles of Accounting II
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
ACT 230.
Further study of financial
accounting topics, including owners’ equity concepts, income tax
accounting, statement of changes in financial position, statement
analysis, and interpretation. Managerial accounting topics are
introduced: cost accounting systems, responsibilities accounting,
budgeting concepts, cost-volume-profit analysis, and capital
budgeting.
ACT 301 Financial Accounting I
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
ACT 240.
Intensive study of the accounting
cycle and the asset section of the balance sheet.
ACT 302 Financial Accounting II
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
ACT 301.
Intensive study of the liability
and owners’ equity sections of the balance sheet and the treatment
of special problem areas in accounting.
ACT 311 Cost Accounting
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
ACT 240.
Development of an understanding of
cost accounting as an information system designed to provide data
for (1) inventory valuation and income determination, (2) planning
and controlling routine operations, and (3) non-routine decisions.
ACT 314 Management Accounting
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
bachelor degree in accounting.
Prerequisite:
ACT 240.
Survey of managers’ interpretation
and use of accounting data in setting plans and objectives, in
controlling operations, and in making the decisions involved with
management of an enterprise. Designed for undergraduate business
administration students who do not major in accounting.
ACT 321 Federal Income Taxation
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
ACT 240.
This course studies the basics of
federal income taxation for individuals. Tax policy considerations
and historical developments are studied to the extent that they
aid comprehension of current law. Many of the basic rules apply to
corporations, partnerships and trusts as well. This course
explores the major topical areas: basic tax model, gross income,
deductions, alternative minimum tax, basics of property,
nontaxable exchanges, capital gains and losses, depreciation
recapture and deferred compensation.
ACT 325 Financial Management for
Entrepreneurship
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the business core, relevant business experience, or
approval of the Entrepreneurship Development Program Committee.
Builds upon the basic introductory
material of Principles of Accounting I and II. Topics include
business taxes, cash flow forecasting, and cost analysis. This
course is not an appropriate elective for an accounting major.
ACT 403 Accounting III
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 302, ACT 311, and ACT 321, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
The third course in the financial
accounting sequence (ACT 301, 302, 403), covering special problem
areas in accounting and introducing the student to accounting
principles and procedures for governmental units, hospitals,
colleges and universities. Also included: accounting for business
combinations, partnerships, branch accounting, and multinational
accounting problems.
ACT 412 Advanced Cost Accounting
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 311 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Study of managerial accounting as
an information system designed to provide data for (1) non-routine
decisions, (2) policy making, and (3) long-range planning.
ACT 422 Advanced Federal Taxation
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 321 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
This course applies the basics of
income taxation learned in the first tax course to corporations,
partnerships, estates and trusts. Topics also include professional
tax practice considerations and family tax planning. Practical
experience in the preparation of tax forms will also be gained.
ACT 431 Accounting Information Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 240, CIS 110 or equivalent IS courses and junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Study of the concepts of
information and the systems approach as well as the techniques and
tools of systems analysis and design. Emphasis upon transaction
processing, controls, flow charting techniques, and accounting
situations involving electronic computing systems. Many problems
and cases are adapted from CPA and CMA examinations.
ACT 441 Auditing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 302, ACT 311 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Review of audit concepts,
standards, and procedures; ethics and legal requirements; scope,
objectives and nature of an audit; management of an audit, and
modern audit techniques. Statistical sampling in auditing; audits
of electronic systems; auditors’ role in tax and management
advisory services.
ACT 443 Fraud Examination
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
ACT 441 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
To raise the student's awareness of
the accountant's opportunities in fraud investigation and
detection and to bring the student to the point where he or she
can make an informed decision whether or not they want to pursue a
career as a certified fraud examiner.
ACT 482 Accounting for Non-Profit
Enterprises
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 301 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Accounting principles and
procedures for governmental units, hospitals, colleges, and
universities.
ACT 484 Current Developments in
Accounting
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior standing accounting major or permission of instructor.
Historical and current developments
in accounting research and theory. Controversial topics related in
contemporary literature.
ACT 488 CPA/CMA Problems
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior standing accounting major and College of Business
permission.
Selected problems from CPA
examinations; analysis and revision of statements, partnerships,
corporations, quasi-organizations, mergers and conglomerates;
financial accounting theory, ethics, auditing, law, advanced cost
and marginal analysis, and federal taxation programs.
ACT 491 Internship in Accounting
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
College of Business permission and junior standing.
Professional experience for
qualified accounting and finance students. Working relationships
will be established with accounting firms and other business
organizations. Students are required to write a paper, and will be
evaluated by their faculty supervisor in consultation with the
employer. Generally, a minimum of 40 hours of internship will be
required for each credit hour; however, most students will intern
most of a summer or semester and earn 4 credit hours.
Credit hours are over and above any
existing catalog requirements for the accounting degree.
ACT 495 Variable Topics in Accounting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
Variable topics of current
interest.
ACT 498 Directed Study in Accounting
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
Independent study of some special
problem in accounting under the guidance of a faculty member. This
study is limited to students with superior grade point averages.
(Art and Design Department)
AD 160 Physical Structures and Concepts
4 cr.
Introduction to the methods of
construction and production of art forms within a societal
context. The course includes the study of materials, tools,
assembly procedures and the application of such forms.
AD 175 Visual Structures and Concepts
4 cr.
Study of pattern and color in
relation to visual perception and communication. Visual patterns,
color qualities, and their application are examined.
AD 270 Social Structures and Concepts
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 160 and AD 175.
Comparative study of cultural
products, social structures, and visual conditioning and its
evolution in contemporary society. Students are required to
participate in a class field trip to Chicago or Minneapolis which
involves a substantial fee to cover travel expenses.
AD 360 Methodology and Visual Form
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 270.
Examination of mechanics, optics,
and material characteristics, and their relationship to the
physical form of objects.
AD 375 Perception and Visual Form
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 270.
Examination of the interaction of
psychological and social psychological data and how this applies
to visual communication. Students analyze concepts of color, form,
and social meaning in relation to their major studio area and
production of studio work.
AD 470 Value and Visual Form
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 270.
The identification of personal and
social values as they relate to the production of art derived from
critical, theoretical, and philosophical sources.
AD 200 Native American Art and
Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisite:
EN 111 recommended.
A study of the issues current in
the field dealing specifically with objects and artifacts that
express cultural concepts in visual form and the built environment
from precontact times to the present. A contextual approach will
be used to analyze traditional and contemporary material produced
by the Anishinabe and Haudenosaunee as well as other indigenous
groups in the areas of the U.S. and Canada.
AD 250 History of Western Art and
Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Surveys the history of the visual
arts in the Western world from prehistoric times through the first
half of the nineteenth century. The social contexts of art,
aspects of form, the possible intentions of artists, and the
theoretical underpinnings of artistic activity are examined.
AD 260 Why America Looks This Way
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Survey of the ideas and events
determining the appearances of our cities, countryside, industrial
products, and homes.
AD 265 Art and Architecture of Japan
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
A chronological survey of the
visual arts in Japan from prehistory to the twentieth century. The
course is organized according to the periods of Japanese political
and cultural history. Covers the styles, media, and artists in
Japanese art history and introduces the core aesthetic, religious,
and ethical values that are expressed through Japanese art and
architecture.
AD 300 Japan and the West:
Crosscurrents in Art and Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
junior standing.
Investigates the mutual influence
of Japanese and western art during the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. Considers technical, formal, and philosophical
dimensions of this influence. The focus of the course is Japan's
impact on European and American modernist art. The course will
lead to a general understanding and appreciation of intercultural
processes in art.
AD 355 Twentieth Century Art and
Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
junior standing.
Survey of the visual arts and built
environment in the Western world from the second half of the 19th
century through the present decade. The conceptual basis of the
arts and their place in society is examined within an historical
framework.
Ceramics
AD 122 Ceramics: Handbuilding
Techniques
4 cr.
Introduction to the methods and
techniques of producing ceramic objects covering the various
forming, finishing, and firing techniques. Students experience
techniques ranging from pinch, cool, and slab construction.
AD 222 Ceramics: Wheel Forms
4 cr.
Development of the traditional
skills of throwing, along with glazing and firing procedures.
Supporting information is derived from historical and contemporary
wheel thrown forms.
AD 322 Ceramics: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203, AD 122, and AD 222.
Production of a collection of
ceramic pieces that combine traditional and experimental
techniques to develop a personal approach toward the ceramic
material. The emphasis is on finishing and technical concerns
related to clay/glaze formulation and firing procedures.
AD 422 Ceramics: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 322 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work that
supports the student’s personal concern for form. Individual
solutions for construction and finishing are stressed with a focus
on current trends and issues in ceramics.
AD 459 Ceramics: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 422 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continuation of the study of the
ceramic process to develop a body of work representing a personal
approach supported by ideological and theoretical sources.
Digital Cinema
AD 121 Digital Cinema: Introduction
4 cr.
Introduction to the physical
aspects of digital video production. Screenings emphasize
narrative features and shorts. Equipment is provided.
AD 221 Digital Cinema: Animation
4 cr.
Continued development of digital
video production skills and knowledge emphasizing animation forms.
Equipment is provided.
AD 321 Digital Cinema: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 221.
Continued development of digital
video production skills and knowledge emphasizing documentary
forms. Students must have access to a camcorder.
AD 421 Digital Cinema: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 321 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of digital
video production skills and knowledge emphasizing a seminar
project. Students must have access to a camcorder.
AD 458 Digital Cinema: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 421 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Development of a portfolio
presentation and an ideological statement.
Drawing and Painting
AD 114 Painting
4 cr.
Introduction to relevant concepts
and techniques. A body of work is produced exploring several
painting media, with an emphasis on oils.
AD 120 Drawing/Illustration
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and
knowledge needed to create various types of spatial illusions and
to provide cognate support for drawing.
AD 220 Drawing/Painting
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
AD 120.
Development of techniques and
skills related to all aspects of spatial illusions. Emphasis is
placed on the importance of drawing as a basis for visual growth.
AD 320 Drawing/Painting/Papermaking:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 220.
Production of a body of works
demonstrating the student’s understanding of psychological and
social aspects. Students may produce work in any combination of
drawing, painting or papermaking.
AD 420 Drawing/Painting/Papermaking:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 320 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Development of a body of work using
a personal approach to image construction and emphasizing the
ideological sources supporting the activity.
AD 457 Drawing/Painting: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 420 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work that
continues the development of ideological concerns.
Electronic Imaging
AD 134 Electronic Imaging: Introduction
4 cr.
Introduction to computer graphics
hardware and software with the development of knowledge and skill
in electronic image production. No previous computer experience
required.
AD 234 Electronic Imaging: Digital
Photography, Animation and Desktop Video
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 134 and AD 175.
Development of concepts and methods
for electronic imaging using a variety of software. Techniques
using resources from traditional media such as graphic design,
illustration, painting, photography, and video are incorporated.
Ideological issues concerning electronic imaging are presented.
AD 334 Electronic Imaging: Modeling,
Rendering and Animation
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 234.
Development of concepts and methods
for the modeling and animation of three-dimensional forms.
Industry uses of modeling such as gaming, real-time rendering and
time based narrative will be presented.
AD 434 Electronic Imaging: Interactive
Multimedia and Web Site Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203, AD 234 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Development of concepts and methods
for interactive multimedia and web site design using a variety of
software. Considerations for navigation, interactivity, and visual
communication will be presented.
AD 467 Electronic Imaging: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 430, AD 434 and junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Development of electronic imaging
portfolio presentation and ideological statement. Self promotion
with an emphasis on job search will be explored through the
development of interactive media such as a web site.
Environmental Design
AD 129 Environmental Design: Image
Basis
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and
techniques of environmental and social goods design. Ideation and
presentation procedures are stressed in studio work with an
introduction to cognate aspects of interior and commercial design
presented through lecture and discussion.
AD 229 Environmental Design: Physical
Basis
4 cr.
Development of environmental and
product problem solving techniques and the synthesis of sense
impressions for personal and specialized public environments,
interiors, and products. Studio work is oriented toward model
building techniques and the basis of form presentations.
AD 329 Environmental Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 129, AD 203, and AD 229.
Application of ideological and
theoretical concepts to a contracted body of work. A written
document of support is required.
AD 429 Environmental Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 329 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Production of interior,
environmental, or commercial site design solutions as an
individual portfolio.
AD 466 Environmental Design: BFA
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 429 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of
ideological concerns and preparation of selected work for the
professional portfolio.
Furniture Design
AD 124 Woodworking: Joinery and
Greenwood
4 cr.
Introduction to traditional hand
tool joinery and greenwood process through the production of
social goods and the identification of a personal mode of
practice.
AD 224 Woodworking: Turning and Bending
4 cr.
Introduction to wood turning and
bending through the production of social goods and the
identification of a personal mode of practice.
AD 326 Furniture Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 124, AD 203 and AD 224.
Development of a professional
portfolio and a written support paper. Emphasis is placed on
understanding the various parameters of usefulness, cost and
appearance that form the design program.
AD 426 Furniture Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 326 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of a
professional portfolio and written support paper from AD 326.
Emphasis is placed on the application of ideology and theory.
AD 463 Furniture Design: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 426 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of
ideological and theoretical concerns. Emphasis is placed on
preparing a selection of work as a professional portfolio and
writing a paper supporting the activity.
Graphic Communication
AD 118 Introduction to Graphic
Communication
4 cr.
Introduction to graphic
communication concepts with the development of hand skills.
Emphasis is placed on the use of process, pattern and color
concepts.
AD 218 Graphic Communication: Studio
Practices
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
AD 118.
Introduction to the use of
typography. Emphasis is placed on the use of process, letterform,
layout and computer skills.
AD 318 Graphic Communication: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 218.
A study of layout and design.
Emphasis is placed on the use of process, design concept, complex
layout and computer skills.
AD 418 Graphic Communication: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 318 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
A study of client-based graphic
problems. Emphasis is placed on the use of process, market
research, design concept, advanced layout and computer skills.
AD 455 Graphic Communication: BFA
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 318 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
A study of self-promotion. Emphasis
is placed on portfolio, job search and exhibition preparation.
Illustration
AD 120 Drawing/Illustration
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and
knowledge needed to create various types of forms and spatial
illusions.
AD 219 Illustration Forms
4 cr.
Study of illustration concepts and
techniques. The focus is on studio production in book, magazine
advertising, television and film illustration with an emphasis on
color and linear perspective using a variety of media including
computer imaging.
AD 319 Illustration: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 219 with a “B” or better.
Development of a competitive
professional portfolio with assignments that closely parallel
illustration problems encountered in the profession. Two areas of
illustration are chosen by the student stressing the interaction
of image, color typography and social meaning.
AD 419 Illustration: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 319 with a “B” or better and junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Completion of a competitive
professional portfolio focusing on one area of illustration with
students choosing the concepts, themes and techniques.
Illustration markets and career opportunities are investigated.
AD 456 Illustration: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 419 with a “B” or better and junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Study of image, color, typography
and social meaning for the visual communication media. Students
complete a professional portfolio demonstrating mastery of
illustration problems in their chosen area.
Jewelry, Metalsmithing and
Blacksmithing
AD 123 Jewelry/Metalsmithing
4 cr.
Introduction to methods, techniques
and materials used to construct metal objects and jewelry. The
course covers forming, soldering, cutting, forging, casting,
fabricating metal and other materials in the production of
jewelry/art.
AD 223 Blacksmithing/Metalsmithing
4 cr.
Development of skills and knowledge
of basic blacksmithing in the production of utilitarian and
non-utilitarian forged objects. Beginning through advanced
techniques of forging hot steel are covered.
AD 323 Metalsmithing: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 123, AD 175 and AD 223.
Production casting and mold-making
techniques. Individualized research of casting processes in the
production of jewelry and metal objects.
AD 423 Metalsmithing: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203, AD 323 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Sheet metal forming techniques:
raising, sinking, folding and construction. Production of a
collection of work using these techniques as the foundation of the
structures designed by each student.
AD 460 Metalsmithing: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 423 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of
ideological concerns in the production of studio art work as
contracted with the instructor.
Photography
AD 117 Photography: Black and White
4 cr.
Introduction to the use of the
camera, film processing, printing procedures and print
presentation using black and white materials. Assignments and
critiques introduce the student to ideology and problem-solving
techniques. Each student must have access to a single reflex
camera.
AD 217 Photography: Color
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
AD 117.
Introduction to color photography
using film and electronic media. Light and film, additive and
subtractive color, print forms and print presentation are
emphasized.
AD 317 Photography: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 217.
Introduction of studio lighting
(including tungsten and strobe lights) using black and white
materials. Application of the 4 x 5 view camera for studio work
is introduced. An emphasis is made on refinement of black and
white print quality.
AD 417 Photography: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 317 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Advanced studio application of the
4 x 5 view camera using color transparency. Utilization of the
computer with photographic image making is presented. Students
develop portfolios with an emphasis on continuity.
AD 454 Photography: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 417 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Preparation of a professional
portfolio by each student.
Printmaking
AD 115 Printmaking: Serigraphy and
Intaglio
4 cr.
Introduction to the techniques of
screen printing and the intaglio process (etching). Emphasis is
placed on skill development and the creation of original prints.
AD 215 Printmaking/Papermaking: Forms
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 115 or instructor permission.
Development of skills and
techniques necessary in the creation of an original print.
Emphasis is placed on one process: intaglio, screen, relief or
lithography. Students may also explore hand papermaking
emphasizing sheetmaking, beater techniques, coloring, casting or
three-dimensional approaches.
AD 315 Printmaking/Papermaking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 and AD 215.
Continued development of studio
skills using one process, with an emphasis on creating editions.
AD 415 Printmaking/Papermaking:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 315 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work using
one process, with an emphasis on development of a personal
ideology.
AD 452 Printmaking/Papermaking: BFA
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 415 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work and a
support paper that continue the development of ideological
concerns.
Product Design
Note:
100 and 200 level product design courses are not available;
courses established through advisement.
AD 327 Product Design Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
AD 203.
Design and construction of full
size working products as a portfolio and the writing of a support
paper. Emphasis is placed on understanding the various parameters
of usefulness, cost and appearance that form a design problem.
AD 427 Product Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 327 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of a
professional portfolio and written support paper from AD 327.
Emphasis is placed on the application of ideological and
theoretical knowledge.
AD 464 Product Design: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 427 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of
ideological and theoretical concerns. Emphasis is placed on
preparing a selection of work as a professional portfolio and
writing a paper supporting the activity.
Sculpture
AD 116 Sculpture
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and
techniques of sculpture and its cognate support.
AD 216 Sculpture: Bronze and Aluminum
Casting
4 cr.
Development of skills and concepts
in the production of sculpture using bronze and aluminum casting.
Concentration is on learning the operation of production casting
and mold making.
AD 316 Sculpture
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 116, AD 216, WD 140, and AD 203.
Development of skills and concepts
in the production of welded steel sculpture within the context of
architecture and the environment. Ideations are directed toward
large scale operations and productions.
AD 416 Sculpture: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 316 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a group of artwork
focusing on multi-media assemblage, found objects and combined
technologies.
AD 453 Sculpture: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 416 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of
ideological concerns in the production of studio art work as
contracted with the instructor.
Woodworking
AD 124 Woodworking: Joinery and
Greenwood
4 cr.
Introduction to traditional hand
tool joinery and greenwood process through the production of
social goods and the identification of a personal mode of
practice.
AD 224 Woodworking: Turning and Bending
4 cr.
Introduction to wood turning and
bending through the production of social goods and the
identification of a personal mode of practice.
AD 324 Woodworking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 124, AD 203 and AD 224.
Development of a professional
portfolio and a written support paper. Emphasis is placed on
understanding the various parameters of usefulness, cost and
appearance that form the design problem.
AD 424 Woodworking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 324 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of a
professional portfolio and written support paper from AD 324.
Emphasis is placed on the application of ideology and theory.
AD 461 Woodworking: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 303, AD 424 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of
ideological and theoretical concerns. Emphasis is placed on
preparing a selection of work as a professional portfolio and
writing a paper supporting the activity.
(for elementary education majors)
AD 310 Art for the Elementary Classroom
Teacher
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to teacher education.
A survey of a variety of teaching
strategies to implement concepts of knowledge, values and skills
in the art classroom. Special emphasis is placed on art criticism,
aesthetics, art history, art production, child development,
drawing, painting, paper, crayons, printmaking, fibers and lesson
planning.
Art Education
(for secondary certification K-12)
AD 248 Media and Media Methodology for
Art Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AD 175, a minimum GPA of 2.70 in the department and admission to a
teacher education program. Students must have either a portfolio
review of previous work or have satisfactorily completed AD 203.
An introduction in which a variety
of teaching strategies is explored to implement concepts of
knowledge, values, and skills with different media in the art
classroom. Special emphasis is placed on discipline-based art
education, audiovisual productions, planning and organization of
an art room and the writing of lesson plans.
AD 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Art Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in art and design.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education and AD 248
with a minimum grade of “B”, and a minimum GPA of 2.70 in the
department. Transfer or post-baccalaureate students must have a
portfolio of their work approved by the department.
An examination of how the history
of art education influences art curricula today. Special emphasis
is placed on a written fifteen week curriculum, discussion of
creative problem solving, discipline, motivation, evaluation and a
pre-student-teaching experience in the public schools. Other
instructors must be informed of this commitment to avoid conflict
of obligations.
AD 103 Individual Art Review
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Introduction to the profession’s
requirements and the range of opportunities in the visual arts.
Students begin the development of the portfolios required for
their application to the upper division in the department.
AD 203 Individual Art Review
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
AD 103 (with a grade of "S") and instructor of selected
concentration permission, AD 160 and AD 175 (or concurrent
enrollment) and 200 level seminar students must also attain a "B-"
(2.7) average in their selected studio concentration to enroll.
Preparation of portfolios and
resumes for evaluation before full-time faculty of the Department
of Art and Design. Concurrent enrollment in a 300-level studio
course is possible only with the advisor’s consent, since a
passing grade in AD 203 is generally considered a requirement for
enrollment in the department’s upper division. This course may be
repeated, but students receiving one or more grades of
Unsatisfactory or Withdrawal will not be allowed to continue in
the program.
AD 303 Individual Art Review
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
AD 203 (with a grade of S), AD 270, and 300 level seminar (or
concurrent enrollment), plus permission of the instructor of the
particular studio area. Students must also attain a "B-" (2.7)
average in their selected studio concentration to enroll.
Students identify the
characteristics of professionalism and the ability to discuss
their art work with small groups of faculty. Students are
expected to develop resumes, statements about their intent with an
emphasis on the social, visual and ideological aspects of the
visual arts, color transparencies of work and a professional
portfolio presentation. This course may be repeated, but students
receiving one or more grades of Unsatisfactory or Withdrawal will
not be allowed to continue in the program.
AD 403 Individual Art Review
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
AD 303 (with a grade of S) and acceptance of the AD 403 Portfolio
Review Application.
Preparation of a collection of work
to demonstrate the student’s professional competence for exhibit
presentation in a departmentally approved gallery.
AD 291 Studio Workshop
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Freshman or sophomore standing.
A course designed to develop
specific studio skills of students who are interested in enhancing
the classroom studio experience.
AD 295 Special Topics in Art and Design
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Freshman or sophomore standing.
A course providing art and design
experiences not emphasized in regular course offerings.
AD 298 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Freshman or sophomore standing and instructor permission.
A course arranged by contract with
the instructor of a particular studio area.
AD 299 Associate Research
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Open to associate degree candidates only.
Individual study with an instructor
of a particular studio concentration exploring and utilizing
techniques, materials and processes. It must be taken at the
hours for regularly presented studio classes in the concentration.
AD 450 Studio Practice
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department head permission. Open only to those
students who through transfer or departmental evaluation do not
have enough credits for graduation from a particular area of
studio concentration.
A course arranged by contract with
the instructor of a particular studio concentration.
AD 491 Studio Workshop
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior, senior or graduate standing.
A course designed to develop
specific studio skills of students who are interested in enhancing
the classroom studio experience.
AD 492 Internship in Art and Design
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
AD 160, AD 175, AD 203, AD 303, AD 270, GPA 2.7, junior standing
and approval of the major professor.
The object of this course is to
provide Art and Design majors with professional work experience in
their chosen area of concentration.
AD 495 Special Topics in Art and Design
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior, senior or graduate standing and instructor permission.
A course providing art and design
experiences not emphasized in regular course offerings.
AD 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior, senior or graduate standing and instructor permission.
A course arranged by contract with
the instructor of a particular studio area.
(Academic Information Services)
AIS 101 Introduction to Information
Resources
1 cr.
A practical introduction to the
organization of information. The course includes instruction and
practice in the use of the library, basic reference materials, the
online catalog, CD-ROMs, periodical indexes, and government
documents. Open to all students, it is especially recommended for
first year students.
AIS 295 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Investigation of a significant
topic. Content varies.
AIS 296 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Investigation of a significant
topic. Content varies.
AIS 330 Management of Archival
Information
4 cr.
Examination of the knowledge,
theory, and related skills required to manage archival
information. This course will review the nature of information,
records, historical documentation, research methodologies, and the
role of archives in modern society. Students will learn and apply
in practicum exercises the theories and skills necessary to
understand and implement archival functions and research
methodologies.
AIS 435 Research Using Digital
Information Resources
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of
instructor.
A theoretical and practical study
of digital information resources. Hands-on practice with searching
digital information resources (Internet, online databases,
e-journals) is an integral part of the course. Issues such as
access, copyright, preservation, authorship, ownership,
organization, citation formats, and content evaluation will be
discussed as they apply to locating and using digital information
resources.
AIS 491 Workshops and Seminars in
Library and Information Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Opportunities for the concentrated
study of selected library and information topics.
AIS 495 Special Topics in Library and
Information Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of
instructor.
An opportunity to study resources
and issues in library and information science that are not part of
established courses.
AIS 496 Special Topics in Library and
Information Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Investigation of significant topic.
Content varies.
(Allied Health)
AH 100 Exploration of Health Careers
2 cr.
This course is designed for any
student who wishes to learn more about a variety of health related
careers in an organized and structured format. The student will
learn about the profession, what is available on campus, meet the
appropriate contact people and tour the facilities. In addition to
lecture, guest speakers, video tapes and field trips, students
will be given a variety of assignments designed to assess their
suitability for these fields and meet the goals of the freshman
seminar course.
AH 102 Growth and Development
3 cr.
Developing a concept of human life
from birth to death. Emphasis is on the normal stages of growth
and development of the human being, incorporating the particular
nutritional requirements of each stage. This course serves as a
framework within which students (1) explore their own feelings
concerning the life process, and (2) develop a philosophy
concerning the appreciation of that process.
AH 125 Clinical Assistant Skills
3 cr. (2-0-2)
This course introduces the clinical
assistant to the basic skills that are required to carry out
select patient interventions in varied health care settings. The
student practices and then performs select clinical skills on
patients in health care settings.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
AMT 101 Introduction to Aviation
Maintenance
6 cr.
A study of fundamentals of aviation
maintenance. Topics include: aircraft familiarization,
nomenclature, physics of flight, flight-line safety, aviation
math, physics, and basic electricity.
AMT 102 Aircraft Basic Science
6 cr.
Identification, selection, and use
of FAA publications related to aircraft maintenance, determination
of authority to return to service, mechanic’s privileges, and
limitations, use of aircraft records, familiarization with
aircraft drawings and aircraft weight and balance.
AMT 103 Aviation Shop Practices
6 cr.
A study of the use of basic hand
tools and power equipment, shop safety, fluid lines and fittings,
materials and processes, cleaning and corrosion control, the use
and care of precision measuring tools, and the use and
interpretation of various non-destructive inspection methods.
AMT 104 Aircraft Electrical Systems
6 cr.
A study of the reading and
interpretation of aircraft electrical diagrams and schematics,
theory of operation and repair of aircraft electrical generation
and regulation systems, airframe and power plant warning and
control systems.
AMT 200 Aircraft Sheet
Metal/Non-Metallic Structures
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104 or instructor permission.
A study of aircraft sheet metal
structural fabrication and repair methods, wood, fabric, composite
and plastic aircraft components construction and repair.
AMT 201 Reciprocating Engines and
Propellers
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104 or instructor permission.
An in-depth study of the theory of
operation of reciprocating engines, and their systems, propeller
systems, construction, operation, maintenance and repair.
AMT 202 Aircraft Flight Control Systems
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104 or instructor permission.
A detailed study of aircraft flight
control system installation, rigging, and requirements for methods
of aircraft inspection. Helicopter aerodynamics, assembly,
rigging, and components.
AMT 203 Reciprocating Engine Overhaul
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104, AMT 201 or instructor
permission.
The study of overhaul practices of
reciprocating aircraft engines. Includes removal/reinstallation,
inspection, overhaul, maintenance, repair, and troubleshooting of
aircraft reciprocating engines and systems.
AMT 204 Turbine Engines and Systems
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104 or instructor permission.
The study of the theory of
operation of aircraft turbine engines and their associated
systems.
AMT 205 Aircraft Fluid Power and
Landing Gear
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT, 104 or instructor permission.
A detailed study of aircraft
hydraulic, pneumatic, and landing gear system operation,
maintenance and repair.
AMT 206 Cabin Atmosphere and
Information Systems
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104 or instructor permission.
The study of aircraft cabin
atmospheric control systems including heating, cooling, cabin
pressurization systems, and oxygen systems. Also aircraft
instruments, ice and rain control, communication and navigation
system installation, maintenance and repair.
AMT 207 Turbine Engine Maintenance and
Inspection
6 cr.
Prerequisites:
AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103, AMT 104, AMT 204 or instructor
permission.
The study of overhaul and repair
procedures for aircraft gas turbine engines. The course provides
the hands-on practical experience necessary to inspect, overhaul,
maintain, and repair turbine engines.
(Sociology and Social Work
Department)
AN 100 Introduction to Socio-Cultural
Anthropology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
The significance of culture and
society as means of adapting to a varied and changing environment.
Adaptation and cultural evolution are examined through a
cross-cultural study of economic, social, political, and
ideological institutions. Art, music, and language are also
discussed.
AN 101 Introduction to Physical
Anthropology and Archeology
4 cr.
An introduction to current evidence
for human evolution. The fossil record, genetics, primate studies
and archaeological evidence are interrelated to provide a complete
understanding of our present status as homo sapiens.
AN 210 People, Culture and Nature
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Study of the impact of society,
culture, and environment on the way people live. The elements of
socio-cultural systems of various types of tribal and modern
societies are compared. Broad trends and relationships are
stressed; the course utilizes knowledge from biology, social
science, psychology and ecology.
AN 295 Special Topics in Anthropology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Development of anthropological
topics not addressed in regular courses, depending on faculty
expertise and student needs.
AN 320 Native Peoples of North America
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
AN 100 or instructor permission. If taken as upper division
liberal studies course, completion of foundations of communication
requirement and sophomore standing also are required.
Analysis of the cultural
variability of the North American Indians and Inuit's prior to
European contact, as well as the effects of this contact on the
indigenous peoples. Concludes with a discussion of contemporary
problems of the native peoples of North America.
AN 330 Indians of the Western Great
Lakes
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AN 100 or AN 210.
An introduction to the cultures of
the Native peoples of the Western Great Lakes. The course will
focus on a comparative examination of the life ways of the Indians
before European contact and an assessment of the impact of
European contact on these cultures. Particular attention will be
given to how the different environments of the Western Great Lakes
Region influenced the particular Indian lifestyles and how people
at various times adapted to these differing environments. Special
attention will be given to the Indians of Michigan.
AN 355 Seminar in Archaeological Field
Methods
2-10 cr.
May be repeated if the experience
differs.
No more than 10 credits may be
applied toward the minor in anthropology.
Prerequisites:
AN 101 or instructor permission.
Introduction to archaeological
field methods through participation in actual site survey and
excavation. Instruction is given in excavation procedures, survey
techniques, recording, photography, preservation, cataloguing, and
preliminary analysis.
AN 382 Health, Society, and Culture
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 or AN 100 or instructor permission.
Cross-listed as SO 382.
Analysis of behavioral science
dimensions of health systems and health institutions at a national
level, with special emphasis on the United States. The behavioral
science approach to problems of health and disease is discussed,
along with social and cultural factors relating to the occurrence
and distribution of disease. American medical systems and
institutions are analyzed in terms of political and economic
factors, types of practitioners, the distribution of health
services and personnel, and in comparison with medical systems in
other societies.
AN 495 Special Topics in Anthropology
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
AN 100 or AN 210 for cultural anthropology topic; AN 101 for
physical anthropology and archaeology topic; junior standing or
instructor permission.
Topic to be announced.
AN 498 Directed Study in Anthropology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Two anthropology courses, junior standing and instructor
permission.
A course for students desiring work
in areas not covered in existing courses.
(Physics Department)
AS 103 Observational and Solar System
Astronomy
4 cr. (3-0-3)
This course may not be taken for
credit towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
High school algebra or MA 100.
History of astronomy; observational
astronomy; basic science principles and how they relate to
astronomy; the celestial sphere and coordinate systems; star
charts; telescopes; formation and evolution of the solar system;
planetary characteristics (internal structure, surfaces,
atmospheres); comets and asteroids.
AS 104 Stellar/Galactic Astronomy and
Cosmology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
This course may not be taken for
credit towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
High school algebra or MA 100.
The nature and life cycle of stars
including nova and supernova, black holes, white dwarfs and
neutron stars; characteristics of the sun; basic scientific
principles and how they relate to stellar characteristics;
formation and evolution of galaxies; stellar and galactic distance
determination methods; spectroscopy; models of formation,
evolution, and expansion of the universe (cosmology).
AS 495 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
A course devoted to a particular
topic in astronomy that is not included in the regular courses, or
to meet the special needs of a group of students. It may be
repeated if the topic is different.
(Health, Physical Education &
Recreation Department)
ATR 100 Introduction to Athletic
Training
1 cr.
An introduction to the field of
athletic training including: professional organizations,
certification information, job employment settings and basic
prevention and care techniques. NATABOC's domains of athletic
training will be used to provide the student with an understanding
of the profession.
ATR 241 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injury
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
BI 201.
An introduction to basic injury
recognition, prevention, and evaluation procedures. Focus will be
on but not limited to internal athletic injuries, head and neck
injuries, heat related illnesses and basic emergency procedures.
Along with "hands on" experience, students will obtain an
understanding of basic anatomy, injury evaluation, recognition,
and treatment of many athletic injuries.
ATR 292A: Introduction to Practicum I
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission into the Athletic Training Program, ATR 100, ATR 241.
This clinical lab and clinical
athletic training experience will focus on the development of, and
competence in lower extremity palpation, taping and wrapping
techniques, and emergency procedures. Student will be required to
successfully complete all course competencies before moving on to
the next practicum.
ATR 292B: Introduction to Practicum II
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
ATR 292A
This clinical and clinical athletic
training experience will focus on the development of, and
competence in upper extremity palpation, taping and wrapping
techniques, custom padding, and non-theoretical modality usage.
Students will be required to successfully complete all course
competencies before moving on to the next practicum.
ATR 320 Advanced Assessment Techniques
in Athletics Training I
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ATR 100, ATR 241, BI 201.
This course is designed to explore
in depth, the modern techniques used in the evaluation of athletic
injuries to the lower region of the body, including the foot,
ankle, knee, hip and lower spinal region. Particular emphasis will
be placed on taking a medical history, performing a medical
observation, physical palpation, functional testing and special
testing. This course will also include an emphasis on injury
pathology, and a unit on general medical conditions common to
athletics.
ATR 321 Advanced Assessment Techniques
in Athletics Training II
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
ATR 320.
This course is designed to explore
in depth, the modern techniques used in the evaluation of athletic
injuries to the upper region of the body, including the hand,
wrist, elbow, shoulder, neck, head, and trunk. Particular
emphasis will be placed on taking a medical history, performing a
medical observation, physical palpation, functional testing and
special testing. The student will be made aware of the key signs
and symptoms that indicate specific athletic-related injuries and
conditions. This course will also focus on injury pathology. A
unit on pharmacology will also be included.
ATR 360 Therapeutic Exercise and
Rehabilitation Techniques
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ATR 241, ATR 292A, 292B.
The student will be exposed to a
wide variety of rehabilitation techniques, including aquatic
therapy, plyometrics, stretching, etc. The student will learn
basic guidelines of injury rehabilitation including goals,
progression, functional testing, return to play, and referral,
etc. Certain specific rehabilitation protocols will also be
discussed.
ATR 380 Therapeutic Modalities
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ATR 241, ATR 292A, ATR 292B.
This clinical athletic training
experience will involve student participation at one of the ATR
programs established on-campus or affiliated athletic training
sites. Student will work under the direct supervision of an ATC
and will be expected to utilize skills, in which they have
demonstrated competence. Students will also be expected to develop
and become competent in lower extremity manual muscle testing
techniques, goniometric assessments, and complete evaluation
methods.
ATR 392A/B Intermediate Practicum
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ATR 292A/B, Admission to the Athletic Training Program.
Continuation of ATR 392A with
emphasis on upper extremity.
ATR 410 Athletic Training Policies and
Procedures
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ATR 100, ATR 241, Practicum, Admission to the Athletic Training
Program, junior standing or permission of instructor.
This course is designed to expose
the student to the many management and administrative duties
athletic trainers are responsible for. Included, but not limited
to, are managing a budget, staffing, developing and implementing
policies, and communication with athletes, coaches, parents, etc.
Record keeping and organization will also be stressed.
ATR 490 Seminar in Athletic Training
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ATR 100, ATR 241, ATR 320,
Practicum, junior standing or permission of instructor.
The student will be exposed to
current topics of interest and issues in athletic training.
Continuing education will be stressed. Developing discussion
skills in athletic training will also be reinforced. In addition,
a unit on counseling and a unit on research will be included in
this course.
ATR 492A/B Advanced Practicum in
Athletic Training
2 cr.
Admission to the Athletic Training
program is REQUIRED for enrollment in any of the "practicums".
Prerequisites:
ATR 292, ATR 392, Admission to
Athletic Training Program, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
This clinical athletic training
course is designed to allow students, under direct supervision, to
utilize all skills in which they have achieved competence.
Particular emphasis in the areas of record keeping, development of
the relationship of the sports medicine team, and decision making
skills.
(Communication and Performance
Studies Department)
BC 165 Introduction to Mass Media
4 cr.
Examination of contemporary mass
media in the United States, including the press, movies, radio,
television and new mass communication technologies. These will be
studied from several perspectives – historical, economic, social
and political.
BC 245 Radio-TV Performance
4 cr.
Introduction to the basic verbal
and visual elements for students interested in performance for
radio or television. Audio elements include diction, enunciation,
pronunciation, and microphone techniques. Visual elements include
posture, movement, and expression. Students will perform
announcements, news, commercials, interviews, and drama.
BC 265 Writing and Announcing for
Broadcast
4 cr.
Introduction to the basic planning,
writing and performance elements in electronic media production.
Students write scripts for a variety of program formats, including
commercials, public service announcements, news, interviews and
documentaries. Performance elements include diction, enunciation,
pronunciation, script interpretation, microphone techniques,
posture, movement, and expression.
BC 271 Audio Production
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Introduction to skills used in
audio recording and program production. Covers the theoretical
background of the field and extensive applied laboratory
experiences.
BC 272 Studio Television Production
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Introduction to the theory and
practice of producing contemporary studio television programs.
Includes program aesthetics, production planning, visual design,
scripting, rehearsing and directing.
BC 273 Electronic Field Production
4 cr.
Basic theories and techniques of
single camera electronic field production. Includes program
aesthetics, production planning, scripting, shooting, sound
recording, video tape editing, and post-production processes.
Students produce several projects.
BC 291 Broadcast Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to 4 credits
in combination with BC 491.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Practice in operational positions
in broadcasting under the supervision of media professionals and a
faculty member.
BC 295 Special Topics in Broadcasting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Intended for underclassmen.
Investigation of a significant topic or theme.
BC 320 Electronic Media Management
4 cr.
Contemporary problems faced by
managers of radio, television, and cable TV stations are studied.
Solutions to those problems and the decision-making process are
analyzed.
BC 325 Communication and Performance in
Africa
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communications requirement and
sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
Examination of a range of different
performance genres in Africa, and shows the relationship of
performance genres to social process. The course reviews
pre-colonial performance genres including African storytelling;
African oratory and praise poetry; African rites and rituals--all
of which incorporate music and dance traditions. The course also
examines modern and post-modern African performance genres
including popular theatre, radio and television broadcasts, music,
cinema, and indigenous video production.
BC 365 Broadcast News Writing and
Reporting
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
BC 265.
An opportunity to study the craft
of writing and field reporting for television news. Instruction on
writing, story structure, source development, news judgment,
ethics, and law is put into practice as students shoot, edit, and
write six local news reports that will be aired on Public Eye
News, the student newscast on Public TV 13. Students in BC 365
will also serve as associate producers one day each week for
Public Eye News.
BC 410 The Documentary
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor
permission.
Examination of the documentary
genre with emphasis on its application and form in radio and
television. Topics considered are the historical development of
the documentary form, definitions of “documentary,” the current
role and future potential of the documentary.
BC 415 Intercultural Communication
4 cr.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Does not satisfy the upper
division liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
BC 165 and SP 110, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course examines cultural
differences in communication styles and systems across a variety
of national and American sub cultural groups. Communication
studied include both interpersonal and mass mediated message
systems.
BC 420 Global Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BC 165, junior standing or instructor permission.
The term “globalization” as applied
to mass media refers to the convergence of the world’s formerly
diversely organized media systems into profit-making enterprises,
mostly owned or controlled by giant multinational firms. This
course will introduce students to the phenomenon of media
globalization through a review of its economic and policy
foundations. It will then examine some of the effects of media
globalization on information flow and on the framing of world
issues.
BC 470 Mass Communication Law
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BC 165, junior standing or instructor permission.
Analysis of the legal parameters
within which the print and electronic media must operate including
First Amendment freedoms, libel, copyright, and Federal
Communication Commission rules and regulations.
BC 471 Mass Communication and Society
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BC 165 and senior or graduate standing or instructor permission.
Study of the social, legal, and
economic basis of radio, television, newspapers, and film in the
United States, with emphasis on the roles played by the media, the
government, and the public in the process of mass communication.
BC 473 Advanced Media Production
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Corresponding 200 level production course, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of advanced production
theory, method, and technique. Students put theory into practice
through extensive laboratory work.
BC 473A Advanced Media Production-Audio
BC 473F Advanced Media Production-Field
Television Production
BC 473M Advanced Media
Production—Multi-Media
BC 473S Advanced Media
Production—Studio Television Production
(3-0-2)
BC 473W Advanced Media
Production—Script Writing
(1-0-2)
BC 485 Radio and Television Utilization
2 cr. (1-0-2)
May be repeated for credit.
Introduction to the process of
producing radio and television programs. Includes production
planning and operation of studio laboratory equipment.
Specifically designed for those who desire a knowledge of these
two media for application in other fields. Laboratory production
directing experience under faculty supervision.
BC 490 Senior Seminar in Broadcasting
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
A course for broadcasting and mass
communication majors designed to stimulate students to unify all
areas of their disciplines.
BC 491 Broadcast Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to four
credits in combination with BC 291.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Practice in creative production and
directing aspects of broadcasting under the supervision of media
professionals and a faculty member.
BC 492 Internship in Broadcasting
1-8 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and recommendation of selection committee.
Available only to outstanding students as an elective.
Practical, applied experience
involving placement in a broadcast or mass media job situation.
BC 495 Special Topics in Broadcasting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Special problems in broadcasting
and mass communication such as mass communication research,
station relations and promotion, satellite and CATV systems,
international communication, media advertising, and telecom
policy.
BC 498 Directed Studies in Broadcasting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight
credits.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing, instructor and department head permission.
Independent study by undergraduates
in an area of broadcasting and/or mass communication to be
specified by the student and the instructor.
(Biology Department)
BI 100 Biological Science
4 cr. (3-0-2)
May not be applied toward a major
or minor in biology.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Study of fundamental concepts of
biology that relate to problems confronting individuals and
society. Topics include methods and limitations of science; human
dependence on other organisms; problems related to food
production, human reproduction, inheritance, and disease;
biological implications of modern technology, and biological
problems likely to confront society in the future.
BI 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
May not be applied toward any
biology major or the biology education minor.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Structure and function of the
various systems of the human body. Laboratory includes models and
specimens of human material and the collection and analysis of
physiological data.
BI 111 Introductory Biology: Principles
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
An introduction to the major
principles of biology. Topics include chemistry of life, structure
and function of cells, photosynthesis and respiration, mitosis and
meiosis, heredity, molecular biology, evolution, and ecology.
BI 112 Introductory Biology: Diversity
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
BI 111
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
A survey of biological diversity
including viruses, prokaryotes, protists, fungi, plants, and
animals. Attention is also given to the structure and function of
plant and animal organ systems.
BI 201 Human Anatomy
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Study of human anatomy,
supplemented by laboratory work on models.
BI 202 Human Physiology
5 cr. (3-1-2)
Prerequisites:
CH 105, CH 107 or CH 111. Recommended: a course dealing with
anatomy. Highly recommended: completion of BI 201 or BI 221.
Studies of all systems of human
physiology, supplemented by laboratory work which demonstrates
basic physiological phenomena. Previous knowledge of anatomy and
chemistry is required.
BI 203 Medical Microbiology
5 cr. (3-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 100 or BI 104 or BI 112 or BI 202.
Introduction to medically important
microorganisms; the role of microbes in human health, infection,
and immunity. Laboratory focuses on the experimental approach to
microbiology.
BI 206 Human Genetics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing or instructor permission.
A nontechnical course designed to
introduce fundamentals of variation and inheritance in humans. May
not be applied toward any biology major or the biology secondary
teaching minor.
BI 210 Principles of Ecology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite:
One year of introductory biology.
Lectures, field and laboratory
studies dealing with the relationships between plants, animals,
humans and the ecosphere.
BI 218 Introduction to Cell and
Molecular Biology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, CH 105, CH 107 or CH 111, CH 112.
Introduction to the structure and
function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including membrane
structure and transport, organelle structure and function,
cytoskeletal proteins, cell division, gene structure, mechanisms
of gene regulation, and the role of gene expression in producing
cell structures and in regulating cell function. Students will
gain an understanding of recombinant DNA technology and how it is
used to investigate the function of cells and genes. Laboratory
work will include DNA isolation, restriction digestion and
electrophoresis, PCR, Southern Blotting, bacterial transformation,
microscopy, differential centrifugation, and spectrophotometry.
BI 221 Comparative Anatomy
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111 and BI 112.
Structural characteristics of
representative chordates. Lectures deal with the evolution of body
form, skeleton, and organ systems, as indicated by anatomical
relationships. Laboratory work is devoted largely to dissection.
BI 222 Animal Physiology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112 and CH 220 or CH 321.
Physiological functions and
processes at the level of organs and organ systems, oriented
primarily towards vertebrates. Energy relations, temperature
effects, movement, circulation, respiration, water and solute
regulation, membranes, nerve and muscle physiology.
BI 222 Physiology of Aging
3 cr. (3-0-0)
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 111 or BI 202 or instructor permission.
This course is designed to
introduce students to physiological changes associated with aging
or age-related pathology. The roles of heredity, diet, exercise
and lifestyle in the aging process as well as current theories of
aging will be discussed.
BI 225 Physiology of Aging
3 cr. (3-0-0)
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 111 or BI 202 or permission of instructor.
This course is designed to
introduce students to physiological changes associated with aging
or age-related pathology. The roles of heredity, diet, exercise
and lifestyle in the aging process as well as current theories of
aging will be discussed.
BI 230 Plant Kingdom
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111 and BI 112.
A treatment of form, life cycles,
and evolutionary relationships of algae, fungi, bryophytes, and
vascular plants. Laboratory work uses both living and preserved
material.
BI 231 Plant Taxonomy
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
BI 230 or instructor permission.
Native local flora, especially
ferns and flowering plants. Training in the collection,
identification, and preservation of plants and in the preparation
and care of herbaria. Principles and systems of classification.
BI 240 Conservation Biology
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
BI 210
Introduction to the basic
scientific principles and concepts concerning the field of
Conservation Biology. Topics include causes of extinction, genetic
risks of small populations, habitat fragmentation and edge
effects, metapopulations, threats of exotic species, nature
preserve and corridor design, and strategies for protecting and
restoring endangered species and ecosystems.
BI 295 Special Topics in Biology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Variable content, depending on
specialties of visiting staff and needs of students. For freshmen,
sophomores, and non-biology majors.
BI 303 General Microbiology
5 cr. (3-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111 and BI 112 or CLS 204 and CLS 214 and CH 220 or CH 321; BI
312 recommended.
Study of morphology, physiology,
genetics, and taxonomy of microbes and related laboratory
techniques.
BI 305 Ecology of the Northern Forest
3 cr. (2-0-3)
May not be applied toward any major
in biology.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
BI 111 or junior standing recommended.
Study of the interactions of
physical features, vegetation, animal life, and human influences
in the northern forests of North America, Europe, and Asia,
through lectures, laboratories, and field trips.
BI 310 Ecology Theory and Methods
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 210 or instructor permission.
Lectures, field and laboratory
studies on advanced concepts relating plants and animals to their
environment. This course expands on principles taught in BI 210.
BI 312 Genetics
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112 or BI 202.
Basic Mendelian laws; the nature of
genes, and population genetics, with emphasis on genetics as a
rapidly unfolding science. Genetics is related to theories
concerning organic evolution.
BI 313 Cell Biology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111 and BI 112, or BI 201 or BI 221 and CH 220 or CH 321 or
permission of instructor.
Structure and biochemistry of
eukaryotic cells and organelles, with selected features of
prokaryotic cells. Topics include methods of study, chemical
components, compartmentalization of cells, nuclear control, and
metabolism. Laboratory work includes cytochemistry,
spectrophotometry, electrophoresis, and differential
centrifugation.
BI 315 Evolution
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 312 or permission of instructor.
Evolution is the process by which
heritable characteristics of species change. This course will
emphasize evolutionary theory rather than evolutionary history.
Topics will include evolutionary genetics, adaptation and natural
selection, speciation, and evolution of higher taxa.
BI 321 Embryology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 221 or BI 201.
Reproduction and development in
animals, with particular emphasis on vertebrates. Laboratory work
is based largely on the frog and chick.
BI 390 Field Experience
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Permission of supervising faculty member and department head. Can
be repeated for up to six credits if topic varies.
(A course subtitle on the student’s
transcript will describe the content of this course, e.g., BI 390
Field Experience in Woodcock Ecology.) Practical experience in
field biology under supervision of a faculty member engaged in
research. A written report of the field experience will be
required and placed on file in the department office.
BI 391 Laboratory Experience
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated for up to six
credits if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Permission of supervising faculty member and department head.
(A course subtitle on the student’s
transcript will describe the content of this course, e.g., BI 391
Laboratory Experience in Genetics.) Practical experience in
laboratory biology under supervision of a faculty member engaged
in research. A written report of the laboratory experience will be
required and placed on file in the department office.
BI 402 Microbial Ecology
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, CH 112, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
A survey of aspects of microbes,
especially bacteria that influence or are influenced by the
environment. The ubiquitous organisms are studied in varied
habitats.
BI 404 Virology
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 203 or BI 303, or CLS 204 and CLS 214, and CH 220 or CH 322,
junior standing or instructor permission.
An introductory course in virology
integrating some of the biochemical, genetic and medical
implications of viruses with general virology.
BI 405 Immunology
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 203 or BI 303, or CLS 203, and CH 220 or CH 322, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to immunology,
considering basic immunological mechanisms including humoral and
cell-mediated immunity, immunity of infectious disease,
immunogenetics and tumor immunology.
BI 411 Limnology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 210 and CH 112, junior standing or instructor permission.
Physical, chemical, and biological
aspects of lakes and streams. Laboratory work includes methods and
instruments of field studies.
BI 412 Biometrics
4 cr. (3-2-0)
Prerequisites:
MA 105 or equivalent, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Design and classification of
experiments, methods of estimation and testing of hypotheses
related to experiments. Desk calculators are used to solve simple
problems involving data available from the student’s field of
study.
BI 413 Biochemistry of Development
4 cr. (2-2-0)
Prerequisites:
BI 312, and either BI 313, BI 321, or CH 450, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
The biochemical and genetic events
accompanying and influencing embryonic development, with emphasis
on pertinent literature and techniques.
BI 414 Electron Microscopy
3 cr. (1-0-5)
Prerequisites:
Senior or graduate standing and instructor permission.
Lecture and laboratory work on the
routine procedures of electron microscopy including specimen
preparation, viewing, micrograph processing, interpretation
analysis, and application to biological problems. Cytochemical and
high resolution autoradiographic techniques may also be explored.
BI 416 Experimental Cytogenetics
2-3 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 206 or BI 312, junior standing or instructor permission.
A course designed to develop
competence in the preparation, recognition, and presentation of
karyotypes with emphasis on the human karyotype. Three credits may
be earned by students who prepare a term paper. Students may
enroll for three credits only with instructor permission.
BI 418 Molecular Biology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 312 (or BI 206 with instructor permission), and CH 220 or CH
322, and credit or enrollment in CH 450, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene
structure and expression. Laboratories explore some of the
techniques used for manipulating genes in vitro, including DNA
isolation, DNA electrophoresis, subcloning, and work with the
bacteriophage. This course will cover some of the theory and
applications of biotechnology.
BI 421 Invertebrate Zoology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Identity and habits of
invertebrates, excluding parasites and insects, with emphasis on
observation, collection, and recognition of local fauna.
BI 422 Vertebrate Zoology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Selected studies of major
vertebrate groups with emphasis on higher classification,
systematic relationships, and evolution. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, anatomical observations and identification of
representative vertebrates.
BI 423 Parasitology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111 and BI 112 or CLS 204 and CLS 214, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Life histories, ecology, physiology
and host-parasite relationships. Laboratory includes examination
of hosts for parasites and preparation of specimens for study.
BI 424 General Entomology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Structure, physiology, taxonomy,
ecology, and economic importance of insects and their near
relatives. Techniques of collecting, preserving, and mounting
specimens for study.
BI 425 Endocrinology
3 cr. (3-0-0)
Prerequisites:
BI 202 or BI 222, and CH 220 or equivalent, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Structure and physiology of
endocrine glands, biological actions and biochemistry of hormones,
emphasizing their role (at the systems level) in homeostasis,
intermediary metabolism, reproduction and behavior of mammals.
BI 426 Human Histology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111 and BI 112, or CLS 201, and BI 201 or BI 221, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of the microscopic anatomy of
human tissues and organs at the light microscope level.
BI 427 Ecological Animal Physiology
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 210, and BI 222 or BI 202, junior standing or instructor
permission.
The course emphasizes physiological
adaptations of animals to their environment. It covers topics such
as thermoregulation, nutrition and digestion, osmoregulation,
nitrogen metabolism, sensory physiology, and reproductive
physiology.
BI 430 Plant Anatomy
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 230 junior standing or instructor permission.
Structure and development of higher
forms of plant life. Techniques of selecting and staining plant
tissues are practiced.
BI 431 Plant Physiology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, CH 112, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Principles of plant nutrition,
metabolism, plant water relations, transport of materials in
plants and physiological aspects of plant growth and development.
Methods of studying plant functions are emphasized in the
laboratory.
BI 433 Local Flora
2 cr. (1-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Lecture, field and laboratory
studies dealing with recognition, collection, and preservation of
herbaceous plants.
BI 434 Plant Ecology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 210, BI 310 recommended, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Field oriented study of terrestrial
and aquatic vegetation, covering topics in population, community,
and landscape ecology. Laboratories emphasize research approaches,
sampling techniques, data analysis, and technical writing skills.
BI 441 Fisheries Management
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites:
BI 210 or BI 422, and MA 104 or MA 105 or MA 171, junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Philosophy and objectives of
managing the North American fisheries; implementation of
management techniques. Laboratory instruction includes collection
and analysis of data.
BI 442 Wildlife Management
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
BI 210, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Application of ecological
principles and technical knowledge to the management of
populations of wildlife.
BI 460 Ichthyology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Identification, ecology, and
behavior of local fishes.
BI 461 Herpetology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Field oriented study of amphibians
and reptiles emphasizing identification and habits of local fauna.
BI 462 Ornithology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Lectures, laboratories and field
trips dealing with evolution systematics, morphology, ecology,
behavior and identification of birds with emphasis on local
species.
BI 463 Mammalogy
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Lectures, laboratories and field
trips dealing with evolution systematics, morphology, ecology,
behavior and identification of mammals with emphasis on the Great
Lakes region.
BI 465 Aquatic Insects
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Emphasis on the recognition of
major taxa of aquatic insects, especially from the local area,
through the use of technical reference materials.
BI 491 Seminar
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Instructor permission and junior standing. Course prerequisites
and a minimum GPA may be required for some topics. May be repeated
once if topic varies.
Variable content, depending on
instructor. Students read extensively from periodical literature
and meet weekly for reports and discussion.
BI 492 Research in Water Science
2 cr. (0-0-4)
Prerequisites:
Water science majors with junior standing or instructor
permission.
A course to introduce students to
environmentally related research. Projects are pursued in
cooperation with a faculty research advisor. The research advisor
and research problem must be selected a semester prior to
registration. A written and oral final report is required.
BI 495 Special Topics in Biology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Instructor permission and junior standing.
Variable content, depending upon
the competencies of staff and special needs of students.
BI 498 Directed Studies in Biology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to four
credits.
Prerequisites:
The core courses in biology, junior standing and instructor
permission at least one month before beginning of course.
An opportunity for qualified junior
and senior students to conduct independent study and investigative
work.
BI 499 Internship
1-6 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Senior status in good standing with a minimum GPA of 2.50 and a
major in biology, botany, or zoology; appropriate background for
subject of internship; advisor, department head, and cooperating
agency supervisor permission.
Practical experience under the
supervision of an experienced biologist, in an academic,
governmental, or private setting. Application for internship must
be made at the Biology Department office at least four weeks
before the start of the internship. A written report incorporating
an evaluation and critique of the internship experience will be
required. A course subtitle on the student’s transcript will
describe the particular content of this course.
(Communication Disorders
Department)
CD 150 Survey of Communication
Disorders
4 cr.
A survey of the normal
communication process and an introduction to a variety of
communication disorders that affect a person’s ability to
communicate effectively in our society. Etiologies and treatments
of the various disorders are also discussed.
CD 160 Anatomy of the Speech and
Hearing Mechanism
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
CD 150 or instructor permission.
Study of the anatomical structures
and the physiological function of the head, neck, and thorax and
their relationship to speech and voice production, laboratory
exercises and activities.
CD 200 Phonetics
3 cr.
Study of the acoustic and
physiological phonetic information necessary for making phonetic
transcriptions of normal and disordered speech. Instruction in
phonology and articulation of sounds of general American speech
are also presented in lecture and through laboratory experience.
CD 210 Introduction to Voice and
Articulation
3 cr.
An introduction to normal
parameters of voice and articulation processes, their disorders,
assessment, and remediation.
CD 220: Speech and Voice Science
3 cr.
The study of speech production
systems in terms of their anatomy, physiology, and acoustic
parameters of voice, articulation, and resonance, as well as
acoustic correlates relative to speech perception.
CD 252 American Sign Language I
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Simple expressive and receptive
vocabulary building and basic conversational skill in the ASL.
Introduces basic information about the deaf community and its
culture.
CD 253 American Sign Language II
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 452 with a grade of “C” or higher, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
More emphasis on the development of
receptive and expressive skills involving structured communication
situations that require the use of ASL.
CD 351 Audiology I
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 160 or instructor permission.
The basic physics of sound, anatomy
of the ear, pure tone testing, and pathologies of the ear.
CD 355 Language Development
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 200 or instructor permission.
Theories and conceptual models of
language development in the young normal child. The roles of
syntax, semantics, and phonology are discussed in relationship to
various conceptual models and theories.
CD 356 Language Disorders
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 355 or instructor permission.
The theoretical foundations for the
management of language disorders in children with a focus on the
practical aspects of assessment and treatment.
CD 357 Fluency Disorders
3 cr.
Study of normal dysfluency,
stuttering, and cluttering. The development, measurement, and
treatment of stuttering are emphasized.
CD 359 Organic Disorders of
Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 160 or instructor permission.
Organic disorders of communication
with emphasis on aphasia, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy.
CD 370 Observation
2 cr.
Supervised observation of therapy
and diagnostic sessions within the department's Speech and Hearing
Clinic. Students are required to complete 25 hours of observation.
CD 400 Phonological Disorders
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 200 and CD 210, junior standing or instructor permission.
The nature, etiology, assessment,
and remediation of phonological disorders in children.
CD 454 American Sign Language III
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CD 453 with a grade of “C” or higher, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Combination of basic and advanced
knowledge of CD 452 and CD 453 and expansion of grammar and
vocabulary development of ASL. Emphasis is placed on using the
language in short stories, narratives, and conversations using
learned expressive and receptive skills.
CD 456 Language and Learning
Disabilities in Children
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior standing or instructor permission.
A review of the literature
regarding language and learning disabilities in children.
Biological and linguistic aspects of these disturbances are
stressed.
CD 459 Neuroscience for Communication
Disorders
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
CD 160 and CD 359, junior standing or instructor permission.
The structure and organization of
the human central and peripheral nervous systems with particular
emphasis on their functional relationship to normal speech and
language processes, laboratory exercises and activities.
CD 460 Aging and Cognition
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
CD 150, CD 355, junior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of basic cognitive
processes such as attention, perception, and memory within the
context of adulthood and aging. Pathological conditions which
affect cognition such as traumatic brain injury and dementia will
also be discussed.
CD 464 Methods of Diagnosis
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
CD 200, junior standing or instructor permission.
Instruction and practice in the
clinical procedures relative to the evaluation, measurement, and
treatment of communication disorders in children and adults.
CD 465: Methods of Treatment
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Communication Disorders majors, and at least senior standing or
instructor permission.
Instruction and practice in the
clinical procedures relative to the treatment of communication
disorders.
CD 492 Workshop in Speech Pathology and
Audiology
1-6 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Short, intensive workshop regarding
new developments in speech pathology and audiology; presented
periodically.
CD 495 Special Topics in Speech
Pathology and Audiology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Topics of special interest are
presented periodically as the opportunity arises.
CD 496 Special Topics in Speech
Pathology and Audiology
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Topics of special interest are
presented periodically as the opportunity arises.
CD 497 Directed Pre-professional
Experience
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior status, minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 and
instructor permission.
An optional clinical experience
designed for exceptional students desiring to begin their clinical
practice prior to entering graduate school. Students apply to the
Clinic Director for consideration.
CD 498 Directed Study in Speech
Pathology and/or Audiology
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
An intensive study of some special
problem under the guidance of a faculty member in the speech
pathology or audiology area.
(Chemistry Department)
CH 090 Basic Chemistry
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Proficiency in algebra (one year of high school algebra is
recommended).
Does not count toward a major or
minor in chemistry.
This course can not be applied to
any associate or baccalaureate degrees.
General survey of the principles of
chemistry for students having no previous chemistry or inadequate
background for CH 111 or CH 107. This is an integrated
lecture-laboratory course utilizing an experimental approach.
CH 105 Chemical Principles
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
Proficiency in algebra (one year of high school algebra is
recommended).
Introduction to chemistry
including contemporary applications and problems. Topics include
states of matter, atomic and molecular structure,
electrochemistry, energy, nuclear chemistry, organic and polymer
chemistry. The fundamentals of these topics is discussed as well
as their relationship to technology and consumer uses. Does not
count toward a major or minor in chemistry.
CH 107 Introductory Chemistry I
4 cr. (3-1-2)
Does not count toward a major or
minor in chemistry. Primarily for students preparing for a career
in nursing or a related profession.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
Proficiency in algebra (one year of high school algebra or MA 100
is recommended) and one year of high school chemistry or CH 090 is
recommended.
Fundamental laws and
generalizations of inorganic chemistry and introduction to
nomenclature, structure, functional groups, and reactions of
organic chemistry.
CH 108 Introductory Chemistry II
4 cr. (3-1-2)
Does not count toward major or
minor in chemistry.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
CH 107 or equivalent.
Continuation of CH 107. An
introduction to biochemistry, with emphasis on structure of
biochemical compounds and their functions in living systems.
CH 111 General Chemistry I
5 cr. (3-1-3)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
Proficiency in algebra (two years of high school algebra or MA 104
or MA 105 is recommended) and one year of high school chemistry or
CH 090.
Survey of atomic structure,
bonding, stoichiometry, and the states of matter.
CH 112 General Chemistry II
5 cr. (3-1-3)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
CH 111.
Study of chemical equilibria and
kinetics, thermodynamics, solution reactions, survey of the
chemistry of the common elements and nuclear chemistry.
CH 215 Chemistry of the Elements
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite:
CH 112.
Descriptive chemistry of elements
and their compounds with relation to the periodic table. Emphasis
is placed on chemical behavior, bonding and structure, and
spectral, thermodynamic, and electrochemical properties.
Laboratory work consists of the synthesis and characterization of
common elements and their compounds, including simple salts,
complexes, covalent and volatile compounds, and salts of oxyacids.
CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry
5 cr. (4-0-3)
Credit cannot be earned in both CH
220 and CH 321.
Prerequisite:
CH 112.
A one-semester comprehensive course
covering all aspects of organic chemistry including nomenclature,
structure, optical activity, functional groups, spectra,
syntheses, and polycyclic, polyfunctional, heterocyclic,
organosulfur, and organophosphorus compounds. Emphasis on the
organic compounds and reactions important to the function of
living systems.
CH 241 Chemical Equilibrium
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
CH 112.
Study of chemical equilibrium in
water including ionization, solubility, acid-base phenomena,
complex ion formation, and oxidation-reduction reactions.
CH 242 Quantitative Analysis
2 cr. (0-0-6)
Prerequisite:
CH 112.
The principles and methods of
quantitative analysis, including titrimetry, spectrophotometry and
potentiometry are used to determine the composition of various
materials and the physical constants of substances.
CH 295 Special Topics in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Topics reflecting the special
interests of students and staff. Designed for freshmen,
sophomores, and non-majors.
CH 296 Special Topics in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Topics reflecting the special
interests of students and staff. Designed for freshmen,
sophomores, and non-majors.
CH 297 Directed Studies in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs up
to four credit hours.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Independent study and investigative
work. Advisor and research problem must be selected a semester
prior to registration.
CH 298 Directed Studies in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs up
to four credit hours.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Independent study and investigative
work. Advisor and research problem must be selected a semester
prior to registration.
CH 321 Organic Chemistry I
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Credit cannot be earned in both CH
220 and CH 321.
Prerequisite:
CH 112.
The chemistry of the aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, the significance of
the various groups in the molecule, and the nature of organic
reactions.
CH 322 Organic Chemistry II
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite:
CH 321.
A continuation of CH 321. The
chemistry of carbonyl compounds and other groups, and some special
topics are covered.
CH 340 Environmental Chemistry
5 cr. (3-0-6)
Prerequisites:
CH 241 and CH 242.
A study of chemical interaction in
natural and perturbed systems. Emphasis is placed on physical and
analytical aspects with an introduction to the mathematics of data
utilization.
CH 341 Physical Chemistry I
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
CH 241, CH 242, one year of calculus and physics, or instructor
permission.
Theory, problems and experiments
concerning the structure of atoms and molecules and the gaseous,
liquid, and solid states.
CH 342 Physical Chemistry II
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
CH 241, CH 242, one year of calculus and physics, or instructor
permission.
Theory, problems, and experiments
concerning chemical thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and the
phase rule.
CH 415 Inorganic Chemistry
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
CH 341 and CH 342 or CH 341 and concurrent enrollment in CH 342,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Comparative study of the chemical
elements and their compounds with emphasis on periodic relations,
principles of structure and bonding, kinetics of reactions, and
spectral and thermodynamic properties. Topics include complex
ions, defect crystals, electron deficient compounds,
organometallic and bio-inorganic chemistry. A variety of inorganic
compounds are prepared and studied.
CH 435 Gas and Liquid Chromatography
2 cr. (3-0-6)
This course is taught for one half
of the semester.
Prerequisites:
CH 322, junior standing or instructor permission.
A study of the principles,
instrumentation, and analytical applications of gas and liquid
chromatography and mass spectrometry. GC, GC/MS and HPLC
techniques are presented in the laboratory.
CH 436 Modern Spectrometry
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
CH 341, junior standing or instructor permission.
A study of principles,
instrumentation, and analytical applications of modern
spectroscopic methods including Mass, Infrared, UV/Visible and NMR
spectroscopy. The theoretical basis for each type of spectroscopy,
basic instrument design, and spectral analysis will be discussed
with particular emphasis on the use of a combination of these
methods in structural elucidation. Modern NMR experiments
including 2-D spectroscopy will be discussed. Laboratory exercises
will focus on instrument operation and data interpretation.
CH 437 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
1 cr. (2-0-3)
This course is taught for one half
of the semester.
Prerequisites:
CH 341 or concurrent enrollment in CH 341, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A study of principles,
instrumentation, and analytical applications of atomic absorption
spectroscopy techniques. Lecture material will cover sample
collection and preparation, sample atomization, optical
instrumentation, spectral interferences, and data analysis. Atomic
absorption techniques will be compared to inductively coupled
plasma techniques. Laboratory exercises will focus on sample
preparation, instrument operation, and data analysis.
CH 450 Introductory Biochemistry
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
CH 220 or CH 322, junior standing or instructor permission.
A study of the fundamental concepts
of biochemistry, including the chemical and physical properties of
biomolecules and the chemical basis of the major metabolic
pathways. Laboratory experiments teach basic biochemical
techniques.
CH 452 Intermediary Metabolism
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CH 450, junior standing or instructor permission.
A course designed to follow
Introductory Biochemistry, emphasizing metabolic processes and
exposing students to current biochemical literature. Topics
include the biosynthesis of lipids, amino acids, nucleic acids and
the study of gene expression and protein synthesis. Abnormalities
in metabolic processes that result in disease will be considered.
CH 454 Biochemical Techniques
4 cr. (0-0-12)
Prerequisites:
CH 450, junior standing or instructor permission.
A laboratory course applying
instrumental techniques to biochemical problems. Experiments
include immunological assay, electrophoresis, radioisotope
labeling, and purification and analysis of DNA.
CH 456 Protein Structure and Function
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CH 450, junior standing or instructor permission.
An investigation of the structure
of proteins enhanced by the use of computer software with three
dimensional images. The relationship between protein structure and
function will be explored by studying enzymatic reaction
mechanisms and kinetics.
CH 490 Senior Research and Seminar I
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs up
to four credit hours.
Prerequisites:
Biochemistry or chemistry major and senior standing or instructor
permission.
Some aspects of chemical research,
pursued in cooperation with a research advisor. Oral and written
reports and attendance at a weekly seminar are required. Advisor
and research problem must be selected a semester prior to
registration.
CH 491 Senior Research and Seminar II
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs up
to four credit hours.
Prerequisites:
Biochemistry or chemistry major and senior standing and Instructor
permission.
A continuation of CH 490. Open to
students who have demonstrated exceptional competencies.
CH 492 Research in Water Science
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Water science major, junior standing or instructor permission, and
CH 242. CH 340 is strongly recommended. (Same as BI 492).
A course to introduce students to
environmentally related research. Projects are pursued in
cooperation with a faculty research advisor. The research advisor
and research problem must be selected a semester prior to
registration. A written and final oral report are required.
CH 495 Special Topics in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Instructor permission and junior standing.
Variable content, depending upon
the specialties of the staff and special needs of the students.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
CHN 101 Elementary Chinese I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
An Introductory course in the
Chinese language and culture. Students learn rudimentary
"survival" skills such as social etiquette, telling time and
directions, talking about family, school and work, and writing and
recognizing written characters.
(College of Business–Computer
Information Systems)
All CIS courses numbered 120 and
above are invalid after seven years.
CIS majors or minors must earn a
minimum grade of C- in each CIS/IS course applying to their CIS
major/minor.
CIS 110 Principles of Computer
Information Systems
4 cr.
CIS 110 is the equivalent of IS
100, IS 101, IS 102 and IS 104.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
A course intended to establish
basic computer literacy applicable to students' continuing
education and career goals. Students in the class make extensive
use of the university computer facilities, using microcomputers
and commercial software for word processing, spreadsheet analysis
and database management. Computer terminology and programming are
also introduced. Topics for lecture and reading include: computer
systems (hardware and software), systems analysis, data
communication, management information systems, and issues related
to computers in society.
CIS 155 Software Development 1
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
IS 120 (may be taken concurrently).
Study and practice of a
visually-based programming language and application generator.
Course will involve screen creation, logic development for
event-driven screen operations, and object-orientation.
CIS 220 Network Concepts
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
IS 120 or instructor permission.
The course covers the detailed
descriptions and workings of network hardware and software
components, as well as the operation and management of a LAN.
Hands-on demonstration and various hands-on assignments will be
given. Students set up NIC's, hubs, and wiring for Ethernet, and
other topologies.
CIS 228 Concepts of Help Desk/Call
Center Operations
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
None.
This course will provide an
overview of Help Desk and Call Center operations including the
different types of help desks/call centers, career paths, and the
knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to be successful. Students
will examine the people, processes, technology, and information
required for successful support operations.
CIS 230 Novell Operating Systems
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 220 or concurrent enrollment,
or instructor permission.
In a laboratory setting students
install a Novell LAN including severs and workstations. Students
set up user directories, security, print servers, and application
software. The course has both a lecture/discussion and a lab
component.
CIS 234 Microsoft Network Operating
Systems
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 220 or concurrent enrollment or instructor permission.
The primary aim of this course is
to help students learn to use the desktop interface and tools
necessary for implementing an industrial strength workstation that
will administer a small or large network. A second purpose is to
help prepare students for the implementing and supporting
Microsoft network certification credential. The course provides
hands-on training in the following areas: planning, installation &
configuration, managing resources, connectivity, running
applications, monitoring & optimization, and troubleshooting.
CIS 250 Systems Development I
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 155 and CIS 220 (may be taken concurrently). CIS 255 must be
taken in subsequent semester.
The first of a two-course sequence
is designed to provide students with a basic understanding of the
systems development process using prototyping, iterative, rapid
application development approach. Emphasis is on the early stages
of the system development process presenting the concepts, tools,
and methodologies used by the professional analyst. Students are
exposed to the issues and decisions associated with the rigors of
managing a systems development project.
CIS 255 Systems Development II
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 250 (must be taken in prior semester) or instructor
permission.
The second of a two-course sequence
is designed to provide students with an in-depth understanding of
the systems development process using a protyping, iterative,
rapid application development approach. Emphasis is on the
refinement and implementation of the system development process
presenting the concepts, tools, and methodologies used by the
professional analyst. Students are exposed to the issues and
decisions associated with the rigors of managing a systems
development project.
CIS 291 Internship in Computer
Information Systems
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the College of Business prerequisite courses and 48
semester hours and approval of internship coordinator.
Appropriate professional work
experience at a computer installation. Students are required to
document their work experience and fulfill requirements stipulated
upon approval of the internship.
CIS 295 Special Topics in Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Designed for freshmen and
sophomores and as a service course. If topic differs, may be
repeated for credit with permission of instructors. Topics
dependent on the special interests of students and staff.
CIS 297 Directed Studies in Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
College of Business permission.
Individual investigations of a
special topic in information systems.
CIS 298 Directed Studies in Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
College of Business permission.
Individual investigations of a
special topic in information systems.
CIS 330 Novell Certification
Preparation
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 230 or concurrent enrollment or instructor permission.
This course is designed as an
in-depth study of the most complex functions and features of
installing, configuring and maintaining the latest Novell Netware
based local area network system with the main goal being
preparation for the CNA Exam. The course makes extensive use of
practice exam software that simulates the testing environment on
which students must perform actions according to a given scenario.
CIS 334 Microsoft Certificate
Preparation
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 234 or concurrent enrollment or instructor permission.
This course is designed as a
in-depth study of the most complex functions and features of
installing, configuring, and maintaining the latest Windows
Operating System with the main goal being preparation for the
Microsoft Certified Professional Exam. The course makes extensive
use of practice exam software that simulates the testing
environment, including a mock interface on which students must
perform actions according to a given scenario.
CIS 355 Web Applications Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 155 or other programming course
and CIS 255 or permission of instructor.
This course teaches students how to
program client/server applications for the Web, focusing on
database integration using SQL. Topics cover scripting languages
such as JavaScript, VBScript, or other current alternatives, using
them to read input from Web forms, store and retrieve data from
databases, and produce Web output. Emphasis is on
business-oriented applications for the Web.
CIS 415 Systems Development Project
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 255, CIS 464 (CIS 464 may be a corequisite with instructor's
permission) and junior standing or permission of instructor.
A capstone course whose emphasis is
on the development of a computer application by student project
teams assigned to local businesses or university departments.
Depending upon the project, the entire system development life
cycle may occur in one semester, or students may only accomplish
one phase per semester. Project teams learn project management
skills through job assignments and weekly status meetings with the
instructor. Class time is arranged by project.
CIS 416 Advanced Systems Development
Project
1-3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 415 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Additional experience with computer
application development and implementation. The structure of the
course is identical to CIS 415.
CIS 428 Help Desk/Call Center
Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 228, MGT 228, MGT 240, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
This course serves as a capstone
experience for students who are interested in management positions
in the help desk/call center industry. Techniques for developing
and managing a customer support center will be the focus of the
course. Students will gain experience with the unique tools and
technologies utilized in the support environment and learn how the
information is applied to make more effective decisions.
CIS 430 Data Communication
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 155, CIS 250 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
The course covers the theories and
technical prerequisites of data communication. Subjects include
hardware, fundamental communication concepts, voice communication,
configurations, common carrier service offerings, network design,
protocols and software, microcomputers and communication, local
area networks, network management, and network security.
CIS 440 Management Information Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and MKT 230, MGT
240, and FIN 351 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to provide
students with majors in the College of Business with adequate
background to be able to keep abreast of current developments in
the use of computer information systems in supporting management
functions. Information systems have become essential for creating
competitive firms, managing global corporations, and providing
useful products and services to customers. This course considers
the needs of organizations from an information systems standpoint.
CIS 464 Database Management Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 250 and junior standing or instructor permission.
This course provides a broad survey
of all of the major topics in the field of database systems from
an applied perspective. The initial emphasis will be on
relational database concepts, logical design, physical design, and
SQL access but the course will also consider hierarchical and
network models, and the advanced object-oriented and
object/relational models. Supporting topics will include the
entity-relationship model, database administration, data
dictionaries and catalogs, backup and recovery, concurrency
control, and database security. Also covered will be such
contemporary topics as distributed database, client/server
database, data warehousing, and data mining.
CIS 470 E-Commerce and E-Business
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
This course explores the impact of
information technology concepts and advances on the ways in which
business is conducted in electronic commerce arena, as well as
information technology's impact on business activity in more
traditional business markets. This exploration is designed to give
the student: a) an appreciation for the scope and performance
characteristics exhibited by current information technology as it
relates to business, and b) some insight into current changes in
the way business strategy is being implemented by E-Commerce
firms.
CIS 490 Seminar on Information Systems
and Information Technology
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
This course provides students with
an opportunity to cover the latest and emerging topics in the area
of information systems and information technology. The course is
directly aimed to keep students up-to-date with the changes in the
information systems and information technology area. The course
covers wide-ranging topics from all concentrations of information
systems.
CIS 491 Internship in Computer
Information Systems
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
Appropriate professional work
experience at a computer installation. Students are required to
document their work experience and fulfill requirements stipulated
upon approval of the internship.
CIS 495 Special Topics In Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor
permission.
Variable topics of current
interest.
CIS 496 Special Topics in Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Designed for juniors and seniors
and as a service course. If topics differ, may be repeated for
credit. Topics dependent on the special interests of students and
staff.
CIS 497 Directed Studies in Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and College of Business permission.
Individual research in computer
information systems. Work is supervised through conferences with
an advisor.
CIS 498 Directed Studies in Computer
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and College of Business permission.
Individual research in computer
information systems. Work is supervised through conferences with
an advisor.
(Criminal Justice Department)
CJ 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice
4 cr.
An introduction to the various
subcomponents of the justice system: police, courts, and
corrections. The course will illustrate how these interrelated
components result in the administration of justice in a democratic
society. Current problems faced by the criminal justice process
will be discussed.
CJ 191 Training Seminar (Specific
Topic)
1-4 cr.
Note:
No more than 4 credits of CJ 191 and/or CJ 298 may be applied
toward the AS or AAS degree programs. CJ 191 and CJ 298 do not
apply toward the bachelor degree.
This course is for criminal justice
elective credit and may be applied toward the criminal justice
associate or applied science degree program. It cannot be used for
the criminal justice minor or the criminal justice bachelor degree
program. This is a training course specifically designed for the
topic at hand. Course may include lectures, discussions, and field
experiences as the specific topic indicates. This course may be
taken more than once under a different topic.
CJ 212 The Law Enforcement Function
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission.
The role of law enforcement in the
criminal justice system and society at large is explored. Emphasis
is placed on the history and current practices of policing, the
demands and rewards of careers in law enforcement, and the dilemma
inherent in policing a free society. The course is designed to
provide students with realistic expectations about policing, as
well as to promote critical thinking about the appropriate role of
the police in society.
CJ 213 The Judicial Function
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission.
An examination of the criminal
court system and criminal process with an analysis of the major
judicial decision-makers, i.e., prosecutors, defense attorneys,
judges, and the courtroom work group. Special attention is given
the empowerment of the judiciary, from original through appellate
jurisdiction.
CJ 214 The Investigative Process I
4 cr.
Note: This course was previously
numbered CJ 314 The Investigative Process I.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission.
Theory of investigation, crime
scene conduct, collection and preservation of physical evidence;
overview of methods used in scientific interpretation of evidence;
presentation of evidence to the judicial system.
CJ 220 The Corrections Functions
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission, or enrollment in Correctional
Officer Certification program.
Introduction to philosophy, theory
and practice involved in dealing officially with convicted
offenders; appraisal of treatment and post-correctional practices
plus functions of probation and parole are analyzed. Problems,
trends and issues are identified.
CJ 221 Roles of the Corrections Client
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 220 or instructor
permission, or enrollment in Correctional Officer Certification
program.
Study of offenders in terms of
their personal background and definitional dimensions. Attitudes,
behavior, and criminal careers are examined to help develop
realistic perspective on crime and criminals.
CJ 227 Correctional Institutions
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 220 or instructor
permission, or enrollment in Correctional Officer Certification
program.
The development, structure, and
function of correctional institutions, including jails. Emphasis
is placed on the principles and strategies of custody and
treatment as they pertain to the confined offender. The propriety
and effectiveness of the custody continuum are examined.
CJ 245 Legal Issues in Corrections
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 220, or instructor
permission, or enrollment in Correctional Officer Certification
program.
An overview of the major issues,
trends and the political and social dimensions of convictions. An
analysis of constitutional law, court decisions, current
legislation of the federal and state law affecting prisons and the
judicial proceedings. Description of Michigan internal review
process in institution and field disciplinary matters. Examination
of a forum for the legal rights of prisoners and the
responsibilities of the legal system, and the adjudication of
juveniles and the alternatives to incarceration. Examination of
the impact of federal court review on state and local corrections
systems. Description of recent legal decisions affecting Michigan
corrections.
CJ 255 Drugs, Crime and the Justice
System
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or permission of the instructor.
This course describes and examines
the history and current state of the illegal drug problem in the
United States from the early 1800's to the present day. This
includes the nature of illegal drug use, the drug-crime
connection, illegal drug production and trafficking, the structure
of illegal drug enterprises, drug user profiles, drug control
policy and treatment programs, and the drug legalization debate.
CJ 263 Criminology
4 cr.
Cross-listed with SO 263.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 or SO 113 and CJ 110 or instructor permission.
This course explores the nature,
extent, causes, and methods of treatment and prevention of crime
and criminality. Emphasis is placed on theories and methods of
studying crime and criminal behavior as social phenomena.
CJ 275 Legal Aspects of Retail Security
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or permission of the instructor.
This course examines the legal
environment surrounding the private security profession. It is
critical to realize that there are major legal restraints upon
security officers that help ensure both the protection of the
public and their employer. As with public police, in the area of
private security there is also a need to strike a balance between
the protection of one's business and protecting the individual
liberty and civil rights of suspects. As a result, it's extremely
important for professional security officers to understand how to
avoid incurring civil liability when they take action to protect
their business and its customers.
CJ 276 Retail Loss Prevention
Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission.
This course focuses on retail loss
prevention issues from a supervision and management perspective.
It discusses the role of loss prevention within the corporate
management structure. It explores classic and contemporary
management theory along with basic roles and functions of managers
and supervisors. It is designed to assist individuals currently
holding or aspiring to management positions in implementing
realistic loss prevention strategies in a mass retail
environment. The student will be introduced to fundamental
principals of management theory with an emphasis in applying them
to current-day issues in a retail setting. Whenever possible,
reference will be made to current cases or incidents that relate
to material under discussion.
CJ 280 Criminal Law
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission.
Analysis and classification of
substantive common law and statutory criminal offenses; defenses
and other limitations on criminal capacity.
CJ 290 Methods of Inquiry in Criminal
Justice
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110 or instructor permission.
Note: This course was previously
numbered CJ 210.
This course will expose students to
the sources of information available about the field of criminal
justice; prepare students to be intelligent consumers of criminal
justice research; foster the ability to critically evaluate
“facts” and findings relevant to the field; and illustrate the
difference between empirical findings and “conventional wisdom.”
Students will develop skills necessary for academic and
professional growth and competency in accessing, analyzing, and
communicating information about criminal justice issues.
CJ 292 Criminal Justice Leadership
Development
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
CJ 110 Introduction to Criminal
Justice. Note: CJ 292 will be a prerequisite for all
300-400-level CJ courses. This course is designed as a mid-point
assessment class and must be taken prior to entering into any CJ
300-400 level courses.
This course introduces students to
the concept of leadership and the role that it plays in managing
criminal justice organizations. It will also explore opportunities
for career development and advancement in our system of justice.
Students will first be introduced to the essentials of criminal
justice agencies and their management with a special focus on
leadership and problem solving. Skills are developed through the
hands-on application of different theories of leadership and
participation in exercises emphasizing effective agency design,
communication, team-building and group dynamics, conflict
resolution, motivation, and organizational design. Students also
learn how to respond to and benefit from organizational change and
conflict. Finally, students will explore the concept and purpose
of professional development and advancement strategies for
employees within criminal justice agencies.
CJ 295 Special Topics in Criminal
Justice
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
The study of special issues in
criminal justice.
CJ 296 Local Jail Corrections Academy
6 cr.
Graded S/U.
These credits can only be counted
toward the Associate of Applied Science in Corrections.
The Local Jail Corrections Academy
consists of 160 hours of classroom instruction involving, ethics,
stress management, sexual harassment, cultural diversity, prisoner
behavior, suicide awareness, correctional law, interpersonal
communication, fire safety, report writing, defensive tactics,
custody and security, and booking and intake. This Academy is
approved through the Michigan Correction Officers Training Council
(MCOTC). The Academy is a requirement for employment in the field
of corrections and, therefore, students who have already completed
the Academy will be given 6 advanced placement credits toward this
degree.
CJ 297 State Corrections Academy
12 cr.
Graded S/U.
These credits can only be counted
toward the Associate of Applied Science in Corrections.
The State Corrections Academy
consists of 640 hours of corrections training, including 320 hours
of classroom training and 320 hours of specific, supervised,
on-the-job training. This Academy is approved through the
Michigan Correction Officers Training Council (MCOTC). The
Academy is a requirement for employment in the field of
corrections and, therefore, students who have already completed
the Academy will be given 12 advanced placement credits toward
this degree.
CJ 298 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Note: No more than 4 credits of CJ
191 and/or CJ 298 may be applied toward the AS or AAS degree
programs. CJ 191 and CJ 298 do not apply toward the
bachelor degree.
Prerequisites:
Instructor and department permission.
Individual research on an advanced
level in the student’s field of interest as approved and directed
by the major professor.
CJ 299 Police Academy
12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Note: These credits can only be
applied toward the Associate of Applied Science in Law Enforcement
degree.
Prerequisite:
Admission to NMU Regional Police Academy.
The Regional Police Academy is a 15
week, 900 hour police training school designed to provide basic
law enforcement training to in-service and pre-service recruits.
At the successful completion of academy training, a recruit
becomes certifiable as a police officer through the Michigan Law
Enforcement Officers Training Council. This training is
transferable to all states but Hawaii.
CJ 302 Community Relations and Crime
Prevention
4 cr.
May not be taken if the student has
previously taken LE 300 Police-Community Relations or LE 400 Crime
Prevention.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290 and junior status or instructor permission.
A survey of the field of
relationships between policing agencies and the communities they
serve. Emphasis is placed on communication and orientation toward
common goals, with a focus on the part that crime prevention
techniques play in reducing current community problems.
CJ 303 Victims in Criminal Justice
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
The role of the victim of crime in
the American criminal justice process including: the needs, wants,
expectations of the victim of crime, and how the criminal justice
system does or does not address them; survey of the historical
development of the place of the victim within the criminal justice
process; discussion of victim-oriented programs such as
restitution and victim compensation.
CJ 315 Criminal Procedure
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
Rules of evidence and legal
procedure in important areas such as arrest, force, search and
seizure.
CJ 323 Community-Based Corrections
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
This is a course on
non-institutional corrections which focuses on the contemporary
means and philosophy of positive intervention in the lives of
selected offenders in an effort to facilitate improved social
functioning. Specific attention is given to such critical
corrections issues as: resource brokering, problem solving,
accountability, and communication. Methods and techniques of
service delivery within the context of probation, parole,
diversion, halfway houses, and other community settings are
stressed.
CJ 412 Crisis Intervention and Stress
Analysis
4 cr.
May not be taken if the student has
already taken LE 410 Police Crisis Intervention or LE 415 Police
Stress Analysis.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, and junior standing or instructor permission.
The course will examine the
challenges and risks of the various “front line” crisis
intervention situations encountered by police and corrections
officers. Emphasis is on the dynamics of interpersonal relations
and intervention techniques, especially in conflict-oriented
situations. Alternatives available to officers, as well as the
relative roles of other legal and social agencies, will be
discussed. The second half of the course will focus on stress
issues relative to police and corrections personnel. Basic
concepts in the psychological and physiological effects of stress
will be discussed. This information will be applied to specific
stressors common to police and corrections officers,
administrators and officers’ family life.
CJ 414 The Investigative Process II
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, 214, junior standing or instructor permission.
The actual gathering, identifying,
preserving, and analyzing of evidence. The course prepares the
student to write investigative reports that can be introduced into
a court of law. It stresses the legal importance of all types of
evidence and the probability of their acceptance in a court.
CJ 426 International Crime and
Comparative Criminal Justice Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course explores the justice
systems of various countries in depth, and compares the
significant similarities and differences between them and the
United States. Both statutory and common law are analyzed, as well
as crime rates, prevention, detention, and judicial procedures.
CJ 431 Issues in Criminal Justice
Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course focuses on new
management and administrative requirements of the criminal justice
complex in transition. Attention is paid to the development of the
understanding of the implementation of processes such as job
enrichment, leadership and power, planning for change,
motivational and communication theory to the administration and
coordination of the criminal justice system and the management of
its components.
CJ 435 Domestic and International
Terrorism
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
CJ 110 and CJ 290, Junior standing or permission of the
instructor.
This course examines the history
and current state of the problem of domestic and international
terrorism. This includes the types and nature of terror, profiles
of the individuals, organizations, and nation states involved in
terrorism, their motivations and targets, the attacks against the
United States, strategies currently used to control and prevent
terrorism, and the prospects for the future.
CJ 440 Discretionary Justice
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
In-depth study of the use of
discretion in criminal justice taught in seminar style. Students
are required to participate in realistic simulated decision making
situations that reveal subjective and subtle influences on the
decision makers. Police, institution classification, and parole
decision issues are emphasized.
CJ 490 Professional Development and
Assessment
2 cr.
Note: This course replaces CJ 489
Theory and Ideology of Criminal Justice.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290 and senior standing
or instructor permission.
This course is intended to provide
students with information and perspectives necessary for a
successful career search in criminal justice. Students will be
asked to actively engage in various assignments that will heighten
their awareness of the importance of communication skills,
interviewing skills, and overall professional preparation. It
will encourage students to explore their values, skills, and
competencies in order to come to a better understanding of the
unique qualities and abilities that each may contribute in their
chosen profession. Finally students will assist with the
accomplishment of the department's assessment objectives by
participating in select activities and discussions.
CJ 491 Internship in Criminal Justice
4-16 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be applied as general elective
credit only.
Prerequisites:
All 100 and 200 level CJ core courses, junior standing, 2.7
cumulative GPA and permission of the Criminal Justice Internship
Coordinator.
Supervised field experience through
university-arranged placements in law enforcement, corrections,
loss prevention or other criminal justice agencies.
CJ 495 Special Topics in Criminal
Justice
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs
for 8 credit hours.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 290, junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of special issues in
criminal justice at a more advanced level. Sometimes used to
accommodate the training of visiting lecturers.
CJ 497 Teaching/Research Apprenticeship
1-4 cr.
Note: Only 4 credit hours of CJ 497
and/or CJ 498 may be applied toward the major.
Prerequisites:
CJ 110, CJ 210, junior standing or instructor permission.
Directed apprentice activities in
research or teaching. Students will work under close supervision
of their major professor.
CJ 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Note: Only 4 credit hours of CJ 497
and/or CJ 498 can be applied toward the major.
Prerequisites:
CJ 290, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Individual research on an advanced
level in student’s field of interest as approved and directed by
major professor.
(Clinical Laboratory Science
Department)
CLS 100 Obtaining a Blood Specimen
1 cr. (2-0-4)
Graded S/U.
Meets first four weeks of the
semester. A course designed to teach any interested student
phlebotomy skills by venipuncture and dermal puncture methods.
Lecture topics of infection control, safety, ethics,
communication, specimen processing, selection of anti-coagulants,
order of draw, prioritizing requests, complications, and
accidental needlesticks are some of the major areas addressed in
this course.
CLS 109 Introduction to Diagnostic
Sciences
1 cr. (1-0-1 on alternating weeks)
Prerequisite:
High school biology recommended.
The course is designed to introduce
the students to a variety of diagnostic tests for various aspects
of the clinical laboratory. The various tests represent analytes
commonly measured because of their diagnostic or screening value
for major health conditions in society such as diabetes, heart
attacks, anemia, and infection. Other areas of consideration will
be blood typing and pregnancy testing. Accuracy, safety, and
quality control will be stressed throughout.
CLS 150 Phlebotomy Practicum
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
CLS 100 and 120.
Extensive clinical experience in
phlebotomy. The student will log a total of 160 hours at assigned
clinical agencies.
CLS 190 Microscopy and Laboratory
Techniques
1 cr. (1-0-2 on alternating weeks)
The course is designed to develop
basic laboratory skills in the use of laboratory tools that are
fundamental to science exploration and practice. The student will
learn the principles of microscopy, the use and adjustment of
microscopes, scope maintenance, slide preparation and definition
of terms. Microscopy techniques will be employed using the
compound bright-field, phase and dark-field microscopes.
Polarized and Fluorescence microscopy will also be discussed.
Microscopy techniques will include focusing, ocular lens
adjustment, achieving Koehler illumination, troubleshooting
problems, use of filters, micrometry etc. Basic generalized
laboratory techniques will also be addressed including
spectrophotometry and proper pipetting techniques (using a variety
of pipettes).
CLS 200 Urine and Body Fluid Analysis
1 cr. (2-0-2)
Course meets last 6 weeks of the
semester.
Prerequisites:
High school biology recommended.
A study of urine and body fluid
examinations. The course will include macroscopic, chemical and
microscopic examination of various fluids. Where appropriate,
confirmatory and/or supplemental tests will be discussed.
Significance, principles, reference ranges, sources of error and
data correlation of manual and automated methods will be
emphasized in each type of analysis.
CLS 201 Clinical Hematology/Coagulation
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
CLS 120 or BI 104 or BI 202 or instructor permission.
Study of blood-forming organs, the
morphologic, biochemical and functional aspects of the cellular
components of blood; the mechanisms of hemostasis. Disorders of
the blood are discussed and correlated with the abnormal results
found in corresponding lab tests. Manual and automated methods are
used in the laboratory with emphasis placed on diagnostic
procedures and those used to differentiate normal and abnormal
states.
CLS 202 Clinical Chemistry
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
One year of high school chemistry and one semester of college
chemistry or instructor permission. CLS 120 recommended
Examination of the methods of
analysis and clinical significance of a variety of analytes found
in an assortment of body fluids. Correlation of results from
different laboratory tests, basic statistics, and quality control
measures are also explored. Performance of quantitative and
qualitative manual and automated clinical chemistry assays
typically done in hospital laboratories.
CLS 203 Immunohematology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites:
One year of high school biology or one semester of college biology
including human anatomy and physiology, or cell biology; CLS 213
or concurrent enrollment or instructor permission. CLS 120
recommended. Winter semester only.
Fundamentals of blood banking in
the ABO, Rh and other blood group systems as applied to recipients
and donors of blood; blood component preparation and utilization;
transfusion; transfusion complications; quality control and
problem-solving; new issues in transfusion medicine. Laboratories
include techniques used in immunology/serology; blood grouping;
compatibility testing; and antibody identification.
CLS 204 Clinical Microbiology
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 202, CLS 120 or instructor permission.
Introduction to the medically
important bacteria, fungi, viruses and parasites. Infectious
diseases are discussed by organ systems including the role of
normal flora and clinical information relevant to each. Current
practices in the collection and transportation of clinical
specimens and infection control issues are emphasized.
CLS 213 Clinical Immunology and
Serology
1 cr. (1-0-0)
Prerequisite: One year of high
school biology or one semester of college biology, including
anatomy and physiology or cell biology; Or instructor permission;
chemistry recommended. Offered Winter semester only.
An introduction to immunology, the immune response and the
application of immunological concepts to serological testing in
the clinical laboratory.
CLS 214 Diagnostic Microbiology
3 cr. (1-1-2.5)
Prerequisites:
CLS 204 or concurrent enrollment or permission of instructor.
Methods of the isolation and
identification of microbial pathogens including clinically
significant bacteria, fungi, and parasites. Laboratory diagnostic
techniques focus on biochemical characterization, serologic
testing, rapid identification methods, susceptibility testing and
microscopic examination.
CLS 250 Clinical Practice
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Acceptance for a clinical placement by the Clinical Laboratory
Sciences Department.
This course is designed for all
programs with a clinical practicum that extends into the summer
months. This course represents each different discipline
identified by the appropriate suffix.
CLS 250A Clinical Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice their
clinical assistant skills.
CLS 250T Clinical Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice their skills
in phlebotomy and serological testing.
CLS 250S Clinical Practice
1 cr.
Students will practice their skills
in specimen processing and routine urinalysis.
CLS 250C Clinical Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice their skills
in routine cytology and histologic techniques.
CLS 250G Clinical Practice
2 cr.
Students will become oriented to
the cytogenetic or molecular biology laboratory that includes the
application of safety policies and learning specialized
nomenclature, definitions, and some diagnostic genetic techniques.
A review of human chromosome and G and Q band patterns are
included for cytogenetic students.
CLS 250H Clinical Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice techniques
in advanced histology.
CLS 250M Clinical Practice
1 cr.
Students will practice techniques
in advanced diagnostic microbiology.
CLS 251, 252, 253, 254 Sophomore
Practicum
14 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
A grade of "C-" or better in CLS 120, 200, 201, 202, 203 and 204;
a minimum 2.00 GPA overall, NMU cumulative and in the major, and
faculty recommendations.
A six-month practicum in an
affiliated clinical laboratory under the supervision of clinical
laboratory professionals. Includes practical experience in all
areas of the clinical laboratory including LIS. Current affiliates
are in Upper Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota. The practicum is
represented by CLS 250T and the following four courses:
CLS 251 Clinical Hematology Practicum
3 cr.
Includes hematology and
coagulation.
CLS 252 Clinical Chemistry Practicum
4 cr.
Includes chemistry and routine
urinalysis.
CLS 253 Blood Banking Practicum
3 cr.
Includes blood banking.
CLS 254 Clinical Microbiology Practicum
4 cr.
Includes bacteriology, mycology,
and parasitology.
CLS 298 Directed Studies in Clinical
Laboratory Science
1-4 cr.
For associate degree programs. May
apply to a baccalaureate degree program with the approval of the
student's major department. Usually elected only once.
Individual directed study in a
clinical laboratory science topic. Students study topics through
laboratory projects, independent reading and/or a written paper.
CLS 301 Advanced Hematology/Coagulation
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CLS 201 and 251 or instructor permission.
Survey of hematopoiesis, blood cell
derivation, iron metabolism, erythropoiesis, physiological
classification and laboratory investigation of anemias, leukocyte
physiology and function, disorders of phagocytosis, and platelet
physiology and function. Key laboratory tests are identified with
each area of assessment. Learning activities include
computer-assisted instruction, laboratory problems, and
correlation of clinical data. This course builds upon CLS 201 and
the student's clinical experience.
CLS 302 Advanced Clinical Chemistry
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CLS 202 and 252. MA 171 recommended.
A lecture-laboratory course
involving a problem-solving orientation to laboratory practice.
Learning activities include a laboratory method comparison,
laboratory problems of technical and diagnostic focus, written
assignments pertaining to hormones and therapeutic drugs, and
computer-assisted instruction.
CLS 303 Advanced Immunohematology
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CLS 203 and CLS 253; or instructor permission.
Advanced studies in
antibody-antigen interaction in relation to blood component
therapy. Learning activities include laboratory problems and CAI
focusing on complex blood-banking problems; a written assignment
for selection of methods for clinical analysis and special
techniques in laboratory practice.
CLS 304 Advanced Clinical Microbiology
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CLS 204, CLS 214 and CLS 254 or instructor permission.
A study of selected topics in
bacteriology, mycology, parasitology, and virology utilizing
computer-assisted instruction, written assignments and lab
problems. Identification techniques and protocol will be evaluated
for both common and infrequently isolated pathogens.
CLS 380, 381, 382, 383, 384
Histotechnology Practicum
30 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the required courses in the Histotechnician or
Histotechnologist curriculum and acceptance by a clinical agency
with an accredited histology training program.
A supervised full-time 6 month to
12 month clinical practicum in an accredited histology program.
The practicum prepares students to assist in tissue related
procedures to establish and confirm a patient's diagnosis. The
preparation and staining of tissue involves a variety of
procedures including aspects of enzyme histochemistry, electron
microscopy, immunohistochemistry and molecular pathology. The
practicum is represented by CLS 250H and the following courses:
CLS 380 Histotechnique I (Processing
and Microtomy)
7 cr.
CLS 381 Histotechnique II (Staining,
Clinical Correlation, Instrumentation, QC, etc.)
7 cr.
CLS 382 Histotechnique III
(Grossing/Embedding, Microscopy)
3 cr.
CLS 383 Histochemistry/Pathology
(Special stains, Electron Microscopy, DNA)
8 cr.
CLS 384 Advanced Histology (Special
projects, Management, Clinical, Legal Procedures)
5 cr.
CLS 391 Laboratory Experience
1-3 cr.
May be repeated for up to 6 credits
if the topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Appropriate CLS courses (120, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 214) for
the designated experience, and permission of supervising faculty
and Program Director.
A course subtitle on the student's
transcript will describe the content for this course, e.g. CLS 391
Laboratory Experience in Hematology Student Laboratory. The course
is designed to offer additional experience in the laboratory which
may involve the following activities: perform instrument set-up
and shut down, trialing procedures before implementation,
laboratory maintenance, implementing quality control procedures,
reagent preparation and minor troubleshooting of instruments.
Students gain valuable lab experience in a variety of areas beyond
the limited exposure in the traditional CLS (non-practicum)
classes.
CLS 420 Clinical Educational Practices
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction of the laboratory
professional to the basic techniques of training students in a
clinical setting and presenting laboratory in-services. The
principles of learning, the use of goals and objectives, and the
analysis of a teaching module will be addressed first. Students
will be required to teach two laboratory sessions and present one
in-service to the Clinical Laboratory Sciences Department.
CLS 440, 441, 442, 443 Advanced
Diagnostic Microbiology Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites:
A grade of C- or better in all CLS courses, a minimum of 2.6 GPA
overall and 2.0 GPA in the minor, CLT certification and CLS
faculty recommendation. Junior standing or instructor permission.
Students must also enroll in CLS 250M during the summer months.
An intense 5 month practicum in an
approved clinical laboratory under the supervision of a clinical
laboratory scientist or microbiologist. Includes both practical
experience with emphasis on proficiency, special or unique
procedures, problem solving, method evaluation, setting policy,
and supervisory functions. The practicum is represented by CLS
250M and the following courses:
CLS 440 Advanced Clinical Bacteriology
8 cr.
CLS 441 Advanced Clinical Mycology
2 cr.
CLS 442 Advanced Clinical Parasitology
2 cr.
CLS 443 Advanced Clinical
Mycobacteriology/Virology
2 cr.
CLS 451, 452, 453, 454 Senior Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites:
a grade of "C-" or better in all CLS courses; a minimum 2.60 GPA
overall and NMU cumulative, a minimum 2.00 GPA in the major, CLT
certification and recommendations. Junior standing or instructor
permission.
An intense, five month practicum in
an affiliated clinical laboratory under supervision of clinical
laboratory scientists. Includes both practical experience and
further acquisition of theoretical principles in all areas of the
clinical laboratory with emphasis on special testing,
problem-solving and a variety of supervisory functions. Lectures
or CAI will be offered regularly. The practicum is represented by
CLS 250S and the following four courses:
CLS 451 Advanced Clinical Hematology
Practicum
3 cr.
Includes hematology and
coagulation.
CLS 452 Advanced Clinical Chemistry
Practicum
3 cr.
Includes chemistry and special
testing.
CLS 453 Advanced Clinical
Immunohematology Practicum
4 cr.
Includes blood banking and serology
areas.
CLS 454 Advanced Clinical Microbiology
Practicum
4 cr.
Includes bacteriology, mycology,
parasitology and virology.
CLS 460, 461, 462, 463 Cytogenetics
Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites:
Students must achieve a 2.6 GPA overall and cumulative and a
minimum of 2.8 GPA in the major; students must achieve a grade of
"B" or better in BI 111 and BI 206 or 312. In addition:
cytogenetics track: student must achieve a "B" or better in BI 416
and BI 313 and a grade of "C" or better in all other major
courses. Completion of the required courses in the diagnostic
genetics curriculum and acceptance by an affiliated clinical
agency. Junior standing or instructor permission.
An intense 6-month practicum in an
affiliated full service laboratory under supervision of
appropriately credentialed cytogenetics professionals. Includes
both practical experience and theoretical principles in areas of
bone marrow, peripheral and other specialized techniques and
projects will be addressed. The practicum is represented by CLS
250G and the following courses:
CLS 460 Specimen Processing and Culture
4 cr.
CLS 461 Microscopic Analysis
4 cr.
CLS 462 Fish Technology
3 cr.
CLS 463 Specialized Tech/Projects
3 cr.
CLS 470, 471, 472, 473 Molecular
Biology Technology Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites:
Students must achieve a "B" or better in BI 418 and CH 454 and a
grade of "C" or better in all other major courses. Completion of
the pre-clinical courses in the diagnostics genetics curriculum
and acceptance by an affiliated clinical agency. Junior standing
or instructor permission.
An intense 6-month practicum in an
affiliated full service laboratory under supervision of
appropriately credentialed Molecular Biology Technology
professionals. Includes both practical experience and theoretical
principles in areas of DNA purification, Southern Blot Analysis,
and Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) Analysis. Specialized
techniques and projects will also be incorporated. The practicum
is represented by CLS 250G and the following courses:
CLS 470 DNA Purification
2 cr.
CLS 471 Southern Blot Analysis
5 cr.
CLS 472 PCR Analysis
5 cr.
CLS 473 MB Specialized Tech/Projects
2 cr.
CLS 480, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486
Cytotechnology Practicum
32 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of required courses in the cytotechnology curriculum
and acceptance by a clinical agency with an accredited
cytotechnology program. Junior standing or instructor permission.
A supervised full-time 12 month
clinical practicum in an accredited cytotechnology program. It
includes tissue preparation and staining techniques; microscopic
study of cellular alterations indicative of cancer, pre-cancerous
conditions, bacterial, viral and parasitic infections and hormonal
abnormalities. The practicum is represented by CLS 250C and the
following seven courses:
CLS 480 Cytology Orientation
1 cr.
CLS 481 Tissue Cytology I
8 cr.
Includes female genital tract.
CLS 482 Tissue Cytology II
8 cr.
Includes respiratory and G.I.
tract.
CLS 483 Tissue Cytology III
8 cr.
Includes all other tissues.
CLS 484 Applied Clinical Practicum
5 cr.
CLS 485 Advanced Cytology Techniques
2 cr.
CLS 498 Directed Studies in Clinical
Laboratory Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
May apply only to a baccalaureate
degree program with the approval of the student's major
department. Usually elected only once.
Individual directed study in a
clinically related topic. Students study topics through research
projects, independent reading, and/or a written paper.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
CN 107 Construction Documents
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Survey of the content, preparation,
application, and interpretation of various construction contract
documents. The interrelationship of the documents is also
discussed. The three major parts of construction documents are
plans, specifications, and construction manual. Sample sets of
documents are interpreted and developed using computer
applications with word processing.
CN 151 Introduction to Construction
2 cr.
An overview of the industry, the
relationships that exist among the various stages of construction,
with activities and practices all emphasized.
CN 154 Construction Survey and Layout
3 cr. (2-0-2)
An introductory course covering
theory, principles, and techniques of construction surveying.
CN 156 Construction Systems and Methods
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Basic systems and methods of
constructing structures.
CN 158 Concrete
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Study and illustration of basic
principles of masonry, concrete and concrete forming and
procedures.
CN 191 Carpentry Internship
8 cr. (0-0-40)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
DD 100, CN 107, CN 151, CN 154, CN 156, CN 158, WT 161.
This course places the students in
an actual construction situation on a live job site. The student
will receive hands-on experience in all phases of carpentry
construction.
CN 251 Construction Field Operations
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
CN 156 and CN 158.
An introductory course to acquaint
the student with the requirements necessary to direct the field
operations of a construction project.
CN 252 Codes and Inspection
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CN 158 or instructor permission.
Introduction to basic inspections
that comply with local building codes and ordinances.
CN 253 Construction Estimating
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CN 107, CN 156 and CN158.
Introduction to estimating, using
means and national reporting systems as a guide. Students are
provided with theory, principles, and techniques to arrive at a
total construction cost for a building project.
CN 278 Mechanical Systems
3 cr.
A course organized to provide basic
understanding of design procedures of mechanical systems,
flexibilities in each system, space required and at what point the
job will be done.
CN 353 Soils and Foundations
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Study of basic theory and
application detailed in ASTM (American Society of Testing
Materials) procedures, developing a knowledge of fundamental
principles and good judgment in foundation design supported by
experience and scientific data.
CN 357 Legal Aspects of Construction
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
CN 107.
Introduction to legal implications
in the building industry.
CN 450 Project Control
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CN 253, junior standing or instructor permission.
Development of a mechanism for cost
estimating and its relationship to other project control functions
of scheduling, budgeting and cost control.
CN 458 Bidding Strategies
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CN 253 and CN 357, junior standing or instructor permission.
An advanced course involving
student contribution on bidding strategies and a professional
approach to analyzing this competitive information.
CN 459 Construction Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CN 458, junior standing or instructor permission.
In-depth orientation to
construction management methods, major engineering and
construction management techniques, and practices relating to the
organization of a company.
(Mathematics and Computer Science
Department)
CS 101 Web Site Construction
4 cr.
This class covers all facets of web
site construction, from the creation of a web site's content to
technical definitions such as 'hit', and 'page view'. Audio,
video and 3D graphic formats will be explored. Legal issues will
be covered. This class is designed for students of all majors.
CS 120 Computer Science I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or equivalent or permission of instructor.
A first course in computer
programming. An introduction to computer science using the Java
programming language. Students in the course will be introduced
to the development of graphical user interfaces and to
object-oriented programming.
CS 120A Accelerated Computer Science I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA100 and one high school computer
class or equivalent.
This course covers the same range
of topics as CS120, but carries some topics further, adding
additional topics as appropriate.
CS 122 Computer Science II
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 120 or high school equivalent, or permission of instructor.
A continuation of the study of
object-oriented programming with Java. The course will provide
opportunity to develop fundamental programming skills. A primary
focus of the course will be the study of object-oriented design.
Fundamental data structures will be introduced in the course, but
a full treatment of them will be given in CS 222.
CS 201 Programming in C++
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 122 or concurrent enrollment.
CS 201 teaches how to program in
C++. Topics include pointers, memory management, data structures,
object oriented design, and file processing.
CS 222 Data Structures
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 122, CS 201 and either MA 240 or MA 340.
This course covers data structures
and algorithms in depth. Topics covered include basic data
structures (e.g., arrays, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees and
graphs), an introduction to basic problem solving strategies and
complexity analysis, sorting and searching algorithms, hashing
techniques, and some advanced tree structures (e.g., AVL trees, B
and B+ trees, splay trees and so on).
CS 228 Network Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 122 and CS 201.
This course covers the theory and
programming of network applications. Topics covered include
programming Internet applications, client-server programming, and
Internet protocols.
CS 255 Computing for the Elementary
School Teacher
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 150 or permission of instructor.
The primary focus of the course is
on topics that relate to programming in a multimedia environment
including the internet. The course projects concentrate on
applications relevant to the school curricula.
CS 295 Special Topics in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
Designed for freshmen and
sophomores.
May be repeated if topic differs
with permission of instructor.
Topics reflecting the special
interests of students and staff.
CS 297 Directed Studies in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Available only with department head permission.
Individual investigations of a
special topic in computer science.
CS 298 Directed Studies in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
Same as CS 297 except that letter
grades are given.
CS 302 Unix System Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Six credit hours in CS or CIS numbered 120 or above, system
administration experience, or consent of instructor.
This is a hands-on course in Unix
system administration. The topics will cover installing an
operating system, user account management including the sharing of
account information over a network, printer management including
networked printing, disk management, including quotas, network
connectivity, sharing files over a network, installing various
servers including a web server, electronic mail management,
security in a networked environment, and performance tuning. In
addition, students will learn the substantial troubleshooting
skills. Aspects of security will be discussed pertaining to the
detection and correction of various attacks against a computer or
network.
CS 322 Principles of Programming
Languages
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 240, CS 222, and CS 330 (concurrent enrollment in CS 330
permitted) or permission of instructor.
This course will survey the
concepts and characteristics that are currently employed in modern
programming languages. These include the assignment effects,
procedure activation, scope, rules, type systems for conventional
imperative programming languages, and data encapsulation and
inheritance in the object-oriented paradigm. This course will also
cover concurrent and non-imperative languages (i.e., functional
and logic). The implementation of high-level languages will be
examined, including the major components of modern compilers
(e.g., lexical analyzers, parsers, and machine code generation),
compiler theory (e.g., push-down automata and formal grammars),
and translator-based language design issues (e.g., compilers
versus interpreters, single-pass versus multi-pass compilers).
CS 326 Object Oriented Design
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 222 or consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to
develop a thorough understanding of software engineering
principles that support the development of large projects.
Object-oriented design patterns will be emphasized in the course.
CS 330 Microcomputer Architecture
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
An introductory laboratory course in a natural science or a
computer programming course or permission of instructor.
Study of how computer hardware
responds to stored instructions. Construction projects with logic
circuits lead to the development of interfacing connections and
the conceptual designs of microprocessors. Native language
programming of the microprocessor functions is introduced in the
context of the logic circuitry being controlled. Programming
projects emphasize the software needed in common interfacing
tasks.
CS 370 Intelligent Mobile Robots
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 201 or CS 330, or equivalent software or hardware experience.
This course teaches how to design,
build, and program autonomous robots. Topics include robot
architecture (e.g., sensors, effectors, processors, and
platforms), as well as adaptive behavior (e.g., navigation,
machine learning, and evolutionary robotics). A significant
portion of the course incorporates hands-on experience with real
robots as well as simulators. The second half of the course will
involve team-based projects and a final demonstration.
CS 422 Algorithms Design and Analysis
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
CS 222 and MA 161 or MA 271.
This course covers advanced
algorithms and data structures, formal analysis of algorithm
complexity, and the theory of computation. Topics can include
algorithms design technique (e.g., divide-and-conquer, dynamic
programming), upper bounds and lower bounds, graph algorithms,
geometric algorithms, symbolic and numeric algorithms, string
matching, NP-completeness, complexity classes, computability and
undecidability and parallel and distributed algorithms. Students
finishing this course will learn the basic skills of designing and
analyzing sequential and parallel algorithms.
CS 426 Operating Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
CS 228 and CS 330, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course explores the underlying
concepts of modern operating systems. Topics include memory
management, processor scheduling, security management, and file
system design. Design concepts such as the microkernel
architecture and object oriented operating systems are covered.
Examples are drawn from a wide variety of operating systems,
including Windows NT and Linux. Students will be expected to
perform hands on experiments with operating system behavior and
make minor modifications to existing operating systems. Students
without CS 330 may enter with consent of instructor.
CS 442 Advanced Networking
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 228, junior standing or instructor permission.
The course teaches several higher
level computer networking concepts, such as distributed objects
and high level communication protocols. Network programming skills
will be developed. Students will write and test networked programs
using a variety of paradigms. Current topics of industry interest
such as CORBA and DCOM will be covered.
CS 444 Parallel and Distributed
Processing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 228, junior standing or instructor permission.
This is an introductory course in
the uses and coordination of concurrent processes. Topics include
threads, race conditions, mutual exclusion, interprocess
communication, deadlock avoidance and parallel architecture
(including networked computers).
CS 446 Computer Graphics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 322 and MA 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course exposes our students to
the concepts and techniques of computer graphics. Topics covered
include geometric transformations, viewing, object hierarchy,
input and interaction, curves and surfaces, illumination and
shading. In this course, students will design graphics
applications.
CS 453 Computer and the Schools
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 122, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of major applications of
computing in the schools.
CS 460 Advanced Web Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Six credit hours of computer
science courses at the 200 level or above.
This course teaches students how to
program client/server applications for the Web focusing on
database integration. Topics cover scripting languages such as
Perl, PHP, or other current alternatives, using them to read input
from Web forms and produce Web output. SQL be used to interface
with databases as the backend technology.
CS 470 Artificial Intelligence
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 222, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course takes students beyond
the traditional algorithms of computer science. Students learn
techniques for making computers behave more intelligently and
adaptively than typical programs. The course includes a survey of
the broad and dynamic field of computer intelligence, from the
established techniques for automated reasoning, knowledge
representation, and machine learning, to the newer areas of
stochastic, adaptive systems, such as neural networks, genetic
algorithms, or intelligent agents. A few specific methodologies
will be explored in depth, through implementation and application
to real world problems. The class will cover the topics listed
above, recent advances in artificial intelligence, and any
necessary background materials.
CS 480 Senior Project in Computer
Science
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 222, CS 228, junior standing and permission of advisor.
This course involves a significant
software development and implementation project. Students will
be expected to create significant new computer applications,
typically involving writing more than 1,000 lines of new code, and
using algorithms developed from material in earlier courses.
Students are expected to begin the project prior to registering
for CS480. Enrollment in CS480 allows the student to wrap up the
project, including testing, documentation, and a demonstration and
presentation to an evaluation committee of CS faculty, for
feedback and grading.
CS 490 Special Projects in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if project differs.
Prerequisites:
Prior arrangement with instructor and junior standing.
Development of projects of an
extensive nature, working in small groups and in consultation with
the instructor. The project would draw heavily upon, and
substantially reinforce and extend, the student’s previous work in
computer science and possibly related areas as well. Included
would be the delineation of a major computer-related problem,
followed by the design and implementation of a maintainable
solution.
CS 491 Internship in Computer Science
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated for credit, not to
exceed eight credits total.
Only four credits may be applied to
a computer science minor.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing, minimum GPA of 3.00 and departmental approval.
The course provides on the job
experience in the application of computer science principles.
Internship positions are coordinated with the Job Search Office
and the Math and Computer Science Department.
CS 495 Special Topics in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs
with permission of instructor.
Prerequisites:
For upper division students and majors and minors.
Topics reflecting special interest
of students and staff.
CS 496 Special Topics in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Cross-listed as CS 495.
CS 497 Directed Studies in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Available only with consent of department head.
Individual investigations of a
special topic in computer science.
CS 498 Directed Studies in Computer
Science
1-4 cr.
Same as CS 497 except that letter
grades are given.
(Engineering Technology Department)
DD 100 Technical Drafting with
Introduction to CAD
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Introductory drafting and
computer-aided design including sketching, lettering, instrument
usage, orthographic projection, sectional views, auxiliary views,
dimensioning, tolerancing, threads, fasteners, pictorial drawings,
and computer graphic applications. This course is designed for
students with little or no previous mechanical drafting or CAD
experience.
DD 102 Engineering Graphics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Graphic problem solving with
advanced orthographic projections techniques, including
fundamentals of spatial relationships, auxiliary views,
revolutions, intersections, developments, and vector analysis.
DD 103 Geometric Dimensioning and
Tolerancing
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Principles and practices of using
geometric dimensioning and tolerancing (GDT) as found in
contemporary industry. Interpretation, understanding, and
implementation of the concept in design, drawing, and making of
mechanical parts for production.
DD 105 Schematic/Diagram Drafting
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Students will learn to produce
electrical/electronic, hydraulic/pneumatic, heating, ventilation,
and air conditioning (HVAC) and piping drawings in accordance with
contemporary industrial standards. Previous drafting experience is
not required. Topics included are block diagrams, electronic
schematics, wiring diagrams, hydraulic and pneumatics circuits,
central air conditioning and related piping. Drawings will be
computer generated (CAD) using symbols libraries.
DD 110 CAD Productivity and
Customization
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite:
DD 100.
An introductory level course
designed to acquaint the CAD student with drafting efficiency.
Program customization will be explored to enhance the productivity
of the individual and the office environment. Topics will include:
Editing techniques, menu creation, LISP routines, and proper
drawing planning.
DD 202 Product Development and Design
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Graphic fundamentals, problem
solving concepts and the design process are applied toward the
development and design of products. The course includes techniques
in graphic presentation, computer aided design, and technical
illustration.
DD 203 Industrial Drawing and Design
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisite:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Special areas of industrial drawing
are taught. Precision dimensioning-tolerancing, machine drawings,
electrical-electronic schematics, pneumatics-hydraulics, tooling,
computer assisted graphics, use of handbooks and catalogs, and
special drafting.
DD 205 Architectural Presentation
Techniques
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Fundamentals of architectural
presentation drawings including two-point perspective, elevation
rendering, plan presentation drawing, basic shade and shadow
techniques, and entourage.
DD 206 Architectural and Industrial
Prototypes
2 cr. (1-0-2)
An introductory level course
designed to acquaint the student with methods and techniques of
preparing industrial form and prototypes. Miniature scale mock-ups
are developed and presented to illustrate the design technique.
DD 207 Architectural Design
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Beginning course in architectural
design fundamentals. Student develops basic skills and techniques
required for the architectural profession. A study of concepts and
procedures essential to architectural design including site
analysis, programming, schematics, and design development. The
student solves a practical design problem and prepares a complete
graphic solution.
DD 208 Architectural Detailing
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Introduction to small commercial
and industrial building construction techniques, materials, and
methods. Included are foundation, wall and roof construction
requirements for various building structures, along with
comparison of structural materials and methods and suitable
application to various structures. The investigation of building
uses and functions and consideration of equipment, services and
accessory facilities are integral to this course.
DD 214 Structural Design
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
IT 211.
Basic approach to the design of
structural members in building of usual types of construction,
spans and story heights where many of the more sophisticated
refinements permitted by modern codes are not warranted. Included
are the principles of structural mechanics, design of steel and
wood beams and columns; structural connections, and reinforced
concrete systems.
DD 295 Special Topics in Computer Aided
Design
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
DD 298 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
DD 302 Architectural
Drawing-Residential
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Conventions and practices used in
modern home building, planning, general knowledge related to
consumer housing, and graphic presentation of working drawings and
specifications. Emphasis upon vacation-recreational housing and
complete exhibits for residential housing.
DD 303 Architectural Drawing-Commercial
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Architectural drawing emphasizing
conventions and practices used in commercial architecture.
Presentation drawings, perspective layout and planning, rendering,
commercial prints and structural detailing are stressed.
DD 310 Three Dimensional Computer
Modeling/Presentation
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites:
DD 110 and DD 102 or DD 207 or instructor permission.
This course explores the use of
three-dimensional design in both the engineering and architectural
disciplines. Through the uses of solids modeling and parametric
design, engineered parts are created, and analyzed. Architectural
prototypes are created, displayed and analyzed through surface
modeling.
DD 402 Senior Design Project
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisites:
IT 380, senior standing or instructor permission and completion of
all other minor requirements.
This course will provide the
graduating senior in a computer aided drafting minor experience in
design of an appropriate project in his or her area of
specialization. The course calls upon the student to use all of
his previous design and drafting experiences to create the
solution to a problem(s).
DD 495 Special Topics in Computer Aided
Design
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission and junior standing.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
DD 498 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission and junior standing.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
(Economics Department)
EC 101 The American Economy
4 cr.
Not open to students who have
credit in, or are currently enrolled in, another economics course.
May be counted toward a major or
minor in economics.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Introduction to the structure,
processes, and problems of the American economic system. The
historical development of the market economy is emphasized with
discussion of the major economic institutions, such as
corporations, cooperatives, market competition, and the banking
system. Some introduction to the functioning of supply and demand
in price determination is included.
EC 201 Microeconomic Principles
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing or EC 101 or instructor permission.
Analysis of price determination and
resource allocation in a market economy. Particular attention is
paid to individual consumer and producer choice under a variety of
market structures.
EC 202 Macroeconomic Principles
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing and EC 201 or instructor permission.
Continuation of Economics 201.
Introduction to theories of national income, money, public finance
and international transactions.
EC 320 Money, Banking, and Monetary
Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202 or instructor permission.
Institutional description of money,
commercial banking, central banking, deposit intermediaries,
government finance, and foreign exchange. Theoretical analysis of
the effect of monetary institutions on economic behavior, and
applications of monetary theory to problems in macroeconomics.
EC 337 American Economic History
4 cr.
Cross-listed as HS 337.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
Transformation of the American
economy, with particular emphasis on the modern period of
industrialization. The focus is resource allocation within the
major theme of economic growth. Special attention is devoted to
the role of the corporation, ethics, advertising, environment,
labor, public policy decisions, critics and defenders of the
economic order.
EC 345 Environmental and Natural
Resource Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC101 or EC201, or instructor permission.
The subjects of this course include
air and water pollution, climate change, acid rain, depletion of
biodiversity and other environmental, natural resource, and
land-use problems. This course allows students to apply tools of
economic analysis to the study of current environmental and
natural resource issues. Property rights, social welfare
maximization, and cost-benefit analysis are some of the key
concepts used during the course.
EC 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
Does not count toward the
non-teaching economics major or any economics minor.
Prerequisite:
Admission to methods phase of teacher education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Survey of the concepts, materials,
and strategies used in economics at the secondary level. The
course includes practice in the construction of units,
identification of objectives, selection of materials, and
development of activities and procedures. Some discussion of
evaluation and classroom management is included.
EC 401 Intermediate Microeconomics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202, junior standing or instructor permission.
Theoretical analysis of the
behavior of the consumer, the firm, and other economic units, and
of the determination of product and factor prices under various
market structures. Application of theory to contemporary economic
problems.
EC 402 Intermediate Macroeconomics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202, junior standing or instructor permission. EC
320 recommended.
Analysis of savings, consumption,
investment, and other aggregates in the national economy as
related to determination of national income, employment, and
prices. This is a course in macrostatics.
EC 405 Public Finance
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the theory of the
public economy with emphasis upon the effects of government
activity on allocation of scarce resources. Study of theories and
practices related to government spending, taxing, borrowing, and
management of the public debt.
EC 410 Managerial Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201, MA 171, junior standing or instructor permission.
The application of economic
analysis to business problems. Economic techniques and principles
used in formulating business policies are considered: forecasting,
estimation and analysis of demand functions; estimation of
production functions and cost functions; forms of competition,
pricing techniques, and profits; application of linear programming
and game theory.
EC 415 Labor Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 junior standing or instructor permission.
Analysis and description of the
U.S. labor force and labor markets. Wage determination for the
firm, industry, and economy is examined. The impact of unions,
licensing, and other institutional forces on wages and employment
is evaluated.
EC 420 Capitalism, Socialism, and
Democracy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement, junior
standing or instructor permission. One course in economics
recommended.
Broad view of economic systems,
integrating aspects of political and social institutions with
traditional and alternative economic theories and institutions.
Topics will include worker self-management, class struggles,
revolution, redistribution of income and wealth, anarchism,
socialism and government control.
EC 425 International Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202, junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the theory of
international trade and finance with emphasis on the study of the
gains from international specialization and exchange, the
mechanisms of intercountry economic relations, the balance of
payments, the correction of imbalances in international trade
flows, and the effects and purposes of restrictions on trade.
Attention is given to major contemporary international trade
problems.
EC 435 Law and Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior or senior standing or instructor permission. One course in
economics (EC 101 or 201) recommended.
An exploration of the interface
between the two disciplines of law and economics with emphasis on
the economic analysis of law. The course is not so much about what
the law is but why the law is as it is. Major topics include
property, contract, torts, product liability, common law and
crime.
EC 460 Economic Development
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202, junior standing or instructor permission.
The meaning and characteristics of
underdevelopment; survey of theories of growth and development;
the problem of “disguised” unemployment, factor proportions and
optimal techniques of production; the role of capital accumulation
and foreign trade in industrialization; planning techniques for
economic development.
EC 490 Seminar in Economics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202, junior standing and instructor permission.
Topic determined by the specialties
of the instructor.
EC 495 Special Topics in Economics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Instructor permission and junior standing.
Variable content, depending upon
the specialization of the instructor and special needs of the
students.
EC 498 Directed Studies in Economics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EC 201 and EC 202, junior standing and instructor permission.
Readings and research under faculty
supervision. Designed for advanced economics majors.
(School of Education)
See "Teacher Selection and
Retention Standards" under the "School of Education" section of
this bulletin for minimum grade point average requirements.
ED 201 Introduction to Education
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to teacher education.
An opportunity for the student to
explore a career in education. In addition to providing background
information on the organization, control, supervision, financing,
and professional aspects of American schooling, the course
provides a foundation for content presented in other education
courses. A central focus of the course is the relationship of
school, the workplace, and citizenship in American society. Basic
skills and traits necessary for success in the teaching profession
are assessed in a number of ways in the course.
ED 222 Classroom Management
1 cr.
A study through a variety of
techniques of methods to manage behavior in the classroom. Field
experience may be involved.
ED 223 Multicultural Education
1 cr.
A study of how multicultural and
global perspectives can be reflected in curricular design and
planning; instructional design, practice and evaluation; and
teachers’ and students’ knowledge, attitudes and behavior. Field
experience may be involved.
ED 230 Teaching and Learning in the
Elementary Classroom
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to teacher education.
This course is an introduction to
contemporary theories of teaching and learning for elementary
education students. The course will focus on the connections of
these theories to classroom practice as they relate to children of
varying abilities from birth to early adolescence. Teacher-student
relationships are observed and discussed. This course includes
field experience.
ED 231 Teaching and Learning in the
Secondary Classroom
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to teacher education.
This course is an introduction to
contemporary theories of teaching and learning for secondary
education students. The course will focus on the connections of
these theories to classroom practice as they relate to children of
varying abilities at early to late adolescence. Teacher-student
relationships are observed and discussed. This course includes
field experience.
ED 295 Special Topics in Education
1-4 cr.
An opportunity for freshmen and
sophomores to study problems in education that are not part of the
regular offerings.
ED 301 Dimensions of American Education
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission to teacher education and ED 201.
Exploration of historical,
philosophical, political, economic, social and legal dimensions of
American education in order to gain insight into the nature,
purposes, and results of public and private schooling.
Consideration is also given to significant current issues such as
equality of opportunity, multicultural education and the quest for
educational excellence.
ED 306 Children's Literature
3 cr.
Cross-listed as FAML 306.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Introduction to the literature
available for children, the development of criteria for evaluating
books, and a study of the literature program in the elementary
schools.
ED 307 Integrating the Arts into the
Elementary Curriculum
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education. Satisfactory
completion of MU 149A, AD 310, and PE 203, PE 381, or PE 383.
A capstone course for
pre-professional elementary education teachers focusing on: 1.)
utilizing creative dramatics and theatre as the medium for
integrating the visual and performing arts in K-8 subjects such as
science, history, language arts, mathematics, and geography; 2)
demonstrating creative teaching and learning strategies from
music, art, dance and theatre to motivate students and to enhance
their study of school subjects; 3) developing lesson plans and
their effective application for integrating the arts in field
settings. This course includes a field assignment.
ED 310 Social Studies Methods and
Materials for Elementary Teachers
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Survey of social studies curricula:
their content, aims, and objectives in the elementary school
(K-8). Includes the use of materials and unit method planning
emphasizing basic generalizations and concepts. Basic principles
of economics and the roles of economic institutions and business
in American society are included. The application of good basic
skills and attitudes to careers and the world of work in general
are addressed.
ED 311 Language Arts Methods and
Materials for Elementary Teachers
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Survey of theories, research,
strategies and activities for incorporating the language arts
throughout the elementary school curriculum. A predetermined
number of practicum hours in the elementary school are required.
ED 312 Science Methods and Materials
for Elementary Teachers
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education and 12 credits
of science.
A survey of science curricula and
instructional methodology for the teaching of biological, earth,
and physical sciences and technology in K-8 classrooms. Basic
concepts of environmental education and teaching children the
interdisciplinary nature of the sciences are stressed. Field
experience is required.
ED 316 Elementary Reading Instruction I
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Study of the reading process and
introduction to various techniques, with a number of observations
of reading instruction in elementary classrooms.
ED 318 Elementary Reading Instruction
II
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education and ED 311 and
ED 316.
An in-depth consideration and
extension of the content provided in Reading Instruction I:
examination of diagnostic techniques, introduction of reading
subject matter materials, and a practicum experience.
ED 319 The Teaching of Reading for
Secondary Teachers
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Methods the content area teacher
can use to help students comprehend course materials more
effectively, to determine reading needs of students and to adapt
instruction to their needs. Field experience is required.
ED 327 Directed Study in Children's
Literature
1 cr.
Corequisite:
ED 306 or instructor permission.
Individual study of a significant
topic in children’s literature defined jointly by student and
instructor.
ED 349 Teaching for Diversity, Equity
and Social Justice in the Secondary School Community
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of Ed 201, Ed 301, ED 231 and admission to the methods
phase of teacher education. Co-requisite: Concurrent
enrollment required in ED 319.
This course, which is combined with
ED 319 and situated in a school setting, is a study of ethical
principles and teaching methods common to all secondary school
certification areas. In particular, the course addresses issues
of diversity, equity, and social justice within four major areas
of knowledge: (1) teaching strategies; (2) authentic performance
assessment; (3) classroom management; and (4) uses of technology
for a variety of curricula at the secondary level.
ED 360 Orientation to Special Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 230, ED 231 and PY 100.
Study of children with
exceptionalities: etiology and characteristics of these
individuals and the educational provisions that exist for their
care, treatment, training, education, and habitation. Students are
assigned to a 20 hour pre-teaching experience.
ED 361 Special Education and the
General Classroom Teacher
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
An introductory course covering the
range of handicapping conditions, designed for the elementary or
secondary teacher, or paraprofessional, who seeks to develop an
awareness of the emotional, educational and social implications of
handicaps and to formulate some practical applications of this
knowledge when working with students with exceptionalities in the
general classroom.
ED 400 Mental Impairments
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of mental impairment, its
historical background and etiology, characteristics of students
with mental impairments and assistance in habilitation.
ED 401 Curriculum and Methods for
Teaching Students with Mental Impairments
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 318, ED 400, junior standing or instructor permission.
Lesson construction and methodology
for teaching students with moderate and mild mental impairments;
includes the use of commercially and teacher-made materials. The
teacher’s multiple professional roles are stressed.
ED 402 Teaching Life Skills to Students
with Disabilities
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360, junior standing or instructor permission.
Survey of national, state, and
community resources in independent living, recreation and
socialization opportunities for students with disabilities. In
addition, students examine materials and curriculum for educating
students with disabilities in social skills, free time activities,
and human sexuality.
ED 403 Pre-Vocational Training for
Students with Disabilities
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360, ED 400, or ED 407, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of prevocational curricula
within the special education classroom including the development
of transition objectives, vocational assessment, and potential
vocational options following completion of prevocational training.
Emphasis is placed on practical applications and programs as well
as theoretical concepts.
ED 404 Assistive Technology for the
Impaired
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360, junior standing or instructor permission.
Development of ability to design,
order and acquire modern technology and equipment for a variety of
handicapping conditions. Emphases are on assisting independent
living and enhancing communication, and use of assisting
technology for teachers.
ED 405 Diagnosis and Assessment in
Special Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360, and ED 400, or ED 407, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of diagnostic process in the
assessment of intellectual capacity, educability, behavioral and
emotional characteristics, and academic achievement. Students are
required to administer, score, and interpret selected instruments
and to compile a diagnostic write-up.
ED 406 Supervised Apprenticeship in
Teaching Students with Mental Impairments in K-12 Settings
2 cr.
Graded: S/U.
Prerequisites:
Completion of all required course work in the mentally impaired
preparatory sequence, junior standing or instructor permission.
A four week full-day career related
supervised experience. Students are assigned in school based
programs for the mildly or moderately mentally impaired. Provides
an opportunity to refine goals and polish skills; to translate
abstract classroom theory to life application.
ED 407 Emotional Behavioral Impairment
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360, PY 211, PY 203, junior standing or instructor permission.
Students will study the evolution
of the field, investigate the biophysical, psychodynamic,
behavioral, and ecological models of influence and develop a
knowledge of both internalizing and externalizing disorders.
Teacher roles will be explored as well as systems that impact in
both negative and positive ways.
ED 408 Curriculum and Methods for
Teaching Students with Emotional Impairments
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 407, junior standing or instructor permission.
Instruction and education
structuring for elementary students. Students will obtain
knowledge of teaching strategies, service units, and educational
assessment unique to the needs of this impaired population.
Various roles and strategies used by teachers will be studied as
well as prescriptive parent planning.
ED 409 Supervised Apprenticeship in
Teaching Students with Emotional Impairments in K-12 Settings
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Completion of all required course work in the preparatory sequence
for the emotionally behaviorally impaired program, junior standing
or instructor permission.
A career related supervised
experience of 144 hour duration during which the student is
assigned to facilities for students who are emotionally/socially
maladjusted. These may be school-based programs or treatment
facilities with an educational service. This is an opportunity for
the trainee to refine goals and to translate abstract theory to
life application.
ED 410 Legal Rights and Services
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ED 360 and ED 400 or ED 407, junior standing or instructor
permission.
This course is designed to
introduce students to the legal system, terms and definitions, and
the major impact of Section 504 and its interrelativeness with
IDEA. It discusses eligibility, assessment, and due process.
Abuse, negligence, discipline, and confidentiality as well as
excursion and disclosure are studied. Federal and State of
Michigan mandates which apply to special education are examined as
they impact Early Childhood and Transition Programs as well as the
school years.
ED 420 Teaching in the Elementary
School
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement and
Teacher Selection and Retention Standards under the School
of Education section.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the elementary education
curriculum into assuming responsibility for teaching, together
with related activities, while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 421 Teaching in Elementary/Secondary
Schools Communication Disorders
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
See Teacher Selection and Retention Standards and
Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the School of
Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the communication disorders
curriculum into assuming responsibility for teaching while they
learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 423A Teaching in the Elementary
School
5 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
See Teacher Selection and Retention Standards and
Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the School of
Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the mentally impaired or
emotionally impaired education curriculum into assuming
responsibility for teaching in a regular classroom while they
learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 423B Teaching Students with Mental
Impairments in K-12 Schools
6 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
Satisfactory completion of ED 423A. See Teacher Selection and
Retention Standards and Eligibility for Student Teaching
Placement in the School of Education section of this
bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the mentally impaired education
curriculum into assuming responsibility for teaching the educable
and/or mentally impaired while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 423C Teaching Students with
Emotional Impairments in K-12 Schools
6 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
Satisfactory completion of ED 423A. See Teacher Selection and
Retention Standards and Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement
in the School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the emotionally impaired
education program into assuming responsibility for teaching the
emotionally impaired while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 424A Teaching Students with Mental
Impairments in K-12 Schools
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
Satisfactory completion of ED 423A. See Teacher Selection and
Retention Standards and Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement
in the School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the educable and/or trainable
mentally impaired education program into assuming responsibility
for teaching the educable and/or trainable mentally impaired while
they learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 424B Teaching Students with
Emotional Impairments in K-12 Schools
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
Satisfactory completion of ED 423A. See Teacher Selection and
Retention Standards and Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement
in the School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the emotionally impaired
education program into assuming responsibility for teaching the
emotionally impaired while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 425 Teaching the K-12 Emotionally
Impaired and the Educable and/or Trainable Mentally Impaired
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
ED 406 and 409.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the emotionally impaired and
the educable and/or trainable mentally impaired education program
into assuming responsibility for teaching the emotionally impaired
and the educable and/or trainable mentally impaired while they
learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 430 Teaching in the Secondary School
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement and
Teacher Selection and Retention Standards under the School
of Education section.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students in the secondary education
curriculum into assuming responsibility for teaching, together
with related activities, while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 440 Student Teaching (Elementary
Education, Mentally Impaired, Speech Correction, Secondary
Education)
3-6 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites:
Department head permission. See also Eligibility for Student
Teaching Placement and Teacher Selection and Retention
Standards under the School of Education section of this
bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual,
guided introduction of students into assuming responsibility for
teaching. Variable credit for experienced teachers qualifying for
additional certification.
ED 445 Practicum in the Middle School
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Student teaching experience.
A 60 clock hour experience in
assisting, observing, directed teaching, and tutoring in skill
development laboratories, and participating in team planning
sessions in a middle school setting.
ED 450 Seminar in Teaching
1 cr.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in student teaching.
This course is designed to help the
student teacher better understand and apply education principles
and theories in full-time classroom teaching experience. It
focuses on the roles, responsibilities, issues, and concerns of
student teachers such as classroom management, instruction,
assessment, multicultural education, human relations, employment,
policy, and practices.
ED 460 The Middle School
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
Analysis of the philosophy,
structure, curriculum, needs of students, and strategies of
teaching of the middle school.
ED 462 Literature for Young Adults
3 cr.
Cross-listed as EN 462.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
A comprehensive study of books for
young adults, designed for secondary school teachers. Needs and
interests of adolescents are studied in conjunction with the
application of selection principles to fiction and nonfiction of
all types. Emphasis is placed on developmental reading for the
accelerated, the average, and the reluctant student.
ED 483 Educational Media and Technology
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Passing score on the ED 483 prerequisite test or permission of
instructor.
Focuses upon the
education/instructional uses of audiovisual media including
computers and related technologies. Emphasis will be upon each
type of hardware and software and its use as well as the subject
matter areas that most easily integrate the technology.
ED 491 Workshops and Seminars in
Education
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or permission of instructor.
Opportunities for the concentrated
study of selected professional educational problems.
ED 495 Special Topics in Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
An opportunity for a group of upper
division students to study problems in education that are not part
of the regular offering.
ED 498 Directed Study in Education
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Advisor and instructor permission.
An opportunity for students to do
independent study.
(English Department)
All courses marked with
V
(variable credit)
are available for an additional research credit; students must be
registered for the three-credit course before signing up for the
additional credit. This additional credit must be added
separately.
EN 080 Reading and Writing
4 cr.
Does not apply toward an associate
or baccalaureate degree but may apply towards some certificate and
diploma programs.
An intensive, integrated review of
reading and writing skills, study strategies, and vocabulary
development. Designed to prepare students for EN 090, it differs
from that course in providing more individualized instruction of
various types.
EN 090 Basic Composition
4 cr.
Does not apply toward associate or
baccalaureate degrees but may count toward some certificate and
diploma programs. A grade of "C-" or better in EN 090 is required
to enroll in EN 111.
A review of English grammar,
punctuation, and spelling. Through individualized study and
frequent practice, students learn to write Standard English
sentences and to improve writing fluency. Mastery of these skills
is required for enrollment in EN 111 and for success in other
college courses.
EN 091 Review of Writing Skills
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and demonstrated need (such as repeated attempts to pass
the university's Writing Proficiency Examination). Hours do not
apply toward any diploma, certificate, associate, or baccalaureate
degree but meets the requirement for the writing proficiency exam.
A review of principles of effective
writing that provides extensive practice, with special emphasis on
those aspects of writing which each student finds most
troublesome.
EN 101 Learning Skills Development
2 cr.
Does not count toward an English
major or minor.
An emphasis on basic learning
skills, especially reading, study techniques, note-taking, and
writing. Students are helped to develop perceptions, attitudes,
and self-concepts that lead to academic success.
EN 102 Personal Reading Improvement
2 cr.
Does not count toward an English
major or minor.
A course to improve reading rate
and comprehension, vocabulary, and critical reading skills.
EN 110 Good Books
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
An exploration of a variety of
books from the past and present for the general reader. Emphasized
are reading and discussing ideas from books with insights into
human experiences.
EN 111 College Composition I
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Does not count toward an English
major or minor.
Development of students’ abilities
to read and discuss, and to write paragraphs and short essays
about significant subjects. During the semester, each student
writes a minimum of 5,000 words.
EN 112 Mythology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Study of cultural myths,
emphasizing Western (Greek, Roman, Norse) but including others
such as Eastern (Chinese, Indian) and American Indian mythologies.
EN 169 Introduction to Literature and
Film
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
The basic concepts of literature
and film with emphasis on the interaction between the two.
Literary works and films based on them are studied.
EN 200 Basic English Grammar and Usage
for Teachers
2 cr.
A course to familiarize the student
with the fundamentals of English grammar. The course is designed
to prepare future English and language arts education students to
teach these concepts, to prepare students with insufficient
knowledge of basic traditional grammar for advanced English
language study, or to improve or refresh any student’s knowledge
of basic English grammar.
EN 205 Introduction to Professional
Writing
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
An orientation to areas of study in
the field and to employment possibilities; includes discussions
of technical and professional writing, journalism, radio and TV
writing, public relations and advertising, drama, poetry, fiction,
and nonfiction. Students will also receive a thorough grounding in
word processing.
EN 206 Survey of Journalism
4 cr.
Theory and history of print
journalism. Introduction to the fundamentals of news writing,
reporting, and editing.
EN 207 Journalism: News and Reporting
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 206 or equivalent.
The mechanics of straight news
reporting and writing. Frequent exercises and critiques.
EN 211 College Composition II
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Prerequisite:
EN 111 with a grade of “C- ”or better, or equivalent. Education
students must have a “C” or better in EN 111. Does not count
toward the English major or minor.
Continued development of students’
abilities to read closely, to discuss critically, and to write
carefully. Writers expand their stylistic range, awareness of
form, and ability to deal with complex issues; further, they
concentrate on developing a comfortable facility with at least one
mode of writing. Longer papers are written with at least one paper
using information from other sources. Five thousand words are
spread over at least six or seven graded assignments. Sections are
offered with the following subtitles:
EN 211A Writing and Literature
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Readings and writing assignments
using literature as a source and stimulus for composition.
Expository and narrative writing are emphasized.
EN 211B Narrative and Descriptive
Writing
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Readings and writing assignments
investigating perception, the ordering of experiences and
insights, and methods of expression. Descriptive and narrative
writing are emphasized.
EN 211D Technical and Report Writing
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Readings and writing assignments
treating subjects appropriate for students in scientific,
technical, or business fields. Formal expository writing and the
preparation of reports are emphasized.
EN 211E Critical Thinking and Writing
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Reading and writing assignments
focus on critical thinking, articulation of ideas, analysis of
audience, and writing an effective argument using library
resources to document ideas. Argumentative and critical techniques
are emphasized.
EN 215 Introduction to Creative Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211 or instructor permission.
An introduction to the craft of
writing poetry, fiction, and drama/script writing, emphasizing the
analysis of models and class discussion of student work.
EN 220 Introduction to Shakespeare
4 credits
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
Introduction to the comedies,
tragedies, romances, and sonnets of Shakespeare.
EN 250 Images of Women
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
Examination of literatures of
different periods and cultures to identify female images,
archetypes, and stereotypes; emphasis is on their connections to
contemporary popular culture.
EN 260 Popular Culture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
The arts and artifacts of popular
culture from generic and thematic perspectives, emphasizing the
spoken and written word, films, radio, and television; the
application of critical methods to these arts.
EN 265 Introduction to Folklore
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
The genres and themes of American
folklore, including folk speech, proverbs, legends, poetry, and
ballads. Includes samples of folk narrative dealing with customs,
traditions, and work experience.
EN 269 Advanced Study of Literature and
Film
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
Examination of literature and film
through one or more of the following approaches: genres, films of
one author’s works, or books and movies of one historical period.
EN 280 Patterns and Continuity of the
Literary Past I
1 cr.
Part one of a series of multimedia
presentations followed by small group discussions of examples to
present an overview of the historical contexts of literature.
Examples and discussion will note both the advantages and the
difficulties of determining the historical context of literature
and note the continuing influences of earlier traditions on
current literature.
EN 281 Patterns and Continuity of the
Literary Past II
1 cr.
Part two of a series of multimedia
presentations followed by small group discussions of examples to
present an overview of the historical contexts of literature.
Examples and discussion will note both the advantages and the
difficulties of determining the historical context of literature,
and note the continuing influences of earlier traditions on
current literature.
EN 282 Introduction to Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
The practice of analysis and
interpretation of literature. This first course for English majors
introduces students to important terms and concepts relevant to
literary study, and improves students’ abilities to read and
interpret works of fiction, poetry, and drama.
EN 283 Survey of British Literature I
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
British literature from before the
Middle Ages to the eighteenth century, concentrating on major
figures and works and on the development of modern issues in
literature.
EN 284 Survey of British Literature II
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
EN 111.
A survey of British literature from
the Romantic period to the mid-twentieth century, concentrating on
major figures and works and on the development of modern issues in
literature.
EN 295 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111; may be taken more than once with different topics.
Investigation of a significant
topic, theme, or group of works. Content varies.
EN 298 College Composition Directed
Study
1-2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
communication requirement.
Prerequisites:
Enrollment limited to transfer students; less than six transfer
credits earned toward the liberal studies program foundations of
communication requirement; permission of the director of
foundations of communication. Offered every semester; may not be
taken more than once.
Independent undergraduate writing,
planned by the student in consultation with the instructor, to
complete credit for either EN 111 or EN 211.
EN 300 Creative Writing: Fiction
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111, EN 215 or instructor permission.
The art of writing fiction,
emphasizing class discussion of student work.
EN 301 Creative Writing: Poetry
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 111, EN 215 or instructor permission.
The art of writing poetry,
emphasizing individual conferences and class discussion of student
work.
EN 302 Nonfiction Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
The craft of writing nonfiction,
emphasizing the analysis of models and class discussion of student
work.
EN 303 Technical and Professional
Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and junior standing.
Study and practice in the
principles of writing for organizations in business, government,
and industry. Emphasizes the need for audience analysis, careful
document design, and appropriate style in correspondence,
proposals, reports, and manuals.
EN 305 Tutoring Writing
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
A presentation of theoretical
knowledge and practical experience to enable Writing Center tutors
to help other students with composition. The process of writing
and methods of conferencing about writing are studied.
EN 306 Journalism Editing and Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and EN 207.
Theory and practice of copy and
photo editing, headline writing, layout and design.
EN 307 Practicum
2 cr.
May be repeated twice.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and EN 207.
Closely supervised service as a
reporter or editor for the student newspaper or other local
medium.
EN 309 The Teaching of Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
Study of the principles of teaching
writing appropriate for teachers in all grade levels and subject
areas. Emphasis on the process and product of writing and
effective strategies for teaching it, achieved through varied and
frequent writing assignments.
EN 310 Literature and the Bible
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
Ancient and modern literature
inspired and influenced by the Bible; the Bible is studied in
literature and as literature.
EN 311 World Literature in English
4 cr.
Cross listed with LG 311.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement when offered as EN 311Z.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
A survey of translated works of
literature from one country, stressing historical development and
comparative analysis.
VEN 312 Medieval British
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
The study of the literature of
England from the beginnings to about 1485.
EN 314 Traditional Oral Literatures:
Selected Native American Cultures
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
Provides a discussion of Native
American traditional teaching stories from several cultures, with
additional emphasis on the traditions of the Eastern Woodlands and
Great Lakes Anishinabe people, and offers useful background for
studies in modern literature written by Native Americans. The
course presents poetry, stories and songs that have been
transcribed and/or translated from oral tradition, as well as
guest teachings by elders and spiritual leaders of the Great Lakes
Ojibwa communities, and by elders of other Native cultures when
feasible.
EN 315 Native American Literature:
Twentieth Century
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
A survey of twentieth-century
writing by native peoples of the Americas. North American writers
are the primary focus; however, occasionally South American native
writers whose works are translated into English may be included or
may be the focus. The course stresses analysis of how the writers’
native heritage informs the form and content of the works.
EN 316 Native American Novels and
Poetry
4 cr.
Satisfies world cultures
requirement.
A student who has taken either EN
315 or EN 311Z Native Canadian Literature may take either EN 316
or EN 317 but not both. A student who has taken both EN 315 and EN
311Z Native Canadian Literature is not eligible for either.
Prerequisites:
En 211 and sophomore standing.
A survey of novels and poetry in
English by indigenous writers of North America. The primary focus
of the course will be on modern and contemporary novels and poems
by Canadian and US authors with occasional works by earlier
writers and/or a few traditional stories and songs translated into
English. The course stresses analysis of how the writers'
indigenous heritage informs the form and content of the works and
how such literature has developed.
EN 317 Native American Drama,
Non-fiction and Short Stories
4 cr.
Satisfies world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
A survey of drama, non-fiction, and
short stories in English written by indigenous peoples of North
America. The primary focus of the course will be on modern and
contemporary works by Canadian and US authors with an occasional
work by an earlier writer and/or a few traditional works
translated into English. The course stresses analysis of how the
writers' indigenous heritage informs the form and content of the
works and how such writings have developed. A student who has
taken either EN 315 or EN 311Z Native Canadian Literature may take
EN 316 or EN 317 but not both. A student who has taken both EN 315
and EN 311Z Native Canadian Literature is not eligible for either.
VEN 320 Renaissance British
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
Several representative authors,
trends, or genres prominent between 1495 and 1660, exclusive of
Shakespeare or Milton.
VEN 322 Restoration Eighteenth
Century British Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
The rise and development of
neo-classical literature between 1660 and 1785 and the beginnings
of romanticism.
VEN 330 British Romantic
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
The important romantic writers in
England from 1798 to 1832, including Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron,
Shelley, and Keats.
VEN 340 Victorian Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
The important Victorian writers
between 1820 and 1900, including Tennyson, Browning, Dickens, and
Arnold.
EN 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching English Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in English.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education and instructor
permission.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Introduction to recent methods and
materials to motivate high school students. Presents phases of
language, literature, and composition in a classroom situation.
Text readings are balanced with professional research tailored to
individual interests.
VEN 360 Modern British
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
British fiction and poetry after
1900, with emphasis on major figures such as Conrad, Joyce,
Lawrence, Yeats, and Auden.
VEN 361 Studies in Genre, Poetry
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 282.
A study of poetry meant to acquaint
students with the broad variety of verbal activities in the genre.
The course will include an examination of lyric, dramatic and
narrative forms. Lyric poems may include hymns, meditations,
songs, elegies, odes, and sonnets, as well as contemporary forms
of the lyric. Dramatic forms may include monologues, plays,
soliloquies and dialogues. Narrative forms may include epic,
romance, ballad and satire, as well as contemporary narrative
forms. Didactic poetry may fall under either narrative or lyric.
VEN 362 Studies in Genre,
Narrative
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 282.
The course in narrative studies the
characteristics that define this varied genre in history. The
class provides students with a complex historical knowledge of
narrative from the epic to the novel with emphases on the novel,
the short story, and theories of narrative, but with some
consideration of narrative forms from the epic to the romance.
VEN 363 Studies in Genre, Drama
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 282.
A study of drama as genre from
Greek tragedy to modern drama. The course may be organized
according to a history of drama, types of drama, or major themes.
VEN 364 Studies in Genre, Film
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 282.
An examination of the ways in which
film communicates story and experience, emphasizing structure,
narrative techniques, and other elements of the cinematic art.
EN 366 Applied Literary Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
Examination of contemporary
literary theories, emphasizing their ways of redefining literature
and the study of literature. It also explores the application of
theory to literary texts.
VEN 369 Literary Criticism and
Film
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 111; EN 169 or EN 269, or instructor permission.
An application of contemporary
techniques of literary analysis and criticism to selected films
grouped by director or theme.
EN 370 American Literature I: Columbus
to the American Revolution (1492-1800)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
Considers issues of colonialism
(travel literature and the literature of conquest) and the
conflicts between indigenous populations and the European ideas
that influenced the literatures of colonial life. The survey ends
with a consideration of the movement from colony to nation.
EN 371 American Literature II: Emergent
National Voices (1800-1865)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
Considers the movement toward
inventing a “National Voice.” The course will discuss the
innovations of the American Literary Renaissance and
transcendentalism, the development of slave narratives, the rise
of the sentimental novel and the literature of the Civil War
period.
EN 372 American Literature III:
Realism, Naturalism, to WWI (1865-1930)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
Considers the literature that took
shape in the wake of the Civil War up through WWI. The course will
focus on literary movements at the turn of the century such as
regionalism, realism and naturalism, as well as the impact of
World War I upon American writing and the creative output of the
Harlem Renaissance.
EN 373 American Literature IV:
Contemporary Vistas (1930-Present)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
The final segment of the American
survey will begin with the literature of modernism and World War
II and conclude with a consideration of American postmodernism.
The course will cover definitive movements such as imagism, the
Beats, literature of the 60’s and Vietnam, new journalism,
minimalism and literature integral to the women’s movement.
EN 375 Diverse Traditions in American
Literature
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement when offered as
EN 375Z.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 and sophomore standing.
This is a variable content survey
course that deals with the writings of minority populations in the
U.S. The class will detail the specific historical context of each
group and examine their distinct literary contributions. Possible
offerings: African American, Asian American, Arab American, Latino
American, Jewish American, etc.
VEN 380 Contemporary Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
Selected British and American
literature after 1945, including figures such as Updike, Roth,
Lowell, and Fowles.
VEN 381 Contemporary Dramatic
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
EN 211.
An examination of drama as
literature, concentrating on major developments in Europe and
America after 1945 and on works by authors such as Albee, Beckett,
Pinter, Lonesco, and Shepherd.
EN 385 Theatre in Perspective: The
Stratford Festival Stage
3 cr.
Cross-listed with TH 385.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 or instructor’s permission.
This summer session course offers
an interdisciplinary approach to four or five plays that will be
performed at the Stratford Theatre Festival in Stratford,
Ontario. Students who register for EN 385/TH 385 will be
encouraged to register at the same time for TH 493, Field Studies,
so that they will also be able to view these same plays in
performance in Stratford.
EN 400 Narrative Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, EN 300, junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of narrative theory,
conventions, and forms, and the further pursuit of excellence in
writing narratives.
EN 401 Poetry Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, EN 301, junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of poetic theory,
conventions, and forms, and the pursuit of excellence in writing
poetry.
EN 402 Nonfiction Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 302 or equivalent, junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of nonfiction theory,
conventions, and forms, and the further pursuit of excellence in
writing nonfiction.
EN 403 Drama and Script Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, EN 300 or EN 301, junior standing or instructor
permission.
The study of drama and script
theory, conventions, and forms, and the pursuit of excellence in
writing these forms.
EN 404 The English Language
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
An overview of the history and
present structure of the English language, with emphasis on
traditional grammar and other modern theories of linguistic
analysis; the definition and status of language; the sounds,
inflections, and syntax of modern English; the historical
development of grammatical signals; usage, dialect geography; and
the position of English among world languages.
EN 405 Technical Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, EN 303, junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of technical
communication theory, conventions and forms, and the further
pursuit of excellence in writing technical documents.
EN 406 Public Affairs Reporting
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, EN 207, junior standing or instructor permission.
An advanced course in researching
and reporting the news, emphasizing access to information and
coverage of public meetings.
VEN 411 Topics in World
Literature
3-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement when offered as EN 411Z.
Does not satisfy the upper
division liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
A variable-format course with a
general focus on critical reading and comparative analysis that
can include team teaching, guest units, and interdisciplinary
approaches to intertextual study on a global level. Special
topics will introduce single national or transnational groupings
of texts, organized around such principles as genre, theme,
canonicity, identity, theory, and intellectual movements.
VEN 412 Chaucer
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
Critical reading, in relation to
medieval literary and social background, of Canterbury Tales and
other works in the original language.
VEN 420 Shakespeare
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission. Intended for
English majors and minors.
The poetry and plays.
VEN 422 Milton
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
The poetry and several of the major
prose works.
VEN 430 Major Authors
3-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
One author or a limited number of
British and American authors. Author(s) to be announced in
advance.
VEN 440 Topics in Gender in
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, plus two upper division courses in literature, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A study of the role and
significance of gender in literature, concentrating on a
particular genre and/or period. Generally, the emphasis will be on
women writers and/or the portrayal of gender.
VEN 462 Literature for Young
Adults
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing or instructor permission.
Cross-listed as ED 462.
A comprehensive study of books for
young adults, designed for secondary school teachers. Needs and
interests of adolescents are studied in conjunction with the
application of selection principles to fiction and nonfiction of
all types. Emphasis is placed on developmental reading for the
accelerated, the average, and the reluctant student.
VEN 490 Seminar
3-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing and instructor permission. Limited to 20
students. A strong background in literature is recommended.
The subject, an analysis of a
literary genre or a study of literary criticism, is announced in
advance.
EN 491 Internship
2-6 cr.
May be taken more than once for up
to six credits.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission. Screening by department
committee.
Supervised practical work for
selected students in newspaper, public relations, or other field.
EN 493 Seminar: Issues in Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 282 plus at least 20 additional hours toward the major, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Designed as a capstone course to
allow students to draw together their experiences with literature
and set them in context. Each section will have a particular focus
selected by the instructor, but will also include consideration of
current issues in literary studies such as debates over the
selection of works to be studied in literature courses,
multiculturalism and the interactions of literature and culture,
specific sub-issues like pornography, censorship, and the
political correctness, and the future of literary forms including
film, hypermedia, virtual reality and the interactive novel. The
course will include a review of each student’s writing portfolio.
EN 495 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing and instructor permission.
Authors’ works or genres not
otherwise emphasized in undergraduate courses.
EN 495W Special Topics Writing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing and instructor permission.
Special writing subjects and
methods not otherwise emphasized in undergraduate courses.
EN 496 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing and instructor permission.
Authors’ works or genres not
otherwise emphasized in undergraduate courses.
EN 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, junior standing and department head permission; maximum of
four credits.
Independent study by qualified
undergraduates in an area defined by the student and the
instructor.
(Individually Created Programs)
ENV 101 Introduction to Environmental
Science
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Does not meet the laboratory
course graduation requirement.
Introduction to the basic
scientific principles and concepts surrounding Environmental
Science. Major components of the natural environment including
climate, soils, geologic, and hydrologic processes are described.
Important ecological concepts concerning aquatic and terrestrial
systems are discussed in relation to air, water, and soil
resources. Human influences to these natural systems and processes
are evaluated in terms of energy and natural resources management,
major pollution issues, research and assessment techniques, and
environmental sustainability.
(Communication and Performance
Studies Department)
ESPR 160 Introduction to Entertainment and Sports Promotion
4 cr.
An introduction to the work of the
communication practitioner in the entertainment and sports
industry. Course topics include: the public relations process as
it exists in entertainment and sports; the role of entertainment
and sports in American society as it is created by the
communication practitioner; career options in entertainment and
sports and the four models of public relations as found in
entertainment and sports. Students will begin work on their
professional portfolios by researching the career area of their
choice, determining what expectations prospective employers have
and planning their academic work. Emphasis is on developing
professional and ethical standards and understanding the role of
the communication practitioner in entertainment and sports
publicity and promotional activities.
ESPR 260 Fundamentals of Entertainment and Sports Promotion
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of ESPR 160 and EN 111 with a grade of "C" or higher.
Instruction in the basic principles
of research necessary to doing publicity and promotion. Emphasis
is placed on learning about data bases relevant to communication
practices in entertainment and sports. Students are taught the
systematic preparation of background information and materials to
facilitate conceptual thinking and creative problem solving. The
use of primary and secondary research techniques in discovering
necessary information about the five publics (the participant, the
spectator, the corporate sponsor, the volunteer and the affinity
consumer) critical to communication practice are covered.
ESPR 295 Special Topics in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Prerequisites:
ESPR 160 or Instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic area or
problem in entertainment and sports promotion that expands on a
topic from ESPR 160 or ESPR 260.
ESPR 298 Directed Study in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight
credits.
Prerequisites:
ESPR 160 and instructor and department head permission. The
student must be a major or minor in the ESPR curriculum.
Independent study in an area of Entertainment and Sports Promotion
defined by student and instructor.
ESPR 360 Publicity Techniques for Entertainment and Sports
Promotion
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of ESPR 260 and EN 211E (or another EN 211 plus SP 200
Argumentation) with a grade of "C" or better, successful
completion of the NMU writing exam. Students must be of sophomore
standing or higher.
A focus on the basic techniques of
publicity and the design of messages used in promoting
entertainment and sports activities and events. This course
emphasizes writing and planning skills. Basic concepts and
fundamental elements from ESPR 160 and ESPR 260 are
operationalized as communication practice in this course. Students
need to have completed the Writing component of the liberal
studies to succeed in this course.
ESPR 431 Promotional Campaigns
4 cr.
Cross listed with PR 431.
Prerequisites:
Completion of ESPR 360 and the SP
theory course (SP 300, SP 310, or SP 401) requirement with a grade
of "C" or better, junior standing.
This is the capstone course in the
entertainment and sports promotion major and minor program.
Students put together all that they have learned in major course
work. Students will be assigned a client from entertainment or
sports, depending on their interests, and asked to research the
client's promotional needs and design an appropriate campaign.
Portfolio review will be done.
ESPR 463 Field Studies in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Must be a major or minor in entertainment and sports promotion and
junior standing or higher.
A site study of an entertainment or
sports event that will include travel to the venue and related
lecture-discussion of the activity.
ESPR 491 Practicum in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U
Prerequisites:
ESPR 360 and instructor and department head permission. The
student must be a major or minor in the ESPR curriculum.
Projects in entertainment and sports
under the supervision of a faculty member and a designated site
supervisor.
ESPR 492 Internship in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U
Prerequisites:
ESPR 360, instructor and department head permission and a minimum
GPA of 2.75. The student must be a major or minor in the ESPR
curriculum.
Practical, applied experience
involving placement in a job situation.
ESPR 495 Special Topics in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic varies.
Prerequisites:
ESPR 260 or Instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic area or
problem in entertainment and sports promotion that expands on a
topic from the ESPR Curriculum.
ESPR 498 Directed Studies in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to 8 credits.
Prerequisites:
ESPR 260 and instructor and department head permission. The
student must be a major or minor in the ESPR curriculum.
Independent study in an area of
entertainment and sports promotion defined by student and
instructor.
(Engineering Technology Department)
ET 100 Fundamentals of Electricity
2 cr. (1-0-2)
This course is taught during the
first seven weeks of the semester.
Prerequisites:
MA 090 or higher mathematics course.
The fundamentals of DC, series
circuits, parallel circuits, compound circuits, and magnetism are
explored. Other topics include Ohm’s Law, the Power Formula, and
Kirchoff’s Laws. Emphasis is placed on using standard methods of
circuit analysis and basic electrical measuring equipment.
ET 101 Principles of Electrical Wiring
2 cr. (1-0-2)
This course is taught during the
second seven weeks of the semester.
Prerequisites:
ET 100 or instructor permission.
A study of basic wiring practices
and techniques as they apply to residential dwellings and
commercial buildings. Emphasis will be placed on wiring practices,
the essentials of electrical code requirements, electrical
principles of automotive systems, and the principles of electric
motors.
ET 110 Introduction to Electricity
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or higher mathematics course.
The fundamentals of DC, AC, series
circuits, parallel circuits, compound circuits, inductance,
capacitance, and magnetism are explored. Emphasis is placed on
using standard methods of circuit analysis and basic test
equipment.
ET 112 DC Circuit Analysis
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or math placement equivalency.
An introduction to electricity and
electronics through applied DC circuit theory. Course content will
include topics on Ohms Law, Kirchhoff's Law, and Power Laws as
well as discrete electronic components and schematic diagrams.
Theory to be reinforced by practical laboratory experimentation
emphasizing the use of the volt-ohmmeter (VOM) and the digital
multimeter (DMM).
ET 113 AC Circuit Analysis
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
MA 104, ET 112
An introduction to AC electricity
and electronics through applied circuit theory. Course content
will include topics on basic AC circuit components, circuit
analysis, transformers, pulse and frequency response and polyphase
circuits. Theory to be reinforced by practical laboratory
experimentation emphasizing the use of the volt-ohmmeter (VOM) and
the digital multimeter (DMM) and the oscilloscope.
ET 201 Visual Programming for
Technicians
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
ET 113.
The course introduces the
development of industrial and technical software applications with
Rapid Application Development (RAD) tools currently used in
industry. Students will learn graphical user interface (GUI)
concepts, program flow control, and problem solving skills.
ET 210 Discrete Semiconductors
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
ET 113.
Analysis of basic discrete
semiconductor devices. Course work and laboratory activities are
based on the study of semiconductor diodes, zener diodes,
regulators, bipolar transistors, JFET transistors and the
application of these devices in power supplies and amplifiers.
ET 211 Digital Electronics
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
ET 210.
Comprehensive coverage of digital
integrated circuits including the TTL and CMOS families. Topics
include logic gates, decoders, drivers, counters, multiplexers,
and RAM memories.
ET 212 Advanced Linear Circuits
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite:
ET 210.
The fundamentals of active linear
monolithic circuits are explored. Emphasis is placed on
operational amplifiers and their application as comparators,
active filters, and amplifiers. Additional topics include feedback
circuits, on/off controls, mathematical operations and
instrumentation devices.
ET 250 Industrial Electrical Machinery
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
ET 110 or ET 112.
A study of the principles of
operation, applications, and selection of motors, generators, and
transformers used in industry today.
ET 252 Industrial Motor Controls
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
ET 110 or ET 112.
Industrial power devices and
associated control circuits, including starters, contactors, limit
switches, and various types of electric motors. Emphasis is placed
on motor control line diagrams as well as wiring diagrams
including line voltage control.
ET 281 Computer Systems Servicing
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Study of the techniques and
procedures used to service microcomputer systems. Topics covered
include troubleshooting techniques, power supplies, option cards,
keyboards, disk drives, monitors, and printers.
ET 282 Computer Software Systems
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Thorough coverage of the software
maintenance techniques used with microcomputers. Emphasis is
placed on file recovery, software modifications, formatting
procedures and the installation of various software packages.
ET 283 A+Computer Technician
Certification Review
2 cr. (2-0-0)
Prerequisites:
ET 281 and ET 282.
A review of the principals and
procedures of computer maintenance with the focus on readying the
student for the A+Computer Certification Examination.
ET 295 Special Topics in Electronics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered in
other courses.
ET 298 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
ET 301 Computers in Industry
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite:
ET 201.
Programming class stressing
industrial and technical applications of computers. Emphasis is
placed on developing programs using the "C" language with
applications related to computer interfacing (I/O), data
manipulation, and control of external hardware.
ET 311 Applied Programmable Controllers
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite:
ET 252.
Practical applications of
programmable controllers in motor control and industrial
automation situations. Emphasis is placed on applying a commercial
grade programmable controller involving I/O applications as well
as the use of programming instructions. Applications include A/D,
timers, and events counters.
ET 320 Advanced Digital Electronics
3 cr. (3-0-0)
Prerequisite:
ET 211.
This course is a continuation of ET
211 Digital Electronics. This new course covers memory,
programmable logic, hardware implementation of arithmetic
algorithms, simulation of digital systems, and computer
architecture.
ET 360 Process Control Systems
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite:
ET 212.
An introduction to Process Control
focusing on industrial instrumentation and processes. Course
content will include basic process control theory, signal
conditioning, sensor, and control loop characteristics. Theory to
be reinforced by lab work using actual industrial instrumentation
and sensors.
ET 410 Interfacing and Data Acquisition
Techniques
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites:
ET 211, ET 301, junior standing or instructor permission.
A hardware-software oriented course
involving use of the microcomputer as an I/O and data gathering
device using a “high level language’ for the purpose of process
and machine control. Emphasis is placed on various digital sensors
and the use of A/D and D/A converters and real-time clocks as
integral parts of the control system.
ET 420 Microcontroller Applications
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites:
ET 301, ET 320, junior standing or instructor permission.
Analysis of the PIC16CXX families
of microcontroller products along with the application of 8 bit
processors in typical industrial applications involving process
control. Emphasis is also placed on a wide range of development
tools available for these microcontroller devices.
ET 430 Senior Project
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
ET 410, ET 420, junior standing or instructor permission.
A problem solving and applications
course that focuses on the use of electronic systems including
microcontrollers, personal computers, PLC's, or other electronic
systems to control or otherwise interface between mechanisms and
circuitry. The courses will culminate in an oral senior project
demonstration with supporting written documentation.
ET 483 Studies in Business and Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Cooperative work experience to
provide up-to-date technical skills in the area of specialization;
includes work experience with business and industrial operations,
services and materials, processes and techniques.
ET 495 Special Topics in Electronics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Specialized work not covered in
other courses.
ET 498 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis; specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
(College of Business–Finance)
FIN 224 Personal Financial Management
4 cr.
This course is
not intended for finance majors.
Development of practical solutions
for routine problems faced in personal financial affairs. Major
topics to be discussed are tax return preparation, tax planning,
insurance, property, consumer credit, financial institutions,
investing, and other current topics.
FIN 351 Management of Financial
Resources
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 240 or approval of instructor.
Financial management of
corporations. Management of capital sources of short and
intermediate funds; factors determining the capital structure;
sources of long-term capital; the securities market; and financing
growth and development. Emphasis on the analysis and
interpretation of financial accounting measurements.
FIN 352 Financial Management
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
FIN 351.
Study of financial management
theories and their applications to complex corporate financial
problems. By means of case studies, special emphasis is given to
analysis and decision making about all major problems in financial
management.
FIN 354 Money and Capital Markets
4 cr.
Analysis of money market
instruments in conjunction with monetary policy influences. The
markets and their role in channeling liquid and investment funds
to the private and public sectors. The roles of major financial
institutions (pension funds, insurance companies, banks) as both
suppliers and users of market capital.
FIN 355 Insurance Planning
3 cr.
An introduction to the principles
of insurance planning including the identification of risk
exposures, property and liability analysis, life insurance policy
analysis, health insurance policy analysis, social insurance,
employee insurance benefits, insurance regulation and taxation.
Discussion and analysis will include evaluation techniques and
insurance planning concepts from contract selection to cost
benefit analysis.
FIN 413 New Venture Finance: Capital
Formation and Legal Issues
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 325, junior standing or instructor permission.
Summarizes and ties together the
materials presented in the entrepreneurship core of classes.
Extends the student's knowledge in this area through the
incorporation of cases based on creating and managing new business
ventures; this includes various methods of raising capital for new
and growing ventures and a thorough examination of the legal
issues involved in such an undertaking.
FIN 420 Financial Statement Analysis
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 240, junior standing or instructor permission.
An intensive study of the
interpretation and analysis of a financial statement. Emphasis is
placed on analyzing financial data for investment, credit and
managerial decisions.
FIN 424 Personal Financial Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
ACT 240, ACT 321, FIN 462, FIN 355, FIN 450, FIN 460, and junior
standing or instructor permission.
Intensive study of personal
financial affairs and planning. The planning process is emphasized
while developing an in-depth understanding of tax planning,
retirement, planning, consumer credit and sources of financing,
risk and insurance planning, and investment analysis and
instruments.
FIN 450 Estate Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
A study of various estate planning
principles and techniques as they relate to the financial planning
process. Included in this course is the study of methods of
property transfer, estate planning documentation, principles of
estate, gift and trust taxation, features and classification of
trusts, the use of life insurance in the estate planning process,
and the tools and techniques for general estate planning.
FIN 458 International Financial
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
FIN 351 and junior standing or instructor permission.
Financial management of
multinational firms. Management of international sources of funds;
dealing with international exchange; international expansion and
investment.
FIN 460 Employee Benefits and
Retirement Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
A working knowledge of employee
benefits and retirement planning tools. Topics covered include:
qualified plan characteristics, deferred saving plans, plan
distributions and options, group insurance benefits, and
retirement needs analysis. The financial planning process is
emphasized along with cases, discussions and lectures.
FIN 461 Management of Financial
Institutions
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
FIN 351 and junior standing or instructor permission. The
prerequisites may be waived for students whose work experience or
background enables them to understand the basic objectives and
operation of the monetary system.
Analysis of the major policy areas
of financial institutions including commercial banks, thrifts,
insurance companies and pension funds. Liquidity business and
credit, asset and liability management and capital structure are
discussed in relation to profit objectives and the regulatory and
monetary policy environment. Holding companies, financial
institution competition and current issues are discussed.
FIN 462 Investment Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FIN 351, junior standing or instructor permission.
Types of investment securities;
bonds, stock, valuation of common stocks, valuation and grading of
bonds and preferred stocks; risks associated with each form of
investment. Policies in construction and management of investment
portfolio. Current trends and timing of investments.
FIN 463 Portfolio Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
FIN 462, junior standing or instructor permission.
A theoretical and empirical
discussion of the effect of information and investor preference on
investment decisions.
FIN 491 Internship in Finance
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Professional experience for
qualified accounting and finance students. Working relationships
will be established with accounting firms and other business
organizations. Students are required to write a paper, and will be
evaluated by their faculty supervisor in consultation with the
employer. Generally, a minimum of 40 hours of internship will be
required for each credit hour; however, most students will intern
most of a summer or semester and earn four credit hours. Credit
hours are over and above any existing catalog requirements for the
finance degree.
FIN 495 Variable Topics in Finance
1-4 cr.
May be taken more than once for
credit.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Variable topics of current
interest.
FIN 498 Directed Study in Finance
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study of some special
problem in accounting or finance under the guidance of a faculty
member. This study is limited to students with superior grade
point averages.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
FR 101 Elementary French I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
FR 101 is an introduction to the
French language and cultures of the people who speak it. Students
learn rudimentary “survival” skills such as social pleasantries,
shopping, exchanging money, eating in restaurants, talking about
family, school and weather.
FR 102 Elementary French II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
FR 101 or one year of high school French.
FR 102 is a continuation of FR 101.
Students add to their proficiency in matters such as those related
to health, free time, employment, travel, and talking about the
past.
FR 201 Intermediate French I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
FR 102 or two years of high school French.
FR 201 reviews all grammar and
major topics from FR 101 and FR 102. This course incorporates
more reading, writing and conversation than in first-year courses,
and explores more matters dealing with French cultures. Students
expand their proficiency into areas such as expressing opinions
and persuading.
FR 202 Intermediate French II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
FR 201 or three years of high school French.
FR 202 is a continuation of FR
201. Students do considerably more reading and writing than in
prior courses. The course expands their cultural and linguistic
proficiency.
FR 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be taken for a maximum of 2
credits.
Prerequisites:
Written department approval.
Directed apprentice work and
activities that would require students to use their knowledge of
French and develop their competencies in the language. This would
include such things as oral expression, appreciation of
grammatical structure, proofreading and editing skills, research
skills in French, and skills in teaching French to others.
FR 300 Reading and Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 202 or instructor permission.
This course teaches essential
reading and writing skills in French (mastery of form, content,
style and purpose of genre writing, use of dictionary, root
analysis, decoding, comparison of sentence structure,
identification of meaning through analysis, use of contextual
cues). Materials will consist of French newspapers, magazines,
short stories and will prepare the student for subsequent upper
level courses.
FR 305 Conversational French and
Phonetics
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
FR 202 or instructor permission.
Students improve their
conversational abilities through emphasis on natural forms of
speech and by learning how to use language in social encounters.
Students learn to communicate and respond to problems as well as
discuss major social issues. A variety of contexts is used to
create authentic situations.
FR 310 Introduction to French
Civilization and Culture
4 cr.
FR 310 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing and completion of EN 211.
An overview of early European
history; a comprehensive view of France’s geography and 2,000
years of social customs and how they are reflected in the arts,
music, architecture, and literature. The course includes aspects
of the interaction between France and the U.S.
FR 315 Medieval Culture and Literature
of France
4 cr.
FR 315 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing and completion of EN 211. For those taking this
course for a major or minor in French, FR 202 is a prerequisite.
This course is an introduction to
Medieval life in France. The period covered is from the 5th to the
15th century. It covers three major aspects: historical
background, everyday life, and literature.
FR 361 Survey of French Literature from
the Medieval Period to the 17th Century
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 300 or instructor permission.
Students examine some of the
masterpieces of French literature from the medieval period through
the seventeenth century. The texts studied serve as springboards
to consideration of art, culture, language, history, and humanity.
FR 362 Survey of French Literature of
the 18th and 19th Centuries
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 300 or instructor permission.
An examination of some of the
masterpieces of French’s eighteenth and nineteenth century
literature. The texts studied serve as springboards to
consideration of art, culture, language, history, and humanity.
FR 363 Survey of French Literature of
the 20th Century
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 300 or instructor permission.
A study of some of the masterpieces
of France’s twentieth century literature. The texts studied serve
as springboards to consideration of art, culture, language,
history, and humanity.
FR 400 Advanced French Composition and
Grammar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 300, or instructor permission.
A review of all major points of the
French grammar system, with an especially intense focus on the
rich verb system and common problems native English speakers have
in French. In an interrelated way, it also provides the
opportunity for students to refine their writing skills through
composition of essays, letters, and resumes.
FR 426 Eighteenth Century French
Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 300, or instructor permission.
Students examine some of the
masterpieces of France’s eighteenth century literature. The texts
studied serve as springboards to consideration of art, culture,
language, history, and humanity.
FR 428 Twentieth Century French Novel
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
FR 300, or instructor permission.
Students examine some of the
masterpieces of France’s twentieth century literature. The texts
studied serve as springboards to consideration of art, culture,
language, history, and humanity.
FR 495 Special Topics in French
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Prerequisites:
Instructor permission and junior standing.
This is an experimental course
based on topics of authors, genres, or literature periods not
covered in other regularly approved French courses.
FR 498 Directed Study in French
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Instructor and department head permission, junior standing.
Independent study by qualified
students. A directed study course is designed to meet a specific
academic requirement of the student who is unable to earn the
credit during regularly scheduled course offerings. The student
and professor agree to the specific topic and requirements needed
to earn the credit.
(Geography Department)
GC 001 Geographic Information Science
Certified
0 cr.
Graded S/U
Indicates that the student has
successfully completed all of the core and elective classes in the
GIS minor with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. Student
registers in this course during the semester in which they
complete the requirements for the minor.
GC 100 Physical Geography
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Does not meet the laboratory
course graduation requirement.
Examination of the earth’s physical
phenomena to develop a knowledge and appreciation of the
relationships between human activities and environmental
processes.
GC 164 Human Geography
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Examination of the culturally
induced differences in the world pattern of population growth,
resource utilization, language, religion, agriculture, industry,
political systems, and environmental impact.
GC 200 North America
4 cr.
Analysis of the physical and
cultural geography of Canada and the United States.
GC 202 Soils
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 100 or permission of instructor.
Study of soil classification, soil
survey applications, laboratory and field procedures, and soil
management.
GC 205 Introduction to Geographic
Research
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AIS 101, completion of the foundations of communication
requirement and sophomore standing.
An introduction to geographic
thought and geographic research methods. Included are a survey of
the history and philosophy of changes in the discipline of
geography, and an introduction to the writings of historical and
contemporary geographers. Research includes an examination of
professional journals, book reviews, proposal development, and
literature searches.
GC 220 Economic Geography
4 cr.
Analysis of the spatial
characteristics of the economic environment and the economic
principles related to resource use in the private and public
sectors.
GC 225 Introduction to Maps
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite:
MA 100 or instructor permission.
Maps are important tools for
understanding geographic patterns. This course introduces students
to major concepts and applications in the reading, use, and
interpretation of maps. It is designed to provide a foundation in
maps as well as to prepare students for upper level courses in
spatial sciences.
GC 235 Quantitative Methods
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CIS 110 and MA 103.
Presentation and interpretation of
data, descriptive statistics and measures of spatial patterns,
introduction to statistical inference and measures of association,
with particular reference to geographic examples.
GC 246 Earth Science
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing.
Analysis of essential observations
and concepts in meteorology, astronomy, oceanography and geology
and their significance in understanding human kind’s relation to
the environment. Does not count toward a major or minor in
geography or earth science.
GC 255 Physical Geology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
The structures of the earth,
minerals, rocks, and the development of landforms.
GC 260 Minerals and Rocks
4 cr. (3-0-2)
This course meets over the first
half of the semester.
Prerequisite:
GC 255.
The study of common rocks and
minerals. Special attention is given to Michigan rocks and
minerals, their occurrence, formation, and economic importance.
Field trips are required and are commonly taken in the laboratory
period.
GC 280 Field Techniques and Mapping
5 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 225 and MA 103 or MA 104 or MA 105.
Examination of the techniques and
tools used to gather spatial data, and the application of this
knowledge to a problem.
GC 300 Regional Studies: World Cultures
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing. May be taken more than once, but not for the
same region.
Regional focus determined by demand
and faculty availability.
GC 305 Regional Studies
4. cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing. May be taken more than once, but not for the
same region.
Regional focus is determined by
demand and faculty availability.
GC 310 Urban Geography
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 220 and GC 205, or successful completion of the writing
proficiency exam, or instructor permission.
Study of the development, form, and
function of urban places, and the interactions of humans, cities,
and regions.
GC 316 Geography of Tourism
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 164 and GC 205 or permission of instructor.
Understand the historical
development of tourism, its importance to local and national
economies, and the impact that tourists have upon the environment,
economy, and local cultures.
GC 317 Geography of Food Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 205 or EN 211 or instructor's permission.
This course examines the different
forces acting upon commodity flows from producer to consumer.
Particular attention is given to the following topics: the
transition from agriculture to food manufacturing, globalization
and food production, and the environmental impact of food
manufacturing.
GC 320 Environmental Policy and
Regulation
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Eight hours of GC credit, including GC 101, and junior standing.
Examination of the history and
status of land use and environmental laws in the U.S. at the
national, regional, and state levels. Included is an introduction
to the policy-making process in the U.S. as related to the area of
environmental policy. The paradox of that policy in terms of short
vs. long-term solutions will be investigated.
GC 330 Planning Theory and Practice
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
GC 205.
Study of land use planning from its
beginnings through contemporary comprehensive and policy plans.
The focus is on planning as a technical, political, and economic
process.
GC 335 Geographic Information Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 225 and GC 235 or instructor permission.
The study of computer-based
manipulation of geographic data. Introduction to geographic
information systems and sciences including geographic data
modeling, hardware, software, GIS data integration, visualization,
cartographic modeling, basic and advanced GIS analysis methods,
organizational issues, GIS project development and emerging
geographic information science issues.
GC 337 Computer Cartography
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 335 or instructor permission.
The study of computer-based
visualization of geographic data. Introduction to computer
cartography including thematic mapping, cartographic projections
for map designers, basemap compilation, cartographic symbols,
statistics for cartography, mapping in GIS environment, data
classification, legend design, mapping point, line, aereal and
volume phenomena, cartogram, color mapping, map composition
technique, interactive mapping and mapping on the world wide web.
GC 340 Land Use Controls
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 205, GC 330 and junior standing.
Study of land-use controls and the
relationship of these controls to planning theory and practice.
GC 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in geography.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Strategies, methods, materials, and
media that can be used to improve the teaching-learning process of
geography in grades seven through 12.
GC 360 Population Geography
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing; GC 164 and/or GC 220 recommended.
Examination of demographic
processes and how these vary from one society to another.
Considers, in depth, data sources, population geography
literature, and techniques used in analyzing population
characteristics and distributions.
GC 365 Historical Geology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
GC 255.
Examination of the techniques used
by geologists in interpreting earth history. Particular attention
is given to the physiographic provinces of the United States with
particular attention to the Canadian Shield and interior plains
and plateaus.
GC 370 Geomorphology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
GC 100 or GC 255 or instructor permission.
The study of earth surface
processes and landforms. Surface features created by streams,
glaciers, shorelines, groundwater and wind will be studied.
Topographic maps, aerial photographs, the Atlas of Landforms,
and satellite imagery will be used in labs. Field trips are part
of the course.
GC 385 Weather and Climate
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
GC 100 or instructor permission.
Introduction to climatology,
including principal processes of the global climatic systems and
their variation over space and time. Topics will include:
introduction to the atmosphere and global atmospheric circulation,
including tropical, mid latitude, and polar subsystems;
radiation/heat exchanges, the hydrologic cycle, global climate
patterns, climate change, measurement and data sources and urban
climatic systems and interactions.
GC 390 Oceanography
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
none.
Examination of historical,
chemical, and physical, aspects of the world’s oceans and seas.
The course also deals with the interaction of water bodies with
the atmosphere, solar energy, and gravity.
GC 401 Biogeography
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 100, BI 111, junior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of the spatial
distribution of life forms on a global scale from ecological and
historical perspectives. Topics include diversity, extinction,
and dispersal of species.
GC 425 Remote Sensing
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 225 and a course in statistics
(GC 235 or equivalent), junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of remotely sensed
imagery and datasets for spatial analysis. Introduction to aerial
photographic interpretation techniques and computer digital image
processing of satellite and other spatial datasets, including
preprocessing techniques, enhancements, classification, and GIS
modeling.
GC 428 Spatial Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 335 or GC 425 or instructor permission.
Examines the collection and
management of spatial data. The application of appropriate
quantitative and cartographic tools for the analysis of geographic
and planning problems is emphasized.
GC 435 Geography of Michigan
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the physical, historical,
and cultural geography of Michigan.
GC 445 Advanced Aerial Photograph
Interpretation and Photogrammetry
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 100, GC 225, GC 425 and junior standing or instructor
permission.
An advanced examination of the
principles of aerial photograph interpretation and photogrammetric
methods. Applications in several disciplines including geography,
soils, forestry and ecological studies, geology and geomorphology,
engineering, urban, and industrial studies, and archaeology and
cultural resource management are examined. Comprehension of
natural and cultural processes that have produced landscape
features and geographic patterns visible on aerial photographs are
stressed. Personal student interests are encouraged through
completion of an individual air photo interpretation and mapping
project.
GC 455 Digital Image Processing
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 225, GC 425 and junior standing or instructor permission.
Digital image processing of
satellite and aircraft derived remotely sensed data for earth
resource management applications.
GC 465 Hydrology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
GC 235 or MA 171, junior standing
or instructor permission.
Study of the hydrologic cycle.
Precipitation, runoff, interception, and groundwater processes are
addressed. Measurement techniques and analytical methods are also
presented. Informed decision-making with regard to the water cycle
is stressed. Some field work required.
GC 470 Environmental Ethics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Twelve hours of GC credit, including ENV 101, GC 205 and senior
standing or instructor permission.
Various perspectives and
philosophies concerning the natural environment and resource
utilization are explored in order to give the student a basis on
which to develop an ethical perspective. An in-depth survey of
both historical and contemporary viewpoints will be conducted. The
human factor in addressing natural resource issues is emphasized.
GC 475 Environmental Impact Assessment
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 205, GC 320 and senior standing or instructor permission.
A field course in which the student
develops and organizes an environmental impact assessment for a
local project. Involves the laws governing environmental decision,
and the laws governing the content of environmental impact
statements (as mandated by NEPA).
GC 485 Planning Practicum
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 205, GC 330, GC 335, GC 340 and senior standing or instructor
permission.
Development of planning skills by
working through planning problems in a real world context.
GC 489 Human Impact Upon the
Environment
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GC 205, GC 235 and 24 GC credit hours, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Examination of historical and
contemporary roles of humans as a major agent of environmental
change on Earth. Emphasis will be placed on anthropogenic changes
to plant and animal communities; water, air, and soil resources;
and the potential for human induced global climate change.
GC 490 Seminar
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Departmental major and junior standing or instructor permission.
The opportunity to apply skills and
concepts developed within departmental programs.
GC 491 Internship
2-6 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Overall GPA of 2.75 and 88 credits hours or instructor permission.
A practical experience with a
private, municipal, county, state, and/or federal agency.
GC 492 Research in Water Science
2 cr. (0-0-6)
Prerequisites:
Water science major and junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to environmentally
related research. Projects are pursued in cooperation with a
faculty research advisor. The research advisor and research
problem must be selected a semester prior to registration.
Students must submit a written and oral final report.
GC 495 Special Topics in Geography
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Special study of problems and/or
regions which are not part of the regular offerings.
GC 498 Directed Studies in Geography
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Major or minor in geography, earth science, conservation, or
planning, junior standing or instructor permission.
An opportunity for the student to
work on a specific topic.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
GR 101 Elementary German I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
GR 101 is an introduction to the
German language and cultures of the people who speak it. Students
learn rudimentary “survival” skills such as social pleasantries,
shopping, exchanging money, eating in restaurants, talking about
family, school and weather.
GR 102 Elementary German II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
GR 101 or one year of high school German.
GR 102 is a continuation of GR 101.
Students add to their proficiency in matters such as those related
to health, free time, employment, travel, and talking about the
past.
GR 201 Intermediate German I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
GR 102 or two years of high school German.
GR 202 is a continuation of GR 201.
Students do considerably more reading and writing than in prior
courses. The course expands their cultural proficiency.
GR 202 Intermediate German II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
GR 201 or three years of high school German.
GR 202 is a continuation of GR 201.
Students do considerably more reading and writing than in prior
courses. The course expands their cultural and linguistic
proficiency.
GR 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be taken for a maximum of 2
credit hours.
Prerequisites:
Written department approval.
Directed apprentice work and
activities that would require students to use their knowledge of
German and develop their competencies in the language. This would
include such things as oral expression, appreciation of
grammatical structure, proofreading and editing skills, research
skills in German, and skills in teaching German to others.
GR 300 German Reading and Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GR 202 or instructor permission.
This course teaches essential
reading and writing skills in German (use of dictionary,
comparison of sentence structure, identification of meaning
through analysis, use of contextual cues). Readings will include
literary works in three genres. Student writings and revisions
will serve as the basis for developing grammatical and stylistic
skills.
GR 305 Conversational German
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
GR 202 or instructor permission.
GR 305 focuses on improving the
conversational abilities of students through reinforcement of
three basic language functions: description, narration, and
opinion. Students learn how to communicate and respond to
problems, and discuss major social issues.
GR 310 Introduction to German
Civilization and Culture
4 cr.
GR 310 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisites:
GR 300 or instructor permission for students applying course to a
German major or minor. Completion of the EN 211 and sophomore
standing when taken for liberal studies credit.
This course is a multidisciplinary
introduction to the culture and civilization of Germany. It offers
a comprehensive view of the historical, geographical, political
and economic factors which have helped shape today’s German
society. Students who minor or major in German will be asked to do
reading and writing assignments in German. All subsequent German
courses are conducted in German.
GR 400 Advanced German Composition and
Grammar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
GR 300, or instructor permission.
A review of all major points of the
German grammar system, with an especially intense focus on the
rich verb system and common problems native English speakers have
in German. In an interrelated way, it also provides the
opportunity for students to refine their writing skills through
composition of essays, letters, and resumes.
GR 495 Special Topics in German
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing, instructor and department head permission.
This is an experimental course
based on topics of authors, genres, or literature periods not
covered in other regularly approved German courses.
GR 498 Directed Study in German
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing, instructor and department head permission.
Independent study by qualified
students. A directed study course is designed to meet a specific
academic requirement of the student who is unable to earn the
credit during regularly scheduled course offerings. The student
and professor agree to the specific topic and requirements needed
to earn the credit.
(Sociology and Social Work
Department)
GRN 001 Internship Completion
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Completion of 4 credits of GRN 490
or GRN 490 plus additional field placement credits to equal 4
credits.
Indicates that the student has
completed the internship requirement for the gerontology minor.
GRN 101 Introduction to Gerontology
4 cr.
This course is designed to provide
an overview of the physical, psychological and social aspects of
aging. It examines the aging process as experienced by the
individual and how aging impacts the entire society. Theories
related to aging are studied and students gain exposure to the use
of the scientific method to investigate biological, psychological
and social aspects of aging. Some of the topics covered in the
course include the distinction between normal and abnormal aging
and the impact class, race, ethnicity and gender exert on the life
course. Societal attitudes and beliefs about growing old will be
explored and how these social constructs influence the development
of policies designed to assist this population.
GRN 490 Gerontology Field Placement
1 - 4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Gerontology minor, completion of
gerontology minor core.
Students who are required to take a
field placement for their major would have to enroll for at least
one GRN 490 credit and make the additional three credit hours up
with an approved gerontology minor course substitution.
Provides students in the
gerontology minor with the opportunity to interface with older
adults in a social or health care setting. It provides a learning
experience for the student, in cooperation with the professional
community serving older adults. It provides hands-on experience
designed to benefit the student as they move toward their own
career objectives.
(Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation Department)
HL 101 Medical Terminology for Health
Educators
1 cr.
A course specific to the needs of
health educators in which a search is made into the terms and
abbreviations commonly found in health related literature and
medical usage.
HL 110 Introduction to Health and
Fitness Education
2 cr.
An introduction to the logic of
health promotion and health education, which includes discussions
concerning historical context, professional organizations,
behavior change models, professional ethics, and programming
models.
HL 111 Personal Wellness
4 cr.
Study of the intellectual,
emotional, social, physical, occupational, environmental, and
spiritual components of wellness with a view to addressing
developmental tasks related to decisions concerning self-direction
and self-management.
HL 150 Health Education for the
Elementary School Teacher
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to teacher education.
A course designed to acquaint
prospective elementary teachers with a framework for comprehensive
school health education. Emphasis on background information and
strategies for teaching health promoting and disease preventing
behaviors. Including an understanding of the physical, social,
emotional, and intellectual factors which influence health issues
and health behaviors.
HL 211 Health Aspects of Aging
3 cr.
An exploration of preventive health
behaviors that impact normal aging and common age related disease
processes. Adaptations to these preventive behaviors to
accommodate advancing age will be discussed. Theoretical issues in
promoting the health of older adults will be introduced and
applied to the health promotion needs of older adults.
HL 212 Suicide Education
2 cr.
Introduction to child, adolescent,
and adult suicides, the suicide personality, basic intervention
techniques, and the professional’s personal values and attitudes
toward suicide.
HL 213 Death Education
2 cr.
An interdisciplinary view of death
and grieving, development of insights into our personal values and
attitudes, as well as an understanding of the involvement others
experience in the death and grieving process.
HL 215 Cardiovascular Risk Factor
Education
1 cr.
Exploration of factors that
contribute to the development of diseases of the vascular system,
including heart disease.
HL 240 Community Health
2 cr.
Study of community and public
health organization and practice, with special emphasis on the
individual’s responsibility to a community health program.
HL 242 Emergency Health Care
2 cr.
Study of basic concepts and
techniques for administering Emergency First Aid and
Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation to those who are sick or injured.
Satisfactory completion of the course entitles the student to the
American Red Cross certificate for "Responding to Emergencies".
HL 245 Basic Emergency Medical
Technician Training I
4 cr. (4-0-4)
May not be applied toward the
secondary education major or secondary education minor in health
education.
Prerequisites:
HL 101 and BI 104, or instructor permission.
Instruction in pre-hospital
emergency medical care of the sick and injured; beginning from the
time of the initial call for help through the transfer of care to
the receiving medical facility, including scene management,
patient packaging and care during transport. Successful completion
of both HL 245 and HL 246 is required before the student may apply
to take the National Registry Basic EMT licensing exam for the
State of Michigan.
HL 246 Basic Emergency Medical
Technician Training II
4 cr. (4-0-4)
May not be applied toward any major
or minor in health education other than the minor in Emergency
Medical Services.
Prerequisite:
HL 245.
A continuation of HL 245.
HL 296 Special Topics in Health
Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Detailed study of one or more
special problems in health education.
HL 311 Health Communication
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
HL 111 and HL 240.
The course provides theoretical and
practical communication techniques required for individuals in
health professions. Various modes of oral, body and written
communication will be addressed.
HL 315 Consumer Health and Quackery
3 cr.
Introduction to the health care
delivery system in the United States and the use of that system by
the consumer. Special emphasis on questionable health practices,
health practitioners and health products.
HL 322 International Health Issues
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing and completion of the foundations of
communication requirement.
A survey of the cultural, economic,
environmental, historical, and political concepts associated with
the delivery of health care to various world populations. Major
determinates of health status in several regions of the world are
studied in concert with patterns of intervention at the local,
community, national, and international levels.
HL 340 School Health Program
3 cr.
Survey of the total school health
program for elementary and secondary schools, including health
instruction, school health services, and the school health
environment.
HL 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Health Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in health education.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education and HL 340.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Study of methods and scientific
materials that support health instruction programs in the
secondary schools, and their measurement and evaluation.
HL 367 Planning and Evaluation in
Health and Fitness
4 cr.
Concepts of program planning and
evaluation and how they apply to programming in the area of health
promotion and health education for assessing individual and
community needs for health education; planning safe, relevant, and
effective health programs; implementation of programs; and
evaluation of programs.
HL 368 Programming in Health and
Fitness
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
HL 367
Survey of programming models in
health promotion in corporate, commercial, residential, community,
university, governmental, entrepreneurial settings for several
target populations over a variety of topic areas (fitness, stress
management, ergonomics, etc.). Explores how health promotion
experts use planning and evaluation concepts/models to determine
the effectiveness of their programs.
HL 440 Critical Issues in Health
Education
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
HL 111, junior standing or instructor permission.
An in-depth, multidisciplinary
approach to the study of health related problems within our
changing society.
HL 450 Human Sexuality: Educational
Issues
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of materials relevant to sex
education programs found in public school systems, as well as
materials related to human sexuality.
HL 460 Human Disease Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
HL 101, HL 111, and a course in human anatomy and physiology,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the rudiments of
disease processes and basic components of diseases commonly found
in our society.
HL 470 Electrocardiography
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
The course provides a study of the
electrophysiological basis of the ECG. The development of a
conceptual understanding of cardiac anatomy, events, and
metabolism underlying various ECG responses will be stressed.
HL 485 Drug Use and Abuse
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Survey of the psychosocial,
medical, and legal aspects of drug use as it exists in our
country. Emphasis is placed on the non medical use of drugs as
well as upon the self-destructive use of drugs leading to chemical
dependencies.
HL 490 Seminar in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Detailed exploration of special
topics and faculty research.
HL 491 Internship in Management of
Health and Fitness
2-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Up to 4 credit hours may be earned
for on campus internship, up to 8 credit hours may be earned
through an off-campus internship. If off-campus internship is
chosen, approval of internship site and supervisor is required.
(See off-site internship packet.)
Prerequisites:
Open only to management of health and fitness majors, HL 471, HL
472, Junior standing or instructor permission.
Supervised experience enabling the
student to apply theoretical knowledge in a practical situation.
HL 492 Field Experience in Community
Health
2-4 cr. (Arr.)
Prerequisites:
Prior approval of Coordinator for Health Education, junior
standing or instructor permission. Approval of fieldwork site and
supervisor required.
Students will be assigned to work 6
to 12 hours per week in a community health agency. This will give
students an opportunity to practice inter-professional
collaboration within the community.
HL 495 Special Topics in Health
Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more
special topics in health education.
HL 496 Special Topics in Health
Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more
special topics in health education.
HL 497 Directed Studies in Health
Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study or research in
health education.
HL 498 Directed Studies in Health
Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study or research in
health education.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
HM 000 Work Experience
0 cr.
Prerequisite:
Open only to associate degree
students.
300 hours of industry related
on-the-job experience in an authorized restaurant or institutional
management operation. Students must complete a minimum of 300
hours of field experience prior to graduation with the associate
degree. All work sites must be approved by the department and
require verification of work submitted by the student.
HM 001 Work Experience
0 cr.
Prerequisite:
Open only to baccalaureate students.
900 hours of industry related
on-the-job experience in an authorized restaurant or institutional
management operation. Students must complete a minimum of 900
hours of field experience prior to graduation with the
baccalaureate degree. All work sites must be approved by the
department and require verification of work submitted by the
student.
HM 100 Food Selection and Preparation
4 cr. (3-0-2)
The student will be introduced to
the principles of food selection, composition and preparation.
This includes purchasing guides and nutritional principles. The
lab portion will serve to reinforce the lecture sessions.
HM 111 Food Service Sanitation
3 cr.
A study of all aspects of food
service sanitation, proper sanitation, and sanitizing procedures
and the role management must play in the instruction of employees
in proper sanitation methods. Successful completion of an
examination administered by the Educational Foundation for the
Food Service Industry will result in certification from the
National Restaurant Association.
HM 112 Introduction to the Hospitality
Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisite or corequisite:
HM 111.
This course provides a basic
understanding of the hospitality industry and its various segments
as they relate to organizational dynamics and career paths.
HM 115 Professional Cooking I
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Prerequisite or corequisite:
HM 111.
Students gain practical experience
in quantity production by operating the Jacobetti Center
Cafeteria, rotating through front and back of the house stations,
learning to cook and serve quantity foods for public consumption.
Emphasis is on creating eye appeal, texture, and palatability of
quantity cooking and the proper techniques of preparation,
cooking, holding, and serving.
HM 116 Baking I
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisite or corequisite:
HM 111.
Topics covered include ingredients
and their purpose, mixing methods, the basic steps to baking and
general procedures in the production of cookies, muffins,
biscuits, breads, rolls and specialty items. Students gain
practical experience by preparing baked goods for the Jacobetti
Center cafeteria operation and special function orders.
HM 120 Professional Cooking II
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Prerequisites:
HM 111 and HM 115.
Experience in restaurant food
production by participating in the operation of the Jacobetti
Center Chez Nous restaurant. Students will gain hands-on
experience with the production side of the restaurants
computerized point-of-sale system.
HM 125 Professional Baking II
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisites:
HM 111 and HM 116.
Students further their knowledge of
baking in learning the techniques and the preparation of cakes,
pies, pastries, tortes, danish, puff pastry, croissants, and
specialty items. Practical experience is provided by preparing
baked goods for the Jacobetti Center Chez Nous restaurant
operation, special functions, and customer orders.
HM 210 Supervision in the Hospitality
Industry
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Prerequisites:
HM 111 and HM 120.
A study of the supervisory skills
necessary to manage a staff of hospitality employees. Students get
hands-on supervisory experience in the Jacobetti Center production
area.
HM 214 Cost Control for the Hospitality
Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or department permission.
This course presents practical
techniques for protecting profits in the hospitality industry, by
building a sound foundation of management cost control procedures.
HM 221 Hospitality Services Management
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisite:
HM 210.
This course provides the student
with knowledge and experience in the hospitality industry while
operating the program's restaurant. The student will be exposed to
the proper styles of service, the manager's role in the dining
room, and the restaurant's computerized point-of-sale system.
HM 225 Banquets and Catering
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
HM 210 or instructor permission.
Hotel banquet operations and
catering organization procedures including setup, layout, pricing,
costing, on- and off- premise events, bar and wine service will be
discussed in depth.
HM 226 Purchasing for the Hospitality
Industry
2 cr.
This course examines purchasing
from a management viewpoint including both food and non-food
expense items such as furniture, fixtures, and equipment. Topics
concerning receiving storage and security will be discussed.
HM 240 Hotel and Lodging Operations
3 cr.
Covers the organizational structure
within which a hotel operates. This course examines the economic
and financial aspects of lodging operations. Basic information
about departmental development, pre-opening, marketing and
operations will be provided. Students will examine trends in new
areas of hotel development.
HM 298 Special Topics in Hospitality
1-4 cr.
Various topics of current interest
tot he student. Topics will require departmental approval and will
pertain to the food service and hospitality industry.
HM 310 Menu Analysis and Design
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
HM 211.
A study of the essential elements
necessary for developing a successful food service menu. Aspects
of design, sales mix, marketing, and menu analysis. Exercises will
result in the student designing a restaurant and cycle menu.
HM 315 Multi-Cultural Foods
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
HM 221 or instructor permission.
A study of the national and
regional cooking styles found around the world. This course will
expose the student to the culinary practices of various cultures
through a lecture format and then provide practical experience as
the student prepares and tastes the foods of selected cultures in
a laboratory situation at the Jacobetti Center kitchen.
HM 318 Resort Development
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or department
approval.
This course is a study of the world
of resorts and resort management. The resort industry will be
examined from a managerial point of view, with emphasis on project
planning, marketing, promotion and recreational activities.
HM 330 Beverage and Bar Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
HM 214 or instructor permission.
This course provides a study of the
purchase, receipt, storage, control, and retail sales of both
alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages. A thorough overview of
wines, beers, and spirits is provided.
HM 401 Internship
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Practical, applied experience
involving placement in a job situation.
HM 450 Hospitality Operations Plan and
Design
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
HM 221, junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course will teach the student
about planning and design techniques used in the construction of a
hospitality facility from the initial concept to the opening of
the facility for business.
HM 480 Current Issues in the
Hospitality Industry
4 cr. (1-3-0)
Prerequisites:
Senior status or instructor permission.
A capstone course for students in
the hospitality management program. This course will look at
contemporary issues in the field of hospitality management and
address their implications for the hospitality professional.
HM 495 Special Topics in Hospitality
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Departmental approval, junior standing.
Various topics of current interest
to the student. Topics will require departmental approval and will
pertain to the hospitality industries.
HM 498 Directed Study in Hospitality
Management
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Individual study of a significant
topic or problem in the practice of hospitality management.
(Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation Department)
HN 210 Nutrition for Humans
4 cr.
Survey of dietary requirements and
processes, sources of the various nutrients, the relationships of
food to health, the role of diet in prevention of diseases, and
methods of improving eating habits at different age levels and in
different cultures. The course assumes and expands on some high
school science background.
HN 297 Directed Studies
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Instructor and department head permission. For freshmen or
sophomore students only.
Individual study.
HN 298 Directed Studies
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Instructor and department head permission. For freshmen or
sophomore students only.
Individual study.
HN 301 Nutrition for Health Professions
4 cr.
Principles of normal and
therapeutic nutrition as they relate to the treatment of various
physical and mental disorders and to various medications.
HN 362 Cultural Food Patterns
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Consideration of economic,
environmental, historical, and psychological aspects of food
habits; influence of national and international dietary patterns
on nutrition of individuals.
HN 415 Obesity and Weight Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
HN 210, BI 202 junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of current theories
surrounding the causes of and control of obesity. Students will
apply their understanding of the fundamentals of human nutrition
and exercise to construct programs containing sound principles of
weight management and total fitness.
HN 451 Advanced Nutrition
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Students are encouraged to select a total of eight credits from
the following: CH 107, CH 108, BI 104, BI 202, HN 210. Junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of human nutrition based on
fundamental knowledge of biochemistry and physiology. Lectures and
reports of current research.
HN 495 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Basic course in area of study.
HN 496 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Basic course in area of study.
HN 497 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor and department head permission.
Individual study.
HN 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor and department head permission.
Individual study.
(Honors Program)
HON 001 Honors Program Completion
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Enrollment in the honors program, senior status, completion of
core and cognate honors courses.
Indicates that the student has
successfully completed all of the requirements of the honors
program, including the honors thesis or equivalent. Student
registers in this course during the semester in which they
complete the honors program requirements.
HON 101 Origins of Western
Values-Antiquity
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Course enrollment is restricted to students admitted to the honors
program.
The course will investigate the
origins in the worlds of the Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans of ideas
and values central to western culture. Readings will be drawn from
primary sources in the Jewish and Christian scriptures and from
the writings of Greek and Roman philosophers, poets, and
playwrights. The course will have a heavy writing component,
including written responses to and reflections on the readings.
HON 102 Origins of Western
Values-Medieval to Modern
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Course enrollment is restricted to students admitted to the honors
program and who have successfully completed HON 101.
The course will be of the same
format as HON 101, except that the writing component will include
a major paper. Readings, almost entirely from primary sources,
will be drawn from major writers and thinkers of the medieval,
renaissance, reformation, enlightenment, and romantic periods.
HON 111 Modern Art-European Sources
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Course enrollment is restricted to students admitted to the honors
program.
This course will investigate the
primarily European aesthetic theories and art forms that
influenced contemporary music, performance, and the visual arts.
HON 112 Modern Art-American Sources
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Course enrollment is restricted to students admitted to the Honors
Program who have successfully passed HON 111.
This course is a continuation of
HON 111 which then explores the aesthetic concepts that were
refined and others that were developed in American music,
performance, and the visual arts.
HON 211: The Social Sciences
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore status and enrollment in the honors program.
The course introduces the student
to some of the major ideas and developments in the social sciences
from antiquity to the present. The goal of the course is to
explore the development of the scientific method as well as some
of the major intellectual ideas and scientific discoveries in the
social sciences. The course also explores the impact of science
and scientific thought on society and shows how the social
sciences have been a powerful force in shaping the modern world.
HON 212: The Natural Sciences
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore status and enrollment in the honors program.
This is an honors interdisciplinary
course based on topical issues of current interest in areas such
as biology, chemistry, physics, psychology or earth sciences and
related topics. The goal of the course is to understand the
scientific method as well as some of the major ideas and
scientific discoveries in the natural sciences. This course also
explores the interconnection of science and scientific thought and
shows how the natural sciences have been a powerful force in
shaping contemporary life.
(Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation Department)
HP 090 Geriatric Swimming
1 cr.
Swimming exercise for senior
citizens.
HP 091 Geriatric Exercise
1 cr.
Conditioning exercise for senior
citizens.
HP 200 Physical Well Being
1 cr.
A lecture class on the foundations
and principles of physical fitness and health. Students will
learn to recognize the hazards of being unfit and inactive; to
determine individual levels of physical fitness; and, to acquire
the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a personal
satisfaction level of physical fitness.
HP 205 Archery
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of archery.
HP 206 Backpacking
1 cr.
Students learn about backpacking
and planning a trip. A weekend trip off campus is required.
HP 208 Basketball
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of basketball.
HP 209 Bicycling-Mountain
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of off-road bicycling.
HP 211 Bowling-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of bowling. Lab fee required.
HP 212 Flatwater Canoeing
1 cr.
Emphasis is on tandem flatwater
canoeing, although solo paddling is also introduced. Students
learn equipment handling on land and water; terminology; hull
control; power; turning and bracing strokes; maneuvers for going
ahead, abeam, and astern; rescue of self and others, wind
paddling; day tripping. A swimming test must be passed at the
first course session to continue in the course.
HP 212S Solo Flatwater Canoeing
1 cr.
Students learn equipment handling
on land and water; terminology; hull control; power; turning and
bracing strokes; maneuvers for going ahead and abeam; rescue of
self and others; wind paddling; day tripping. Prior canoeing
experience not needed. ACA certification is offered. A swimming
test must be passed at the first course session to continue in the
course. Course usually meets on two weekends.
HP 212F Freestyle Canoeing
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
HP 212 or HP 212S.
Students learn equipment handling;
rescue of self and others; new strokes and review; on-side and
off-side maneuvers for going ahead, astern and abeam. Students may
emphasize solo or tandem freestyle. ACA certification may be
offered. A swimming test must be passed at the first course
session to continue in the course. Course usually meets on two
weekends.
HP 213 Sea Kayaking
1 cr.
Students learn sea (coastal)
kayaking equipment handling; strokes, maneuvers and other
techniques; rescue of self and others; trip planning and
navigation; weather and environmental hazards and safety. ACA or
BCU certification may be offered. Students provide their own
equipment or may rent through the instructor. A swimming test must
be passed at the first course session to continue in the course.
Course meets on weekends.
HP 216 Skating-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn basic skills and
techniques of skating.
HP 216A Skating-Figure
1 cr.
Students learn basic skills and
techniques of figure skating.
HP 216B Skating-Intermediate Figure
1 cr.
Designed for the figure skater who
already has basic skills.
HP 217 Fly and Bait Casting
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of fly and bait casting.
HP 218 Folk Dance
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of folk dance.
HP 219 Golf-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of golf.
HP 222 Hiking
1 cr.
Students learn about hiking in the
wilderness and planning hiking trips.
HP 223 Individually Prescribed Program
1 cr.
Individually designed activity for
someone who is physically unable to participate in any other HP
activity.
HP 224 Jogging
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of jogging.
HP 226 Modern Dance-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of modern dance.
HP 226A Modern Dance-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the student who
already has basic modern dance skills.
HP 226C Aerobics
1 cr.
Students learn and participate in
various forms of aerobic exercise, including step aerobics.
HP 227 Orienteering
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of running in wooded terrain utilizing maps and
compasses.
HP 228 Power Skating and Hockey
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of power skating and hockey.
HP 229 Racquetball
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of racquetball.
HP 230 Rock Climbing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of rock climbing.
HP 230A Rock Climbing-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the climber who
already has basic skills.
HP 231 Skiing-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of downhill skiing. Lab fee required. Students may rent
equipment if needed.
HP 231A Skiing-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the skier who already
has basic skills. Lab fee required. Students may rent equipment if
needed.
HP 231B Skiing-Cross Country
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of cross country skiing. Lab fee required. Students may
rent equipment if needed.
HP 232 Snowboarding-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of snowboarding.
HP 233 Snowshoeing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of snowshoeing.
HP 234 Soccer
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of soccer.
HP 235 Social and Country Dancing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of social and square dancing.
HP 236 Softball
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of softball.
HP 238 Winter Camping
1 cr.
An introduction to winter camping.
Major topics include: clothing, equipment, food and outdoor
cooking, trip planning, shelters, health and safety, basic
principles of outdoor living, and winter travel techniques. Two
weekend trips are required.
HP 239 Swimming-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of swimming.
HP 239A Swimming-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the swimmer who
already has basic skills.
HP 239B Swimming-Lifeguard Training
1 cr.
American Red Cross training for
lifeguard certification.
HP 239C Swimming-WSI
1 cr.
American Red Cross training for
certification as a swimming instructor.
HP 239D Swimming-SCUBA
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of SCUBA.
HP 239E Swimming-Advanced SCUBA
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
HP 239D or instructor permission.
Designed for the diver who already
has basic skills.
HP 241 Tennis-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of tennis.
HP 241A Tennis-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the tennis player who
already has basic skills.
HP 244 Volleyball-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of volleyball.
HP 244A Volleyball-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the volleyball player
who already has basic skills.
HP 245 Weight Training and Conditioning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of weight training and conditioning.
HP 245A Weight Training and
Conditioning-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the student who
already has basic weight-training skills.
HP 246 Karate
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of karate.
HP 247 Yoga-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and
techniques of yoga.
HP 249 Hunter Safety Education
1 cr.
Students learn basics of hunting
safety and receive a Michigan Hunter Safety certificate.
HP 250 Physical Fitness
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
A major in management of health and fitness, physical education,
sports science, or outdoor recreation leadership and management.
This course is a substitution for HP 200.
HP 253 Adventure Based Learning
1 cr.
Involves active participation and
experiential learning in a variety of adventure-based activities
(games, initiatives, climbing wall, ropes course) with an emphasis
on the development, application, and transfer of individual and
group skills.
HP 259 Tai-Chi
1 cr.
Students will learn the techniques
of Tai Chi Chuan, a soft style Chinese martial art that involves
low impact exercises.
HP 260 Rape Aggression Defense Systems
1 cr.
The Rape Aggression Defense
approach to personal safety education embodies a practical blend
of threat avoidance strategies and real-world assault resistance
tactics for women.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
HR 001 Theory of Cosmetology I
8 cr.
Corequisite:
HR 020.
Textbook study covering 120 theory
hours of twelve cosmetology curriculum subjects as prescribed by
the Michigan State Board of Cosmetology and listed in the
Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
HR 002 Theory of Cosmetology II
8 cr.
Prerequisite:
HR 001.
Corequisite:
HR 021.
The intermediate level of 120
theory hours in an in-depth study of the complete cosmetology
curriculum, covering all subjects prescribed by the Michigan State
Board of Cosmetology.
HR 003 Theory of Cosmetology III
8 cr.
Prerequisite:
HR 002.
Corequisite:
HR 022.
Final phase of 120 theory hours,
stressing preparation for the state examination and including a
mock test. The actual State Board of Cosmetology examination for
licensing as a cosmetologist is given at the conclusion of the
course.
HR 020 Practice of Cosmetology I
9 cr.
Corequisite:
HR 001.
The first phase of 405 hours of
practical training, covering 218 assignments performed upon
mannequins or classmates.
HR 021 Practice of Cosmetology II
9 cr.
Prerequisite:
HR 020.
Corequisite:
HR 002.
The intermediate level of 405 hours
of practical work involving the public patron clinic. Students are
assigned a work service station and serve public patrons under the
supervision of an instructor. A minimum of 322 practical
assignments is required.
HR 022 Practice of Cosmetology III
9 cr.
Prerequisite:
HR 021.
Corequisite:
HR 003.
The advanced level of 405 hours of
cosmetology practice, refining skills previously learned and
practiced in the patron clinic and introducing advanced techniques
in preparing students for the salon.
HR 030 Science of Cosmetology I
1 cr.
Development of proper personal
appearance, attitude, cooperativeness, good work habits,
abilities, and performance. Attendance and dependability are also
stressed to prepare the student for the world of work. Skills
development is based upon systematized training.
HR 031 Science of Cosmetology II
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
HR 030.
Further development of skills in
cosmetology based upon systematized training in attitudes, work
habits, personal appearance, personality development, attendance
and dependability, and the ability to work comfortably with public
patrons.
HR 032 Science of Cosmetology III
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
HR 031.
The final phase of refinement of
personal appearance and personality to cope with the
cosmetologist’s business world.
Instruction in the application of
false nails and build-a-nail techniques as well as ornamental use
of glitter and jewels. Consists of 5 hours of theory and 40 hours
of practical applications.
HR 055 Theory of Health Safety and Law
4 cr.
The theory of sanitation and safety
in the practice of the art of manicuring. Reference is made to
Michigan laws and rules which were promulgated for the safe
practice of this occupation and to prevent the spread of
infectious/contagious disease. Curriculum meets criteria set by
the State of Michigan for successfully passing the written and
practical state test for licensure.
HR 056 Theory of Manicuring
4 cr.
The discussion of the body and
underlying structures affected by the manicuring techniques, the
massage, application techniques, chemistry and special artistic
effects needed to perform the tasks of a manicurist. In addition,
techniques for building a client base and successful practice are
discussed. Curriculum meets State of Michigan standards for
application for licensure.
HR 057 Practical Application
4 cr.
The practical application and
practice of sanitary, safety and application of all tasks related
to manicuring. Procedures meet Michigan standards for licensure.
HR 060 Theory of Cosmetology
Fundamentals
4 cr.
An orientation and review of all
cosmetology curriculum. The curriculum discussed is set by the
State of Michigan. The related knowledge is necessary for
successful completion of the state test for licensure.
HR 061 Theory of Cosmetology
Supervision
4 cr.
Applications and awareness are
discussed regarding the monitoring of students practicing
cosmetology application on the general public and mannequins. In
addition, strategies for presenting practical and theoretically
related to the practice of cosmetology are also discussed. The
procedures presented meet State of Michigan standards for
licensure.
HR 062 Theory of Cosmetology
Administration
2 cr.
An awareness of the laws and rules
required by the State of Michigan for cosmetology school
administration and record keeping are discussed.
HR 063 Practice of Cosmetology
Fundamentals
4 cr.
Assisting students in developing
competencies in all practical and theory related areas set by the
State of Michigan curriculum.
HR 064 Practice of Cosmetology
Supervision
4 cr.
Monitoring student activities in
all classroom and lab situations for the safe and sanitary
practice of cosmetology activities. In addition, attention to
compliance with State law is observed.
(History Department)
HS 101 History of Western Civilization
to 1600
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Development of culture from the
earliest times to 1600. Emphasis is distributed equally among the
Ancient, Medieval, and Renaissance worlds.
HS 102 History of Western Civilization
Since 1600
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Development of culture from 1600 to
the present day. Cultural, social, economic, and political ideas
and institutions are traced as background to the understanding of
contemporary problems.
HS 104 The Third World in Historical
Perspective
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Survey of Asia, Africa, and Latin
America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including the
colonial pattern, the anti-colonial movements for national
independence, the reassessment of tradition, the strategies for
development, the understanding of human rights.
HS 126 The United States to 1865
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Survey of early American history
from the colonial period through the Civil War. Emphasis on
political developments within a broad economic, social, and
cultural context.
HS 127 The United States Since 1865
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Survey of recent American history
from Reconstruction to the present. Political, economic, social,
cultural, educational, and diplomatic facets of the American
experience are emphasized.
HS 200 Historical Thinking and Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 111 with grade of “C” or better.
The study of the past as a way of
thinking and writing about evidence, interpretation, and
explanation. Explores difficulties inherent in examining the human
past and asks basic questions about historical study as both a
social science and an art.
HS 233 Native American History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Study from origins to the present.
Central theme is the persistence of Native American ethnic
identity in the face of white conquest and efforts at elimination
or assimilation.
HS 234 Indigenous People of Latin
America
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
A study of the Indians of Latin
America which traces their general development from the
pre-Columbian era to the contemporary period. The national Indian
policies of the 19th and 20th centuries will be stressed.
HS 244 The American Labor Movement
2 cr.
This course provides an historical
perspective on the history of the American worker's response to
the Industrial Revolution, the origins and development of the
union movement, and an analysis of the current problems facing the
American worker and the union movement today.
HS 245 The American West
4 cr.
Development and settlement of the
trans-Mississippi west from the mid-nineteenth century to the
present. Myths and realities are contrasted in order to understand
and appreciate the role of the West in the past and present and
its influence on the American character.
HS 251 Latin American Civilization
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Introduction to the development of
culture, society, and values through a study of pertinent topics
from the colonial origins to the present.
HS 252 Arab-Islamic History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Introduction to the political,
social, economic, intellectual, and artistic history of the
Arabic-speaking peoples from the seventh century to the present.
The religious history of Islam and the Islamic way of life is
intrinsic to the whole course.
HS 254 Introduction to the History of
Africa
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Survey of the history of the
continent south of the Sahara Desert. Consideration of
pre-colonial African peoples, cultures, and ecology. Emphasis on
nineteenth-century imperial rivalries, the rise of nationalism,
and the creation of present day independent states.
HS 256 Approaching China
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Historical introduction to the
distinctive cultural integration of pre-revolutionary China,
approached comparatively as an original style of thinking,
feeling, and organizing life.
HS 258 The Emergence of Modern Japan
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
The main emphasis is on a study of
the changes in Japanese ideas and institutions since the country
was forced open by the West in 1853 to the present day. In order
to set the stage there is a brief overview of ancient and medieval
Japan, with somewhat more attention given to the Tokugawa Period
(1603-1868).
HS 283 The American Woman
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
The story of American women.
Emphasis on the accomplishments and contributions of women in
history, on understanding the historical relationship between
women and men, and on the individual perception associated with
these relationships.
HS 293 Minorities in American History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Examination of the origin,
development, and significance of selected minority groups.
Emphasis on women, African Americans, Chicanos, Japanese, and
Native Americans as well as on such problems as cultural identity,
racism, and sexism.
HS 295 Special Topics in History
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
differs.
Investigation of a significant
topic or problem in history. Content varies depending upon the
intention of the instructor and the needs of the students.
HS 300 Ancient Egypt
4 cr.
Survey of culture in the Age of the
Pharaohs (3100 B.C. to 300 B.C.) and into the Ptolemaic, Roman,
and Christian eras, with an epilogue on Muslim Egypt from the
conquest to the present.
HS 302 Ancient Rome
4 cr.
Rome from the earliest times, the
republic, the conquest of the Mediterranean world, the Roman
revolution, Caesar and Augustus, the Pax Romana, and the later
empire. Cultural, political, and social institutions are reviewed.
HS 304 The Middle Ages
4 cr.
Europe from the fall of the Roman
Empire (300 A.D.) to the beginning of modern civilization with the
Renaissance (1400 A.D.). Topics include the barbarian invasions,
Carolingian times, feudalism, the growth of the Catholic Church,
the Crusades, philosophy, and the arts.
HS 305 Renaissance-Reformation
4 cr.
Europe from 1300 to 1600: the
transition from the medieval to the modern world. The development
of the modern state, society, and economy; the age of humanism,
Renaissance art, exploration, and science; the protestant,
catholic, and counter reformations.
HS 307 Early Modern Europe, 1600-1815:
A Thematic Approach
4 cr.
The course provides in-depth study
both in terms of content and historiography of some of the main
themes of early modern European history. Topics include overseas
expansion; reform of religion; the royal state; the intellectual
revolution; society and economy in the pre-industrial age; and the
French Revolution. The number of topics and the approach will vary
according to instructor.
HS 308 Modern Europe, 1815-Present: A
Thematic Approach
4 cr.
The course provides in-depth study
both in terms of content and historiography of some of the main
themes of modern European history, 1815 to the present. Topics may
include industrialization and its consequences; the creation of
the modern nation state; the new imperialism; the road to war; the
age of total war; and post-war world; and epilogue. The number of
topics and the approach will vary according to the instructor.
HS 312 Revolutionary Russia
4 cr.
Study of autocracy, nationality,
and orthodoxy in imperial Russia and the reformist movements
culminating in the Revolutions of 1917; the theory and practice of
communism from 1917 to the present.
HS 314 Modern Britain, 1485-Present
4 cr.
A survey of the history of Great
Britain and Ireland from the accession of the Tudor dynasty in
1485 to present times. Attention is given to political development
and reform, economic life, empire, foreign relations, and changes
in society and culture.
HS 315 Imperialism
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
The course investigates the
development of modern imperialism from the eighteenth century to
the present, from the rise of European economic interests in Asia
and Africa to the process of decolonization in the twentieth
century. It examines the responses of both colonizers and
colonized to the forces of imperialism, with emphasis placed upon
primary readings in history, politics, and literature.
HS 316 The Holocaust
4 cr.
The course concerns the mass murder
of approximately six million Jews by the Nazi regime and its
allies from 1939-1945. Students will investigate the way in which
the German government attempted to impose “the final solution,” as
well as its causes and consequences with reference both to its
victims and perpetrators. The course employs literature and
psychology as well as historical works in its discussion of the
“Shoah.”
HS 325 Colonial American History
4 cr.
This course looks at such topics as
European expansion and colonization in the New World and the
social, political, and economic foundations of American society.
HS 326 The American Revolution and the
Constitution
4 cr.
Begins with the origins of the War
of Independence; traces the war and its leaders, and then follows
the nation through the Confederation. The development and
implementation of the Constitution of 1787 and the Bill of Rights
is then discussed.
HS 327 Civil War and Reconstruction
4 cr.
A study of the social, political,
economic, and military developments starting with the causes and
the background of the Civil War, carrying on through the war
itself and the Reconstruction after the war. The impact of the
Civil War on the development of major issues in United States
history since the war, such as racism, constitutionalism, and
economics also will be considered.
HS 328 Turbulent Decades, 1930-1950
4 cr.
This course will focus on two major
events that changed American life: The Depression and World War
II. Emphasis will be on economics, political, and social
developments.
HS 335 Michigan History
4 cr.
Survey of state developments from
the coming of the European to the present. Emphasis on its
regional and national context.
HS 336 History of the Upper Peninsula
4 cr.
Survey of Michigan’s Upper
Peninsula from its Indian origins to the present.
HS 337 American Economic History
4 cr.
Cross-listed with EC 337.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
Transformation of the American
economy, with particular emphasis on the modern period of
industrialization. Special attention will be devoted to the role
of the corporation, ethics, advertising, environment, labor,
public-policy decisions, critics, and defenders of the economic
order.
HS 340 American Foreign Policy to 1900
4 cr.
Key episodes of American diplomacy
from 1776 to 1900. Both policy formulation and implementation are
emphasized via critical analysis.
HS 341 American Foreign Policy Since
1900
4 cr.
Examination of the salient aspects
of American diplomacy in the twentieth century and America’s role
in the world as it becomes a world power.
HS 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in history.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Teaching of the social studies at
the secondary level. The objectives, the organization of subject
matter, the evaluation and use of materials, and the development
of classroom procedures and techniques.
HS 352 African American History
4 cr.
An overview of African American
history in the United States with particular emphasis on such
topics as the slave experience, the civil rights movement, and
significant contributions to the nation’s history.
HS 353 The Finnish Immigrant in America
4 cr.
Focus on the inner meaning of
immigration for Finnish Americans and on the institutional pattern
they created in the new environment of America, particularly the
Upper Peninsula. Written project consisting of a social history of
a Finnish-American family spanning three generations is required.
HS 360 Chinese Revolution, 1800-Present
4 cr.
The transformation of life patterns
in China induced by the collision between China and the West.
Emphasizes the causes and implications of this collision for China
and ourselves.
HS 361 History of the Americas
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
A comparative and thematic history
of the people and history of the Western Hemisphere. The topical
approach will concentrate on the comparison and contrast of
concepts and ideas throughout the hemisphere from the prehistoric
Native American cultures to the contemporary scene.
HS 362 History of Mexico
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisite:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
A history of the Mexican people
from their prehistoric origins, through the colonial development,
independence, the rise of national Mexico, and the era of Diaz.
Special attention will be paid to the Mexican Revolution (1910)
and the development of modern Mexico.
HS 363 Canadian History and Culture
4 cr.
Survey of geography, history, and
culture from the arrival of the white man to the present, with
considerable emphasis on contemporary Canada.
HS 372 American Urban History
4 cr.
Survey of the history of the
American city. Topics will include the development of cities,
immigration and migration to cities, the relationship of urban and
rural areas, and the reasons for the growth and/ or decay of
cities.
HS 373 History and Life History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
Interdisciplinary study of the
intersection of history and psychology. Topics drawn from
nineteenth and twentieth-century world history; readings include
autobiographies as well as theoretical studies.
HS 380 Public History
4 cr.
This course provides a background
in public history which deals with historical administration,
grantship and fund-raising, editing, preservation, management, and
use of historical resources in historical societies, museums,
galleries, and governmental agencies and private consulting firms.
HS 382 Historical Role Playing
2 cr.
May be repeated for credit if the
site differs.
Prerequisites:
HS 126 and HS 127 highly recommended.
Required for Michigan Bureau of
History living history role players.
Study of role playing in America
with special concentration on a specific site such as Fort Wilkins
State Park, Fayette State Park, or other parks. Students study
the philosophy of role playing, the role of park interpretation,
and the social history of the period.
HS 444 Research in Labor History
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
An examination of case studies in
American Labor History to ascertain the dimensions of the human
struggle in achieving organizational goals concerning working
conditions, compensation, and the labor market.
HS 481 Oral History
1 cr.
May be taken only once.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the history, techniques,
and application of interviewing individuals for historical
purposes.
HS 490 Junior/Senior Seminar in History
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
HS 200 and 12 additional credits in history. Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Seminar dealing with an important
historical problem or with important historians or texts as
determined by the instructor. Major work will consist of
researching and writing an article-length, student-critiqued
historical essay.
HS 491 Internship in History
1-6 cr.
May be taken more than once for up
to 6 credits with a maximum of 3 counting for the minor.
Prerequisites:
HS 200, 2.5 GPA, junior standing and departmental permission.
Professional internship experience,
such as in a museum, historical society, archives, or in
historical preservation advocacy.
HS 495 Special Topics in History
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Investigation of a significant
topic or problem in history. Content varies depending upon the
intentions of the instructor and the needs of the students.
HS 498 Directed Study in History
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department permission.
Individual investigation of a
significant topic or problem in the study, teaching, or writing of
history.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
HV 170 Applied Electricity for Trades
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Basic concepts of electricity as
applied to heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration,
construction, industrial maintenance and related trade areas.
Introduction to electrical circuit fundamentals, electrical
safety, meters, basic circuit components and symbols, single and
three phase power supply systems, wiring installation, circuit
protection, motors, capacitors, relays, and wiring diagrams.
HV 171 Basic Heating
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 170 or concurrent enrollment.
An introduction to the principles
and components used in heating systems. Pipe and tube fitting,
theory of heat flow, sources of energy, combustion, electrical
controllers, humidification, air filtering, venting, and code
requirements.
HV 172 Basic Refrigeration
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 170 or concurrent enrollment.
Introduction to the components
necessary for mechanical refrigeration. Students become familiar
with the functions, operations and relationship of the components.
Emphasis is placed on designs, operations, and variations of
component parts and control systems.
HV 173 Heating Systems I
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 170 and HV 171 or instructor permission.
Gas heating systems, gas piping
design and installation, mid-and high-efficiency gas heating
equipment, basic and advanced gas heating controls, integrated
microprocessor controls, venting, installation, troubleshooting,
service and code requirements.
HV 174 ACR Systems I
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 172 or instructor permission.
This course is a continuation of
the study of mechanical air conditioning systems. It will include
sequence of operation, electrical systems, psychometrics and
specialized tools and techniques used to service these types of
equipment. Specific emphasis will be on principles of operation
and applications of heat pumps, and ventilation equipment
including residential and commercial equipment.
HV 175 Air Delivery Systems
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Study of psychrometrics (the
properties of air), air flow principles and duct system
configurations and fabrication. Emphasis will be placed on testing
(measuring), adjusting and balancing air delivery systems.
HV 270 Heating Systems II
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 170 and HV 171 or instructor permission.
Oil heating systems, hydronic (hot
water) controls and circuits, hydronic heating system components
and design, zoned systems, system control strategies,
installation, troubleshooting, service and code requirement.
HV 271 ACR Systems II
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 172 or instructor permission.
This is an advanced mechanical
refrigeration course that includes the study and application of
total system operation with specific emphasis on: accessories,
defrost systems, pressure controls, pressure regulating devices,
multiple systems, commercial pipe sizing, motor starters and
controllers.
HV 273 Comfort Systems Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
HV 171 and HV 172, or concurrent enrollment in HV 172 and HV 173.
This course is designed to teach
the basic principles and techniques needed to accurately calculate
heating/cooling loads and size duct for a residential building.
Standard industry methods used are based on Air Conditioning
Contractors of America (ACCA) manuals “J” and “D”. The student is
introduced to computer programs used for residential system
design.
HV 275 HVACR Technical Problems
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
HV 173 and HV 174; HV 270 and HV 271 or concurrent enrollment.
Advanced laboratory experience in
installation and service of air conditioning and refrigeration
systems. Emphasis is placed on completion of specialized
laboratory projects involving application, installation, and
service of equipment.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
IM 110 Tool Usage
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Proper use and care of industrial
maintenance tools. These include pullers, bearing heaters,
oxyacetylene torches, taps, dies, portable and stationary drill
presses, metal brake, punch, shears, cutoff saws, grinders,
hydraulic press, band saw, measuring tools, levels, and power hand
tools.
IM 214 Alignment, Power Transmission
and Conveyors
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
IM 110, and IT 215 or instructor's approval.
Principles of operation and
applications of industrial conveyors, power transmission equipment
and alignment. Component examples are couplings, sheaves,
bushings, bearings, housings, belts, chains, sprockets, seals,
variable speed drives, and gear reducers. Includes installation
and maintenance.
IM 220 Pumps, Piping and Valves
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
IM 110 and IT 215 or instructor's
approval.
Principles of design, operation and
maintenance of pumps, industrial valves and piping systems used to
move liquids and materials in industry.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
IP 285 Study Abroad: Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Courses taken abroad in the
student's area of study. NMU credits determined by applicable
departments.
IP 286 Study Abroad: Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Courses taken abroad in the
student's area of study. NMU credits determined by applicable
departments.
IP 485 Study Abroad: Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Courses taken abroad in the
student's area of study. NMU credits determined by applicable
departments.
IP 486 Study Abroad: Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Courses taken abroad in the
student's area of study. NMU credits determined by applicable
departments.
IP 490 International Studies Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of study abroad experience and 75 credit hours, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The objective of the course is to
discuss and analyze the various experiences of traveling, studying
and living in a foreign culture. Discussion focuses on the various
stages of "culture-shock" and the adaptation process that a person
experiences while abroad.
IP 498 Directed Study in International
Studies
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and permission of advising department.
Individual research in
international studies. Final report must be filed with the
instructor.
(College of Business–Information
Systems)
CIS majors or minors must earn a
minimum grade of C- in each CIS/IS course applying to their CIS
major/minor.
CIS 110 is the equivalent of IS
100, IS 101, IS 102 and IS 104.
IS 100 Introduction to Windows, E-mail,
and the Internet
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
This course will introduce students
to the use of Microsoft Windows operating system, e-mail, and the
Internet. Students must successfully complete this course or pass
the waiver exam to enroll in any of the other IS software
application courses.
IS 101 Beginning Word Processing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
Students will develop basic skills
in the operation of word processing software. Emphasis is on
creating, formatting, and revising documents and tables, merging
documents, and working with graphics.
IS 102 Beginning Spreadsheets
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
Students will develop basic skills
in the operation of spreadsheet software. Emphasis is on the
principles of spreadsheet design and creating and formatting basic
spreadsheets and charts.
IS 104 Beginning Database
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
Students will develop basic skill
in the use of database software. Emphasis is on database
terminology, manipulating database files, and creating queries.
IS 105 Presentation/Multimedia Software
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
Students will develop proficiency
in the use of presentation and multimedia software. Emphasis is
on the principles of presentation design and development of
multimedia presentations. In addition, students will learn how to
utilize projection devices for audience viewing.
IS 107 Beginning Desktop Publishing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
This course will introduce students
to desktop publishing, including the principles of page layout and
design. The emphasis will be on the elements of design through
hands-on applications.
IS 111 Computerized Personal Accounting
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
This course will provide students
with an ability to use a computerized software program to manage
their personal finances.
IS 112 Computerized Small Business
Accounting
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
This course will provide students
with basic "business literacy" by having them operate a business
using a popular small business accounting software program.
Students develop confidence in recording business transactions
using an up-to-date commercial software program designed for small
to mid-size businesses.
IS 120 Computer Concepts
2 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
Students will develop an
understanding of basic computer concepts. Computer technology,
hardware and software, security, and technology in organizations
will be covered. No hands-on computer applications are included.
IS 201 Advanced Word Processing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100 and IS 101.
Students will develop advanced
skills in the operation of word processing software. Emphasis is
on working with large documents, arranging text and text objects,
and creating and modifying charts and forms.
IS 202 Intermediate Spreadsheets
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100 and IS 102.
Students will expand their skills
in the operation of spreadsheet software. Emphasis is on
manipulating large spreadsheets, applying advanced formulas and
functions to solve problems, and sorting and querying lists of
data.
IS 203 Advanced Spreadsheets
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100, IS 102 and IS 202.
Students will develop advanced
skill in applying spreadsheet software tools to work-related
problems. Emphasis is on working with macros, custom charts, data
tables, and pivot tables.
IS 204 Advanced Database
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100 and IS 104.
Students will expand their skills
in the use of database software. Emphasis is on creating
databases and creating and modifying reports.
IS 206 Software Integration
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100, IS 101, IS 102, IS 104 and IS 105.
Students will develop skills in
integrating word processing, spreadsheet, database, and
presentation graphics documents. Emphasis will be on merging word
processing and database files, linking and embedding work sheets
and charts in word processing documents, and integrating word
processing, spreadsheet, and database documents with presentation
graphics documents.
IS 207 Intermediate Desktop Publishing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100 and IS 107.
This course will provide students
with more advanced application in desktop publishing, including
design concepts, working with multiple pages, and advanced
graphics. The emphasis will be on the elements of design through
hands-on applications.
IS 208 Web Page Development
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
This course focuses on Web design
concepts and building Web pages with an editing tool.
IS 209 Statistical Software
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
IS 100, MA 171 or equivalent.
The course focuses on software
package and how to use it to manipulate, edit, transform, and
analyze data. Analysis includes using various routines such
regression and interpreting the results of the usage. Graphic
output will also be explained.
IS 295 Special Topics in Information
Systems
1 cr.
If topic differs, may be repeated
for credit with permission of instructor.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the
formal communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
IS 100.
A detailed study of one or more
special topics in information systems.
(Engineering Technology Department)
IT 145 Power Transmission Methods
2 cr.
A study of principles, concepts,
and applications of various mechanisms encountered in industrial
applications of engineering technology. Such mechanisms include
belt drives, chain drives, linkages, actuators, valves, fans, and
blowers.
IT 150 Industrial Practices I
2 cr.
This seminar-oriented course
addresses topics including employee orientation, organizational
structure, and other topics appropriate for manufacturing
employees.
IT 151 Industrial Practices II
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
IT 150.
This seminar-oriented course
addresses topics including orientation, organizational structure,
corporate culture, industrial safety issues, and other topics
appropriate for a manufacturing employee.
IT 180 Introduction to Fluid Power
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites:
MA 104 or above.
An overview of fluid power
technology and a working introduction to each of the components
used in fluid power circuits. Hydraulic and pneumatic fundamentals
of fluid dynamics, conventional fluid circuits, and fluid power
components.
IT 210 Non-Destructive Testing
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Review of conventional
non-destructive testing and evaluation of materials. The aim is to
detect and characterize flaws and microstructural changes in
materials using laboratory equipment and reporting the findings.
IT 211 Mechanics-Statics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 104 or MA 105.
Introduction to mechanics – the
study of forces that act upon rigid bodies – and to statics, which
deals with the distribution and effects of forces on rigid bodies
at rest.
IT 213 Materials Science
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite:
EN 211D.
An introduction to the nature,
processing, application, and testing of materials used in industry
today. Students will perform laboratory tests on plastics, wood,
concrete, steel and other metals in order to gain an understanding
of the behavior and characteristics of materials under specific
conditions. Students will also become acquainted with the elements
of correct procedures in technical report writing and the use of
reference materials.
IT 214 Industrial Observation
1 cr.
An introduction to the methods and
equipment used in manufacturing. The main focus of this course is
to take field trips to a variety of manufacturing and fabrication
plants to observe and study their processes.
IT 215 General Industrial Safety
2 cr.
The application of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration regulations to industrial and
manufacturing work places and effects on the individual and
collective work force.
IT 220 Statistical Process Control
1 cr.
The introduction of a set of
procedures using statistical techniques for the control of a
manufacturing process.
IT 260 Fluid Power Controls
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites:
IT 180 and ET 252.
Introduction of electronically
controlled fluid power systems, including a study of proportional
control components, service valves, circuits, closed loop and open
loop systems.
IT 261 Robotics/Automation Systems
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites:
IT 180; ET 110, or ET 100 and ET 101.
This course uses the principles of
control systems and how they are applied to achieve automation.
The interfacing of controllers, sensors, and actuators will be
accomplished using a computer integrated manufacturing cell and
industrial robots.
IT 265 Total Productive Maintenance
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing.
A study of the concept and
principles that underlie industrial maintenance and the
partnership that exists between maintenance and production
personnel. The goal of this course is to improve equipment
maintenance. An exposure to the types of condition monitoring
equipment and software used to determine equipment reliability are
included in this course.
IT 295 Special Topics in Industry and
Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
IT 298 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
IT 300 Industrial Supervision
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 111 and upper division standing.
Designed to provide the potential
first-line supervisor with the knowledge and skills necessary to
function effectively in the role of directing and facilitating the
work of subordinates.
IT 310 Mechanics-Dynamics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 104 or MA 105, MA 271 and IT 211.
An introductory study of linear and
angular displacement, velocity, and acceleration; absolute and
relative motion; mechanisms, planar motion, work, energy, power,
and momentum.
IT 311 Strength of Materials
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
IT 211.
Analysis of the relationship
between externally applied forces and internal reactions in
materials of the loaded bodies.
IT 320 Mechanical Design
4 cr. (2-2-1)
Prerequisites:
DD 202, IT 211, IT 213, IT 310 and
IT 311.
Applying engineering concepts to
components such as gears, shafts, fasteners and structural
members. In addition to theoretical analysis, this course
incorporates solid modeling and finite element analysis software
to model strain and motion behavior of complex systems.
IT 340 Enterprise Resource Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
IT 300.
The concepts and techniques
utilized by manufacturing practitioners to accomplish
manufacturing control functions. These functions include
forecasting, production planning, production scheduling,
production control, inventory management inventory control, and
manufacturing cost estimating.
IT 380 Facility Planning
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites:
DD 100 or instructor permission.
Planning of facilities, including
office, work and service areas. Planning for materials handling
equipment and preparing plant layout sketches and drawings.
Detailing of conveyor component installation along with mechanical
support systems.
IT 400 Industrial Safety and Ergonomics
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
The technology and management of
industrial occupational activities with specific reference to the
causes, investigation, analysis and prevention of accidents. The
dynamics of an ever changing work place and the effects on the
human and his/her place in the work environment will be integrated
into the discussion of laws and legislation effecting safety.
IT 410 Applied Thermodynamics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 271, CH 105, IT 310, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The study of energy, heat, work,
the properties of the media employed, and the processes involved
as applied to solving problems in engineering.
IT 420 Quality Control
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 171, junior standing or instructor permission.
The application of product and
process improvement techniques, including statistical process
control methods to accomplish total quality control.
IT 430 Senior Project
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior standing or instructor permission.
A problem solving and applications
course that focuses on the use of electronic systems including
micro controllers, personal computers, PLC's, or other electronic
systems to control or otherwise interface between mechanisms and
circuitry. The course will culminate in an oral senior project
demonstration along with supporting written documentation.
IT 483 Studies in Business and Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Cross listed with TE 483.
Cooperative work experience to
provide up-to-date technical skills in the area of specialization;
includes work experience with business and industrial operations,
services and materials, processes and techniques.
IT 495 Special Topics in Industry and
Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
IT 498 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
JP 101 Elementary Japanese I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
An introduction to the Japanese
language and culture.
JP 102 Elementary Japanese II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
JP 101 or equivalent.
A continuation of Japanese language
and culture.
(Liberal Studies Program)
LB 121 Origins of Western Values:
Greeks and the Bible
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Study of some of the significant
intellectual, spiritual, and cultural roots of Western values as
they originated and developed among the Greeks and the Biblical
peoples.
LB 295A Special Topics in Liberal
Studies: Visual and Performing Arts
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to
satisfy this requirement).
Study of a particular topic in the
visual and performing arts. The exact title will be indicated in
the Schedule of Classes booklet.
LB 295F Special Topics in Liberal
Studies: Formal Communication Studies
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to satisfy this
requirement).
Study of a particular topic in
Formal Studies. The exact title will be indicated in the Schedule
of Classes booklet.
LB 295H Special Topics in Liberal
Studies: Humanities
4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Study of a particular topic in the
area of the humanities. The exact title will be indicated in the Schedule
of Classes booklet.
LB 295N Special Topics in Liberal
Studies: Natural Sciences
4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Study of a particular topic in the
area of natural science. The exact title will be indicated in the
Schedule of Classes booklet. If a laboratory is included,
it may be used to meet the laboratory requirement.
LB 295S Special Topics in Liberal
Studies: Social Sciences
4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Study of a particular topic in the
area of the Social Sciences. The exact title will be indicated in
the Schedule of Classes booklet.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
LG 295 Special Topics in Languages
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Study of languages not regularly
offered or of special topics in a particular language.
LG 317 World Studies through Literature
in Translation
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the composition requirement and sophomore standing.
An examination of the art, culture,
language, history, and humanity of different areas of the world
through their literature. At least two-thirds of the texts are
translations into English of works originally written in other
languages. Students may take this course more than once as the
content varies.
LG 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Language Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in modern languages.
Prerequisites:
Admission to methods phase of teacher education.
This course introduces students to
the theory and practice of teaching languages in public schools.
LG 399 Graduation Assessment for
Language Minors
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Concurrent application for
graduation.
Graduating students meet with
faculty in November (for fall graduates) or March (for winter or
summer graduates) to show their skills in the language of their
minor. This will include reading, writing, conversation and
culture-related skills. An "S" grade will be granted for
participating in the assessment. This is required to graduate with
a minor in a language.
LG 495 Special Topics in Languages
1-4 cr.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Study of languages not regularly
offered or of special topics in a particular language.
LG 499 Graduation Assessment for
Language Majors
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Concurrent application for graduation.
Graduating students meet with
faculty in November (for fall graduates) or March (for winter or
summer graduates) to show their skills in the language of their
major. This will include reading, writing, conversation and
culture-related skills. An "S" grade will be granted for
participating in the assessment. This is required to graduate with
a major in a language.
(Center for Upper Peninsula
Studies-Labor Studies Program)
LSP 101 Introduction to Labor Studies
4 cr.
This course provides an overview.
Topics include the origin and development of contemporary labor
organizations, social inequality, labor and employment law, the
structure and function of unions, collective bargaining, contract
administration, grievance procedures, arbitration, leadership
development, the future of work in American society, and the
global economy.
LSP 101A Introduction to Labor Studies
2 cr.
The first half of LSP 101. Topics
include the origins and development of unions, labor law, social
inequality, the structure and function of unions and leadership
development.
LSP 101B Introduction to Labor Studies
2 cr.
The second half of LSP 101. Topics
include collective bargaining, contract administration, the
arbitration process, the impact of labor organizations on the
economy and society, the future of work in American society and
the global economy.
LSP 295 Special Topics in Labor Studies
1-4 cr.
Investigation of a significant
topic or problem in the field of labor studies. Content varies
depending upon the intentions of the instructor and the needs of
the students.
LSP 490 Seminar in Labor Leadership
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
This course provides labor leaders,
or aspiring leaders, or persons who wish to understand leadership
in unions, a solid understanding of organizations and how they
function, how labor unions are similar to but different from other
types of organizations. The course explores the various roles that
leaders are required to fulfill in labor organizations if these
organizations are to be effective in representing their membership
and successful in the competitive political and economic
environment of American society.
LSP 495 Special Topics in Labor Studies
1-4 cr. (Arr.)
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Investigation of a significant
topic or problem in the field of labor studies. Content varies
depending upon the intentions of the instructor and the needs of
the students.
(Mathematics and Computer Science
Department)
All students must pass prerequisite
courses with a grade of "C-" or higher unless otherwise indicated.
MA 090 Beginning Algebra
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
OC 080 (B- or better) or satisfactory score on the math placement
exam.
Credit for this course does not
apply toward an associate or baccalaureate degree, but it may
count toward some certificate programs at the discretion of the
department offering the programs.
The course is designed for students
who did not have a year of high school algebra or for those who
did poorly in high school algebra. Study of the fundamental
operations of algebra with a problem solving emphasis. The course
includes graphing, linear equations, exponents, and introductory
probability and statistics.
MA 100 Intermediate Algebra
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 090 or satisfactory score on math placement exam. A graphing
calculator or equivalent computer software is used in this course.
The study of polynomials, graphing,
algebraic fractions, radicals, lines and linear equations and
inequalities, quadratic and exponential equations and systems of
equations. Applications are emphasized.
MA 103 Finite Mathematics
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or satisfactory score on math placement exam. A graphing
calculator or equivalent computer software is used in this course.
Linear equations, systems of linear
equations, inequalities, linear programming, functions, the
mathematics of finance, matrices, permutations, combinations and
probability.
MA 104 College Algebra with
Applications in the Sciences and Technologies
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or satisfactory score on the math placement exam. A
graphing calculator or equivalent computer software is used in
this course.
Continued development of students’
abilities to manipulate algebraic statements and solve problems. A
study of functions, graphing, equation solving techniques,
exponents and logarithms, and systems of equations. Emphasis is on
the application of algebra to the applied sciences.
MA 105 College Algebra for Calculus
Preparation
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 100 (B- or better) or satisfactory score on math placement
exam. A graphing calculator or equivalent computer software is
used in this course.
Continued development of students’
abilities to manipulate algebraic statements and solve problems. A
study of functions, graphing, equation solving techniques,
exponents and logarithms, and systems of equations. Topics,
applications and pace are tailored for those students intending to
take calculus.
MA 106 Trigonometry
3 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 103, or MA 104, or MA 105 or satisfactory score on math
placement exam. Credit cannot be earned for both MA 106 and MA
115, except by written permission from the department. A graphing
calculator or equivalent computer software is used in this course.
Right triangle trigonometry, laws
of sines and cosines, circular functions, graphs of trigonometric
functions, trigonometry identities and equations, inverse
trigonometry functions, selected topics. The emphasis will be on
applications in the applied sciences.
MA 115 Pre-Calculus
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 104 (B- or better), or MA 105, or satisfactory score on the
math placement exam. A graphing calculator or equivalent computer
software is used in this course.
Credit cannot be earned for both MA
106 and MA 115, except by written permission from the department.
This course is intended for
students who plan to study calculus. Topics include trigonometry
(right triangle trigonometry, laws of sines and cosines, circular
functions, graphs of trig functions, inverse trig functions,
trigonometric identities and equations, polar coordinates, complex
numbers); analytic geometry (algebraic and transcendental
functions and their graphs, the conics and their equations, the
analysis of graphs, vectors, parametric equations,
three-dimensional analytic geometry); and topics in algebra
(sequences, series, limits, permutations and combinations,
mathematical induction).
MA 150 Mathematics for the Elementary
School Teacher I
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 100 or equivalent.
Elements of set theory, numeration,
analysis of whole numbers, integers, rational numbers, and real
numbers.
MA 151 Mathematics for the Elementary
School Teacher II
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 150.
Probability and statistics,
informal geometry, and measurement.
MA 161 Calculus I
5 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 115 or satisfactory score on math placement exam. A graphing
calculator or equivalent computer software is used in this course.
Meaning and use of the derivative;
differentiation formulas, including transcendental functions;
applications of the derivative; Fundamental Theorem of Calculus;
meaning and use of the definite integral.
MA 163 Calculus II
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 161. A graphing calculator or equivalent computer software is
used in this course.
Methods of integration; numerical
integration; improper integrals; applications of integration;
sequences and series; Taylor polynomials.
MA 171 Introduction to Probability and
Statistics
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
MA 103, or MA 104, or MA 105 or equivalent. A graphing calculator
or equivalent computer software is used in this course.
Descriptive statistics; discrete
and continuous probability distributions; Central Limit Theorem;
hypothesis testing; confidence intervals; regression and
correlation; ANOVA; categorical data.
MA 211 Introduction to Matrix Theory
and Linear Algebra
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 161 or instructor permission.
Matrices, matrix operations,
systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear
transformations, and characteristic roots and vectors.
MA 240 Discrete Mathematics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 120 and MA 103 or equivalent.
This course covers the mathematical
foundations of computer science. Topics covered include handling
and analyzing iteration and recursion, measuring the approximate
running time of a program, and data models of computers, trees,
sets, relations, graphs and relational databases. Furthermore, it
also introduces theoretical computer science, including automata,
regular expressions and simple algorithm design, and computability
and undecidability. From this course, students will also learn
propositional and predicate logic and the use of logic to design
computer components.
MA 250 Algebraic Structures for the
Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 151.
Logic, relations, operations and
algebraic structures and their role in elementary school
mathematics.
MA 251 Probability and Statistics for
the Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 151.
The concept of function,
probability, and statistical reasoning, and their role in
elementary school mathematics.
MA 265 Calculus III
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 163 and MA 211.
Limits, continuity of a function of
several real variables, partial differentiation, multiple
integrals, series and expansion of function.
MA 271 Calculus with Applications
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 103 or permission of instructor.
Designed for students of
electronics, industrial technologies, biology, psychology, social
sciences, and business. Real numbers, functions, limits,
differentiation, integration, and partial derivatives. Emphasis
is placed on applications of derivatives and integration. A
graphing calculator or equivalent computer software is used in
this course.
MA 275 Sample Survey Methods
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 171 or instructor permission.
A study of the most efficient
sampling procedures for various situations and the associated
problems of estimation, costs, and sample size. Emphasis is
placed on application, with time spent on construction of
questionnaires, gathering data through interviews and mailings,
and coding for input into the computer. The computer packages SPSS
and SAS are introduced and used to summarize and analyze data
gathered by the class.
MA 295 Special Topics in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated, with instructor
permission, if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Designed for freshmen and sophomores.
Study of topics reflecting the
special interests of students and staff.
MA 297 Directed Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Department head permission.
Individual investigations of a
special topic.
MA 298 Directed Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Same as MA 297 except that letter
grades are given.
MA 310 Mathematical Models and Problem
Solving
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211 and CS 120.
Exploration of the application of
mathematics in the physical and social sciences with an emphasis
on problem solving.
MA 312 Abstract Algebra with
Applications
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211 and MA 163, or instructor permission.
Topics chosen from the following:
universal algebraic notions, graphs, trees, lattices, Boolean
algebras, groups, rings, fields; applications.
MA 331 Geometry I
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211 or instructor permission.
Geometry from a modern axiomatic
view. The orientation of this course is to prepare the student to
teach high school geometry.
MA 340 Combinatorics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
CS 120 and MA 211.
Combinatorics and applied abstract
algebra, including enumeration, counting, sorting, searching, and
graph algorithms.
MA 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Senior High School Mathematics Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349. MA 312 and MA 331, or instructor
permission.
A course designed to acquaint
prospective secondary teachers with contemporary methods and
materials employed in the teaching of mathematics in the secondary
school. Field experiences are required.
MA 351 Models and Problem Solving for
the Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisite:
MA 250 or instructor permission.
An emphasis on problem solving from
the following areas: historical mathematics, number theory,
geometry, trigonometry, and recreational mathematics.
MA 353 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Elementary School Mathematics Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education. MA 150 and MA
151.
A course designed to acquaint
prospective elementary teachers with contemporary methods and
materials employed in the teaching of mathematics in the
elementary school. Field experiences are required.
MA 354 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Junior High School Mathematics Education
2 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education. Junior
standing, and either MA 151 or ED 349 (may be taken concurrently).
Examination of the current middle
school curriculum and proposed curriculum revisions as well as
effective methodology for this level. Field experiences are
required.
MA 361 Differential Equations
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 265.
First order equations, theory of
second order linear equations, higher order linear equations and
systems, series solutions, Laplace transform and applications, and
stability.
MA 363 Advanced Calculus I
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211 and MA 265.
Sets and functions, topological
ideas, sequences. Continuity and uniform continuity. Properties of
continuous functions and mean value theorems. Integration theory
in one and two variables. Evaluation of double and improper
integrals.
MA 366 General Topology
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211 and MA 265.
Introduction to concepts such as
topological space, connectedness, compactness, and homeomorphism.
MA 371 Applied Probability and
Statistics
3 cr
Prerequisites:
MA 211 and MA 265.
Probability distribution,
generating functions, sampling distributions and distributions of
functions of random variables, limit-theorems, estimation.
MA 380 Linear Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 211.
Introduction to the fundamental
principles and techniques of linear programming with strong
emphasis in mathematical modeling, analysis, and application to
non-trivial problems arising in various areas of the physical,
social, and decision sciences.
MA 381 Integer Programming and Network
Flows
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 380.
Introduction to the basic concepts,
algorithms, and methodology of network and integer programming
with strong emphasis on mathematical modeling, analysis, and
application to non-trivial problems arising in various areas of
the physical, social, and decision sciences, and applied
mathematics.
MA 410 Mathematical Modeling
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 312, MA 361, MA 371, MA 380, junior standing or instructor
permission.
The focus of this course is the
application of a wide variety of mathematical tools and techniques
to construct and analyze several substantial classes of discrete,
continuous, deterministic, and stochastic models arising in many
areas of science, engineering, operations research, and other
disciplines outside of mathematics. The nature of the complex
linkages between formulation and solution of real-world problems
as well as the major issues pertaining to the implementation phase
of the modeling process will be discussed.
MA 412 Abstract Algebra II
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MA 312, junior standing or instructor permission.
Topics selected from the following:
groups, subgroups, homomorphisms, the isomorphism theorems. Sylow
theorems, rings, ideals, quotient rings, Euclidean rings, integral
domains, factorization of ring elements, extension fields,
splitting fields, and Galois theory.
MA 450 Current Literature in School
Mathematics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 250, MA 251, junior standing or instructor permission.
Past and present literature in the
teaching of school mathematics, school mathematics textbook series
including supplemental materials, experimental programs in grades
K-12 and professional literature.
MA 462 Higher Mathematics for the
Sciences
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211, MA 265, junior standing or instructor permission.
The difference calculus and
differential equations, least squares, vector analysis theorems of
Green, Gauss, and Stokes. Fourier series, partial differential
equations, the method of separation of variables and applications,
and calculus of variations.
MA 464 Advanced Calculus II
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 363, junior standing or instructor permission.
Infinite series and uniform
convergence, power series, transformations, inverse function and
implicit function theorems, and calculus of several variables.
MA 465 Complex Variables
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211, MA 265, junior standing or instructor permission.
Complex numbers, analytic
functions, conformal mapping, residues and poles, analytic
continuation, and Riemann surfaces.
MA 472 Advanced Applied Statistics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 371, junior standing or instructor permission.
Multivariate normal distribution,
estimation, tests of hypotheses, regression, correlation and
linear hypotheses, experimental design models.
MA 473 Numerical Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211 and either MA 265 or MA 361, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Notions and definitions of
numerical analysis and computations of numerical methods applied
to systems of linear algebraic equations, non-linear equations,
polynomial equations, integration, ordinary and partial
differential equations, and integral equations.
MA 475 Intermediate Statistics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 171, junior standing or instructor permission.
Application of statistics in
research using the SPSS and SAS computer packages. Topics include
multiple and curvilinear regression analysis, analysis of variance
discriminate analysis, and factor analysis, and time series.
MA 478 Probability
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 211, MA 265, junior standing or instructor permission.
Theory of probability, probability
distributions, combinatorial analysis, generating functions, and
stochastic processes.
MA 481 Mathematical Logic
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
The propositional and predicate
calculi, syntax and semantics, consistency and completeness and
undecidability. Included are Godel’s theorems, recursive function
theory, model theory and applications.
MA 482 Foundations of Mathematics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Informal axiomatic set theory,
cardinal and ordinal arithmetic, transfinite induction, and issues
in the philosophy of mathematics.
MA 483 Introduction to Number Theory
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 312, junior standing or instructor permission.
Peano’s axioms, Euclidean
algorithm, congruence, quadratic reciprocity law, Gaussian
integers, continued fractions, Diophantine equations, and theory
of equations.
MA 484 History of Mathematical Thought
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 312 or MA 331, junior standing or instructor permission.
An historical view of mathematics.
Studies in discovery, rigorization, and generalization through
abstraction.
MA 485 Stochastic Models in Operations
Research
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 371, MA 381, junior standing or instructor permission.
Survey of stochastic models in
operations research with emphasis on dynamic programming,
Markovian decision process, queuing, inventory control, production
planning, and simulation models.
MA 490 Senior Seminar
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior standing or instructor permission.
A series of presentations by
students, both research talks about individual and group projects,
and expository talks about contemporary issues in applied
mathematics and about interesting papers selected from
undergraduate mathematics journals.
MA 491 Internship in Applied
Mathematics
3-6 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior status in good standing with an overall GPA of 2.75, a GPA
in the major of 3.00, and departmental approval.
Supervised practical experience in
some area of applied mathematics in an industrial, business, or
governmental setting. Students are required to document their work
experience and write a report which will be evaluated by their
faculty supervisor in consultation with the employer.
MA 495 Special Topics in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated, with instructor
permission, if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
For upper division students and majors and minors or instructor
permission.
Topics of special interest to
students and staff.
MA 496 Special Topics in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Same as MA 495.
MA 497 Directed Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing. Available only with department head permission.
Individual investigations of a
special topic in mathematics.
MA 498 Directed Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Same as MA 497 except that letter
grades are given.
(Engineering Technology Department)
MF 133 Machinery Handbook
2 cr.
This course introduces students to
the technical content found in the Machinery Handbook. Students
will understand the organization of the handbook and gain
experience in using this reference volume to solve typical machine
shop problems.
MF 134 Manufacturing Process
4 cr. (2-0-4)
An introduction to the processes
and materials of manufacturing with emphasis on the metal removal
technology.
MF 135 Manufacturing Processes
Laboratory Experience
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MF 134.
An additional laboratory experience
for those students interested in expanding their knowledge of
manual machining concepts.
MF 233 Numerical Control
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Numerical control and automation
fundamentals; testing of materials and suitability of fabrication.
MF 234 Numerical Control Laboratory
Experience
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MF 233.
A laboratory course devoted to
extending laboratory experience in programming numerically
controlled lathes and milling machines.
MF 235 Computer Numerical Control
3 cr.
An advanced computer numerical
control class utilizing a Tsugami 5 axis turning center with live
tooling.
MF 250 Introduction to Physical
Metallurgy
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisite:
MA 104.
Processes and equipment in
metallurgy; comparison of the physical properties and structures
of metals.
MF 295 Special Topics in Manufacturing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
MF 298 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
Independent research of a special
technical topic. Written reports of work are required.
MF 383 Computer-Aided Manufacturing
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisite:
MF 233.
The integration of numerical
control (CNC) and computer graphics for increasing productivity.
MF 384 Flexible Manufacturing Cells
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites:
MF 383 and IT 340 or instructor permission.
The integration of computers,
industrial robots, numerical control machines and material
handling devices to create a manufacturing cell capable of
independent production of a product.
MF 495 Special Topics in Manufacturing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
MF 498 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and department permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
(College of Business–Management)
MGT 210 Time Management
1 cr.
The primary objective of this
course is to provide a practical approach to the misuse of
managerial time and to design a mechanism to improve management
effectiveness.
MGT 215 Entrepreneurship
3 cr.
A study of people who create new
businesses in the face of risk and uncertainty for the purposes of
achieving profit and growth potential. This includes a study of
identifying opportunities and the assembling of necessary
resources to capitalize on these opportunities.
MGT 221 Business Law I: Legal
Environment of Business
3 cr.
Overview of the areas of law
affecting business operations. Students are introduced to basic
legal rights and social forces affecting business.
MGT 225 Operations Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 103, MA 171 and CIS 110 or equivalent IS courses.
Survey of problems that
production-operations manager's face and the quantitative tools
that are helpful in solving these problems.
MGT 228 Customer Service
2 cr.
This course will provide a clear,
usable process for developing the kinds of skills, attitudes, and
thinking patterns necessary to deliver excellent customer service.
Individual success is contingent on how effectively fundamental
customer service skills are mastered and carried out. This course
will emphasize self-assessment and mastery of those skills and
abilities that are so important, but are often ignored or taken
for granted.
MGT 240 Introduction to Management
Concepts and Behaviors
3 cr.
Introduction to ways in which
planning, organizing, leading, and controlling are accomplished in
organizations.
MGT 240R Introduction to
Management-Recitation
1 cr.
Provides students the opportunity
to further develop management-related knowledge and skills through
a series of integrated assignments and additional topics in
management. This course is designed to complement MGT 240. MGT
240R is not required for business majors; it is intended for those
non-business majors who need/require a 4 credit course in
introductory management.
MGT 285 International Business Seminar
3-4 cr.
This seminar is designed to enrich
the students' understanding of factors which influence business
activity within world markets. It combines a set of
classroom/seminar sessions with an international trip, focused on
studying domestic and international firms as they compete abroad.
While the geographic focus of the trip will vary from year to
year, as common set of theoretical constructs will serve to guide
learning in this seminar. The end goal will be to allow students
to better understand the development of business strategy in the
global marketplace, and the key role information technology plays
in the development and implementation of strategy.
MGT 295 Special Topics in Management
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Topic dependent on individual
instructor and student needs.
MGT 322 Business Law II
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MGT 221.
A continuation of MGT 221 with
emphasis on topics of interest to management and marketing majors
and to students preparing for the CPA examination. Topics include:
commercial paper, creditors’ rights, partnerships and
corporations, agency and employment and estates.
MGT 326 Deterministic Models in
Business
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MGT 225.
Continues to develop selective
quantitative tools useful in operations management and managerial
decision making. The focus of the course is deterministic
quantitative analysis of business systems. The course covers both
development and application of selected MS/OR tools such as linear
programming, network analysis and dynamic programming.
MGT 327 Random Models in Business
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MGT 225.
Continues to develop selected
quantitative tools useful in operations management and managerial
decision making. The focus of the course is probabilistic
quantitative analysis of business systems. The course covers both
development and application of selected MS/OR tools such as the
decision theory, Markov chains, stochastic inventory problems,
simulation, queuing theory, etc..
MGT 343 Human Resource Management
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MGT 240.
Introduction to research and
principles pertinent to the development of human resources through
the use of case studies and resource persons in relevant
management situations.
MGT 344 Managerial Communication
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior Standing.
Principles of effective written and
oral communication. Communication theory as related to business
letters, reports, and oral communication. Communication theory as
related to business letters, reports, and oral presentations.
Emphasis on psychology underlying these means of communication.
MGT 355 Methods of Training
4 cr.
This course provides an application
of theories of learning and instructional development to the
education and training of employees in office systems. Emphasis
is on instructional design and the implementation, evaluation, and
management of training in a organizational environment.
MGT 412 Compensation Administration
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 343, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the administration of the
wage and salary function of an organization, including the
determinants of wages, job evaluation, compensation plans,
employee evaluation, and the administration of fringe benefits.
MGT 414 Small Enterprise Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 240, junior standing or instructor permission.
Survey of information and
assistance helpful in the initiation, operation and growth of a
small business enterprise. Each student develops a complete
prospectus for starting and operating a small business.
MGT 415 Small Business Consulting
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of business core, junior standing or instructor
permission; minimum overall GPA of 2.70 or GPA of 3.00 for
previous semester (at least 12 credits).
Application of students’ skills,
developed in their academic programs, to real problems faced by
independent businesses in this area. Teams are formed to provide a
blend of academic disciplines and to be responsive to the
situation and problems of the client.
MGT 417 Organizational Theory
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 240, junior standing or instructor permission.
An integrated view of the theories
relevant to organizations and human behavior in organizations. The
active role of managers adapting organizations to environments is
studied utilizing knowledge of such areas as perception,
motivation, leadership, conflict resolution, interpersonal and
group dynamics, and organizational design.
MGT 419 Seminar in Human Resource
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 343, junior standing or instructor permission.
Discussion of industrial and
manpower management and research in advanced problems. Individual
research by students.
MGT 421 Labor Law
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 240, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the major pieces of
legislation relating to labor and to labor-management relations.
Intensive case study.
MGT 422 Business and Government Policy
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of the policy
relationships between government and business in the United
States. Operationally the course considers the influence of
government policies on the firm and the consumer.
MGT 423 Seminar in Organizational
Theory
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 240, junior standing or instructor permission.
A course in which students examine
areas of organizational theory and behavior of particular interest
to them and share their discoveries and insights. Emphasis is
placed upon critical study of selected theoretical views and their
practical implications for decision makers in organizations.
MGT 424 Collective Bargaining
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 240, junior standing or instructor permission.
Review of major legislation and
judicial decisions affecting labor.
MGT 425 Business Research
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
4 credit hours in IS courses, MA 171, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Development of an appreciation for
the role of research in problem solving and decision making.
Topics covered include science and the scientific method,
techniques of defining problems, the role of objectives and
hypotheses in research, research design, measurement, data
collection (secondary and primary), surveys, interviews,
observation, simulation, types of sampling, sample size,
hypothesis testing, and the role of statistics in research.
MGT 426 Advanced Business Research
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MGT 425, junior standing or instructor permission.
Further refinement of an
understanding of business research. A business presents a general
area of concern from which the student defines an actual
management problem, develops objectives and hypotheses, specifies
a research design, performs the analysis, and writes up the final
research report.
MGT 436 Strategic Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, MGT 240, FIN 351, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Integrated analysis of a
cross-section of decision-making situations faced by top managers.
Realistic cases and decision-making simulation games assist
students in moving from academic theory to specific applications
of management strategy.
MGT 475 International Business
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the College of Business, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Introduction to the difficulties
and opportunities inherent in international business. This course
does not provide a step-by-step procedural guide to conducting
business overseas, but rather focuses on students’ acquiring an
awareness and appreciation of the cultural variables that abound
in the global arena. Special emphasis is placed on the
administrative and marketing concepts unique to foreign trade.
MGT 491 Internship in Management
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and College of Business permission.
Professional experience for
qualified management students. Working relationships will be
established with organizations. Students are required to write a
paper, and will be evaluated by their faculty supervisor in
consultation with the employer. A minimum of 80 hours of
internship will be required for each credit hour earned. Will
count as an elective in the management or marketing program.
Repeatable up to a total of four credits.
MGT 495 Special Topics in Management
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Variable topics of current
interest.
MGT 498 Directed Study in Management
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Limited to students with a superior grade point average, junior
standing and College of Business permission.
Individual research in management.
Work is supervised through conferences with an advisor. A written
final report must be filed with the college.
(College of Business–Marketing)
MKT 230 Introduction to Marketing
3 cr.
Study of the basic marketing
functions from a managerial aspect. Emphasis is placed on the
development of a marketing mix to enhance the operational
performance of all organizations which undertake marketing
activities.
MKT 230R Introduction to
Marketing–Recitation
1 cr.
Introduction to
Marketing/Recitation section will provide the student with
opportunities to further develop marketing-related knowledge and
skills through a series of integrated assignments and exposure to
additional topics in Marketing. The course is designed to
complement MKT 230 Introduction to Marketing and will therefore
cover a wide-variety of marketing-related topics with specific
emphasis on the strategic implications of marketing
decision-making. MKT 230R is not required for business majors and
is intended for those non-business majors who need/require a 4
credit introductory marketing course.
MKT 310 Marketing for Entrepreneurship
3 cr.
Marketing for Entrepreneurship is a
course which applies the basic tools of marketing to
entrepreneurial settings. The focus of this course includes the
principles and applications of marketing plans and strategies for
entrepreneurs, the generation and evaluation of product/market
concepts, and the development, testing, and commercialization of
new products and businesses.
MKT 331 Retail Administration
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MKT 230.
Study of retailing and its role in
the distribution of goods and services from the total systems
approach. Emphasis on overall planning, control and coordination
of retail institutions.
MKT 335 Consumer Behavior Analysis
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MKT 230.
Study of important psychological,
sociological and cultural determinants of buying. Students are
expected to make applications of concepts, theories and principles
to specific marketing problems.
MKT 337 Marketing Channels
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
MKT 230.
Survey of channels of distribution
as a functional part of the marketing system. Emphasis is placed
on the economic and social relationships that determine channel
efficiency.
MKT 410 Sales Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, junior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of management of a
sales force and the role and character of creative personal
selling. The course emphasizes actual selling conditions including
role playing and analysis of case settings.
MKT 411 Personal Selling
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, junior standing or instructor permission.
Review of the role of a sales
representative and the value of that role to customers as well as
employers. The selling process is explored in an in-depth analysis
and the student learns specific selling techniques.
MKT 430 Services Marketing
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
The overall approach or theme to
Services Marketing is that service organizations (i.e. banks,
hotels, hospitals, transportation companies, professional service
providers, etc..) require a distinctive approach to developing
marketing strategy and delivering service products. This course is
especially designed for those students who may be interested in
working in service industries (both domestically as well as
internationally) and also in industries where services are
becoming an important component of a firm's product (and
marketing) mix. Through this course, students will develop
theoretical, conceptual, research, and practical skills which can
be used in a wide variety of careers.
MKT 432 Advertising and Sales Promotion
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, junior standing or instructor permission.
Survey of non-personal efforts by
firms to stimulate demand. A survey of advertising and sales
promotion. Real cases are analyzed to understand major tasks and
decisions involved in promoting products.
MKT 435 Marketing Strategy
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, plus two other marketing courses and senior standing or
instructor permission. Marketing majors only.
Improvement of students’ ability to
define marketing problems and develop decisions for their
solutions. Realistic cases cover the conceptual areas of marketing
including demand, advertising, personal selling, physical
distribution, channels, product policy, pricing, marketing
research and integrated marketing programs.
MKT 438 Marketing Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, plus two other marketing courses and senior standing or
instructor permission. Marketing majors only.
Study of the following marketing
management tools and their application in marketing decisions:
experience curves; profit impact of market strategy (PIMS);
strategic marketing windows; perceptual mapping and product
positioning; growth share models; product portfolios analysis.
MKT 466 International Marketing
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Focuses on global marketing
management concepts and decisions. The following concepts are
developed: framework for a conceptual understanding of global
marketing; the global environment, targeting global markets;
formulating global marketing strategy; the global marketing mix.
MKT 470 E-Commerce and Marketing
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230, minimum of junior standing or instructor permission.
This course is designed to explore
a range of strategic issues influencing firms who are engaged in
e-commerce. As the e-commerce business model continues to grow
and evolve, marketers find themselves faced with a wide range of
key strategic and tactical issues. Given the powerful influence
that the World Wide Web and internet have had on marketing, it is
critical for firms to understand the interrelationships between
their core offering, customers, and existing and new competitors.
MKT 491 Internship in Marketing
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated for up to four
credits total.
Counts as an elective in the
marketing program.
Prerequisites:
College of Business permission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Professional experience for
qualified marketing students. Working relationships will be
established with organizations. Students are required to write a
paper, and will be evaluated by their faculty supervisor in
consultation with the employer. A minimum of 80 hours of
internship will be required for each credit hour earned.
MKT 495 Special Topics in Marketing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Variable topics of current
interest.
MKT 498 Directed Study in Marketing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
College of Business permission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Limited to students with a superior
GPA. Individual research in marketing. Work is supervised through
conferences with an advisor. A written final report must be filed
with the department.
(Military Science Department)
MS 139 Leadership and Confidence
Building
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Introduction to military leadership
techniques and confidence building currently taught by the US
Army. Students are also introduced to ethics instruction and the
role of the US Army. Leadership and confidence building are taught
through the application of learned skills during hands-on
training, including marksmanship, rappeling, orienteering, and
first aid. Student involvement in planning and performance
increases poise, confidence, and self-sufficiency.
MS 159 Leadership, Confidence Building,
and Winter Training
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Introduction to military leadership
techniques and confidence building with a concentration on outdoor
winter training. Students are also introduced to communication,
ethics instruction, and the role of the U.S. Army. Leadership and
confidence building are taught through the application of learned
skills during hands-on training, including cross-country skiing,
snowshoeing, winter orienteering, and first aid. Student
involvement in planning and performance increases poise,
confidence, leadership, and self-sufficiency.
MS 239 Leadership at the Unit Level
1 cr. (2-0-1)
Corequisite:
Contracted cadets must participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Study of tactics, command, and
planning procedures for the Army’s basic combat unit, the infantry
rifle squad. Land navigation, communication, ethics,
professionalism, and the role of the Army are also covered.
Self-confidence building exercises are implemented. Leadership
labs supplement the instruction by allowing students to assume
junior leadership roles.
MS 259 Troop Leader Training
1 cr. (2-0-1)
Corequisite:
Contracted cadets must participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Advanced individual tactical
training centered around leadership and tactical orders. Ethics,
professionalism, communication and advanced land navigation are
also covered. Leadership labs supplement the instruction by
allowing students to assume junior leadership roles.
MS 269 Army Physical Fitness Training
1 cr. (0-0-3)
Development of skills and physical
fitness by participation in and conducting exercises. Emphasis is
placed on aerobic exercises. Physical fitness testing and team
sports supplement the program. May be used as an HP credit.
MS 279 Army History Research
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
The systematic preparation of an
analytical research paper on an Army history subject.
MS 295 Special Topics in Military
Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
Study of a significant topic in
military science. The requirements of this course may be met
through seminars, lectures, participation in outdoor activities,
or readings.
MS 339 Advanced Leadership Training
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
Completion of the Basic Course of Instruction or the equivalent
and/or department permission.
Corequisite:
Contracted cadets must participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Study of the techniques of junior
officer leadership. Examines leadership skills such as counseling,
coordination, communication, and delegation of authority. The
science of command and control through personal leadership is
practiced. Military skills are taught in preparation for Advanced
Camp.
MS 359 Applied Leadership Training
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
MS 339 and/or department permission.
Corequisite:
Contracted cadets must participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Duties and responsibilities of a
junior officer, with emphasis on the leader’s role in planning,
directing, coordinating individual and team training, and in
motivating subordinates through human relations and counseling
skills. Covers the principles of command, control, and leadership
techniques. Military skills are taught in preparation for Advanced
Camp.
MS 439 Leadership
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
MS 339 and MS 359, junior standing and/or department permission.
Corequisite:
Contracted cadets must participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Development of an appreciation for
command and staff organization and functions. Stresses processes
for arriving at sound and timely decisions, and the translation of
decisions into plans and orders. Develops skills in long-range
planning, coordination of diverse groups and activities, written
communication, and briefing techniques.
MS 459 Team Development
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
MS 439, junior standing and/or department permission.
Corequisite:
Contracted cadets must participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Students prepare for and
participate in a seminar which focuses on the role of the Army
officer in areas such as military law, professional ethics, and
the obligations and responsibilities of the commissioned officer
and organizational leader.
MS 495 Special Topics in Military
Science
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and department permission.
Study of a significant topic in
military science. The requirements of this course may be met
through seminars, lectures, participation in outdoor activities,
or readings.
MS 498 Directed Study in Military
Science
1-3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and department permission.
Individual directed study on a
selected military science topic.
(Seaborg Center)
NOTE:
MSED 250, MSED 251 and MSED 252 are all required for elementary
education majors beginning in 2001.
MSED 250 Physical Science for
Educators
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
Major in elementary education or instructor permission.
Basic concepts and principles of
physics and chemistry that are important for elementary school
teachers to understand. Discussions and hands-on laboratory
experiences emphasize the use of higher-level thinking skills
without the prerequisite of advanced mathematics.
MSED 251 Life Science for Educators
4 credits
Prerequisites:
Elementary education or elementary special education major.
Life science course for the
pre-service elementary teacher. This inquiry-based laboratory
course, framed around state and national science education
standards, is designed to give the future teacher a strong
conceptual understanding of the life science content he/she will
be expected to teach as well as learning experiences from a
variety of teaching and assessment strategies. Topics include
basic structure and function of plant and animal cells,
organization of living things, basic understanding of heredity,
concepts of adaptation, and evolution.
MSED 252 Earth Science for Educators
4 credits
Prerequisites:
Elementary education or elementary special education major.
Earth science course for the
pre-service elementary teacher. This inquiry-based laboratory
course, framed around state and national science education
standards, is designed to give the future teacher a strong
conceptual understanding of the earth science content he/she will
be expected to teach as well as learning experiences from a
variety of teaching and assessment strategies. Focus on the
perspective of earth-systems education and interactions between
the different topics, including major concepts from the areas of
geology, hydrology, meteorology, and astronomy.
MSED 340 Fundamental Concepts in
Science
4 credits
Prerequisites:
This course is a professional education requirement for all
secondary science education majors. Students should be admitted
to the pre-methods phase of the educational program.
This laboratory-based course
provides deeper investigations into fundamental, unifying concepts
in science through inquiry methods employing an integrated
approach. Concepts studied include energy, form and function,
homeostasis and equilibrium, change and evolution. Historical
vignettes are introduced as a way to increase understanding and
minimize misconceptions. An independent research project is
required.
MSED 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Science Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Preparation to teach science in
middle and high schools. State and national trends and
initiatives in science education provide a foundation on which
students build a philosophy and structure for teaching science.
Instructional strategies are examined, and students participate in
practicum experiences with middle or high school students.
(Music Department)
MU 101 Theory I
2 cr.
Introduction to basic musical
skills and fundamentals of theory through the study of structural
elements in music. This course is required of all music majors and
minors.
MU 102 Sight Singing and Ear Training I
2 cr.
A course in basic singing at sight
of melodic material from all periods; ear training including
rhythmic, melodic and contrapuntal material. This course is
required of all music majors and minors.
MU 103 Piano I
2 cr.
A course designed to gain
elementary keyboard facility and skill in sight reading with
pieces up to grade two. The electronic piano lab is used in both
individual and group playing.
MU 104 Theory II
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 101.
Continuation of the development
begun in MU 101, with emphasis on seventh chords, modulation,
secondary dominants, four-part chorale writing and analysis of
small forms.
MU 105 Sight Singing and Ear Training
II
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 102.
Continued development of the skills
pursued in MU 102. Emphasis is placed upon four-part exercises,
simple and compound meters, and triadic harmony.
MU 106 Piano II
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 103 or the equivalent of performance.
Continuation of MU 103; designed
for students with an elementary background in piano. Development
of keyboard facility, sight-reading techniques and transposition.
MU 108 Madrigal Choir
0.5 cr.
Open to all students through
audition.
A select choral ensemble that
performs chamber repertoire largely from the early Renaissance
period. The ensemble meets two times per week.
MU 109 Show Choir "Lake Effect"
0.5 cr.
Open to all students through
audition.
Lake Effect is a select choral
ensemble that performs a variety of pop, jazz, and contemporary
music sometimes incorporating choreography. They appear frequently
at university and community functions throughout the school year.
The ensemble meets 1 to 2 times per week.
MU 111 University Choir
0.5 cr.
Open to all university students.
Required of vocal music students;
emphasis on familiarizing the student with a broad choral
repertoire; performs a public concert at least once each semester.
MU 112 Choral Society
0.5 cr.
Prerequisite:
Director permission.
A group of community singers and
the largest of the choral organizations. Repertoire includes major
choral masterworks and two major concerts are performed each year.
MU 113 Symphonic Band
0.5 cr.
Prerequisite:
Audition; required of all music majors whose performance area is
wind/percussion.
A band that performs traditional
and contemporary band repertoire as well as transcriptions from
symphonic literature.
MU 114 Marching Band
0.5 cr.
Open to all university students.
Required for all wind/percussion
BME majors for one semester.
The marching band performs only
during the fall semester; performances include football games and
the December commencement ceremony.
MU 116 University Orchestra
0.5 cr.
Open to all university string
players.
Required of string music majors. A
group that frequently accompanies Choral Society in addition to
performing major compositions for small orchestra.
MU 117 Jazz Ensemble
0.5 cr.
Prerequisite:
Open to qualified players with instructor permission.
A band that performs many concerts
throughout the school year and is the featured ensemble at the NMU
Jazz Festival.
MU 118 Chamber Ensemble
0.5 cr.
Required of BME instrumental majors
for two semesters.
Prerequisite:
Open to other students by audition. New students must audition
during the first week of classes.
Duos, trios, quartets and quintets
are formed depending on available players. Ensembles must rehearse
a minimum of two times per week and are coached by a faculty
member. Number of performances is established by the faculty
member when the group is formed.
MU 119 Musical/Opera Workshop Ensemble
0.5 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
May be elective credit for music
major.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
A small instrumental ensemble,
usually conducted, which meets 1 to 2 times per week before
production schedule.
MU 122 Jazz Improvisation
2 cr.
May be repeated up to four
semesters as elective credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition or instructor permission.
Explores jazz harmony and
improvisational techniques in common practice in the jazz
tradition. Styles include blues, swing, bebop, fusion, and
contemporary pop. Skills will be applied in a performance
situation.
MU 125 Music in Society
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
A study of a wide variety of music,
including Western European art music, contemporary American music
(for example, Afro-American music, the blues, jazz, rock ‘n’ roll,
experimental art music) and non-Western music. An approach to
investigation and the accumulation of objective listening skills
will be used to develop the understanding that music, like any art
form, is a cultural expression of the society that produced it.
MU 131 Performance I-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
Trumpet, horn, trombone, baritone,
tuba. One individual half-hour lesson per week with emphasis on
proper embouchure development, breath control, styles of
articulation, major and minor scales, and solo literature
compatible with the student’s level of proficiency.
MU 140 Piano III
2 cr.
A course for the intermediate piano
student including development of keyboard facility, sight-reading,
harmonization and transposition. Pieces up to grade three are
studied. The electronic piano lab is used in both individual and
group instruction.
MU 141 Performance I-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
One individual half-hour lesson per
week with emphasis on development of repertoire, technical
dexterity, and musicianship.
MU 142 Piano IV
2 cr.
Further development of facility,
score reading, harmonization, transposition and sight-reading.
MU 146 Classroom Instruments
1 cr.
Open to all university students.
A course designed for prospective
teachers for the elementary grades K-6, introducing the use of
appropriate instruments. A functional approach develops skills in
playing the recorder, autoharp, Orff instruments, small percussion
instruments, and guitar.
MU 148 Elementary Guitar
1 cr.
A functional approach developing
basic skills in playing the guitar.
MU 149A Music in the Elementary School
I
2 cr.
Not open to music majors. An
introductory course for students in elementary or special
education. The course covers musical concepts, skills (performing,
analyzing, creating), and appreciation needed for teaching music
in the elementary classroom. Students will become familiar with
music of various eras, styles, and cultures.
MU 149B Music in the Elementary School
II
2 cr.
Not open to music majors.
Prerequisite:
MU 149A.
A continuation of MU 149A. Includes
more advanced work in rhythm and pitch (minor keys, harmony and
polyphony), concepts of timbre and dynamics, and musical
performance emphasizing skills in accompanying.
MU 150 Percussion Class
2 cr.
A course of study for prospective
instrumental teachers. Percussion instruments are taught through
class instruction; knowledge of all percussion instruments is
stressed.
MU 151 Performance I-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
One individual half-hour lesson per
week with emphasis on snare drum, or mallet keyboard instruments
for students advanced in snare drum technique.
MU 161 Performance I-String
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
Violin, viola, violoncello, string
bass. One individual half-hour lesson per week with emphasis on
the development of independence of the left hand, scales, and
shifting in seven positions.
MU 170 Class Voice
1 cr.
Classroom instruction in vocal
technique for those students with little or no previous
instruction.
MU 171 Performance I-Vocal
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
One individual half-hour lesson per
week with emphasis on understanding the technical aspects of
singing: good posture and breathing, diction, and resonance.
Repertoire will be at the discretion of the instructor, but should
include Italian and English literature.
MU 172 Musical Diction in Singing I
2 cr.
Usage of the International Phonetic
Alphabet for clear expressive English diction for singing and
Italian pronunciation.
MU 173 Musical Diction in Singing II
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 172.
Continuation of material from MU
171 with additional study of German and French diction for
singing.
MU 174 Opera Theatre Workshop
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Techniques of operatic acting;
analysis of roles; musical pantomime; exercises in visualization
and concentration. The course offers practical experience in the
performance of operatic scenes or whole operas.
MU 181 Performance I-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Audition.
Flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon,
saxophone. One individual half-hour lesson per week with
concentration on tone production, embouchure formation, breath
control, and articulation. Representative solos and technical
exercises are used. Students who play clarinet must accept the
soprano B-flat for their study. Similarly, any student who plays a
secondary saxophone (tenor, baritone, bass) may take no more than
one semester before switching to the E-flat alto saxophone.
MU 201 Theory III
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 104.
Study, analysis and composition of
counterpoint, chromatic harmony, and larger forms with historical
applications to Renaissance, Baroque and Classical periods.
MU 202 Sight Singing and Ear Training
III
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 105.
Continuation of development begun
in MU 105; emphasis on transient modulations and altered chords.
MU 203 Music History and Literature I:
Ancient Music to 1750
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MU 125 and MU 201 or instructor permission.
Chronological study of music
literature and its development in western civilization from
ancient music through the Baroque period.
MU 204 Theory IV
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 201.
Continuation of the study of
chromatic materials begun in MU 201 with additional study of
extended harmony. 19th
and 20th centuries
are explored through analysis, study and composition.
MU 205 Form and Analysis
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 201.
Examination of the components of
musical structural design. Basic elements of homophonic and
contrapuntal forms are studied through scores and recordings.
Emphasis is placed on the study of forms of the Middle Ages
through the 20th century.
MU 206 Music History and Literature II:
1750 to the Present
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MU 201 and MU 203 or instructor permission.
A continuation of MU 203. A
chronological study of music literature and its development in
western civilization from the classic period through the 20th
century.
MU 208 Conducting I
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
MU 104 and MU 105.
A course designed to develop
comprehension of the musical score and the acquisition of a baton
technique that exemplifies this understanding.
MU 209 Conducting II
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 208.
Continuation of MU 208 with
emphasis on rehearsal technique, score comprehension and
expressive conducting.
MU 210 Sight Singing and Ear Training
IV
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 202.
Further development of the skills
involving more complex modulations, changing meters and twentieth
century melodic and harmonic idioms.
MU 212 Choral Methods
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
MU 208 or instructor permission.
A course including vocal
fundamentals in rehearsals; rehearsal techniques; literature;
scheduling, curriculum, promotional activities, organizing the
singers; style and traditions; performances.
MU 230H High Brass Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once.
A course designed for prospective
instrumental teachers. Fundamentals of all brass instruments are
studied with emphasis upon teaching procedures. Students
concentrate sufficiently on one instrument (cornet or horn).
MU 230L Low Brass Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once.
A course designed for prospective
instrumental teachers. Fundamentals of all brass instruments are
studied with emphasis upon teaching procedures. Students
concentrate sufficiently on one instrument (trombone or tuba).
MU 231 Performance II-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 200 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. A continuation of MU 131 with advanced levels
of études and solo literature studied. Students perform on a
student recital at least once a semester. Satisfactory completion
of this level and promotion to the next are required before
student can qualify for a senior recital.
MU 241 Performance II-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 200 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. A continuation of MU 141 with advanced levels
of repertoire. Students perform on a student recital at least once
a semester. Satisfactory completion of this level and promotion to
the next are required before student can qualify for a senior
recital.
MU 251 Performance II-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 200 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. A continuation of MU 151 with inclusion of
timpani and more advanced levels of proficiency in keyboard and
accessory percussion instruments. Students perform on a student
recital at least once a semester. Satisfactory completion of this
level and promotion to the next are required before student can
qualify for a senior recital.
MU 260U Upper String Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A course devoted to teaching the
basic skills of violin and viola to prospective teachers.
Principles of bow control and elementary left-hand techniques are
studied.
MU 260L Lower String Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A course devoted to teaching the
basic skills of cello and bass to prospective teachers. Principles
of bow control and elementary left-hand techniques are studied.
MU 261 Performance II-String
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Passing 200 level proficiency exam.
May be repeated for credit.
Violin, viola, violoncello, string
bass. One individual half-hour lesson and one class per week.
Continuation of MU 161 with emphasis upon vibrato and development
of detached and legato bowings. Satisfactory completion of this
level and promotion to the next is required before a student can
qualify for a senior recital and graduation. Students perform on a
student recital at least once during the year.
MU 265 Piano Pedagogy
2 cr.
Specialized training in materials
and techniques for piano teachers. The course includes a survey of
current methods, observation of individual and group lessons,
preparation of mini-lessons and discussion of business procedures
for establishing a piano studio.
MU 271 Performance II-Vocal
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Passing 200 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 171 with more work on
technique and further development of a concept of singing,
agility, and range. Repertoire should include German lieder with
continued study of Italian and English songs. Students perform on
a student recital at least once during the year.
MU 280D Double Reed Class
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit once.
A class demonstrating the
characteristics unique to the oboe, bassoon, and English horn.
Students are exempt from studying their major instrument.
MU 280F Flute Class
1 cr.
Teaching procedures demonstrating
the characteristics unique to the flute. Flute majors are exempt
from this course.
MU 280S Single Reed Class
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit once.
Teaching procedures demonstrating
the characteristics unique to the clarinet and saxophone. Students
are exempt from the study of their major instrument.
MU 281 Performance II-Woodwind
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Passing 200 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 181 with advanced études
and solo literature. Students perform on a student recital at
least once a semester. Satisfactory completion of this level and
promotion to the next is required before the student can qualify
for a senior recital.
MU 320 Survey of Jazz, from its Origins
to the Present
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
This course explores jazz from its
origins at the turn of the century to its present forms. Emphasis
will be on the music itself, with some consideration of the
socio-cultural situations which act as catalysis to the music's
various stylistic features.
MU 325 World Music
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisite:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
A survey of non-western music from
a representative music culture (or cultures) emphasizing music’s
place in a culture, historical development, and analysis and
interpretation of forms of aesthetic expression.
MU 331 Performance III-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 300 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 231 with advanced levels of
études and solo literature studied. Students perform on a student
recital each semester.
MU 341 Performance III-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 300 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 241 with advanced levels of
literature. Students perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 345A Marching Band Practicum
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
MU 114L.
Study of marching band procedures,
such as drill writing, marching styles, uniforms, instrument care,
music selection, auxiliary percussion, flags. Students serve as
assistant drill instructors with marching band.
MU 345B Symphonic Band Practicum
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Study of literature, methods of
instruction and procedures for symphonic bands.
MU 349 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Music Education I
2 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in music.
Prerequisites:
MU 201 and MU 202 or instructor permission.
An in-depth study of contemporary
music education in grades K-6. The course includes a study of
performance objectives, philosophical and musical concepts,
instructional methods and materials, and various innovative
approaches used in the general music class. Each student observes
and participates in general music classes in area schools on a
limited basis.
MU 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Music Education II
2 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in music.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education. All core
courses MU 101- MU 210; and instructor permission.
A study of contemporary music
education in today’s secondary schools (grades 7-12). The course
includes a study of teaching and administrative procedures.
Students are exposed to various philosophies of vocal and
instrumental music education. Technical problems such as the
changing voice and general music classes are discussed.
MU 351 Performance III-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 300 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 251 with emphasis upon
mallet keyboard and multiple percussion. Care and maintenance of
percussion are applied. Composition and improvisation are
encouraged. Students are expected to perform on a student recital
each semester.
MU 361 Performance III-String
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 300 level proficiency exam.
Violin, viola, violo, cello,
stringbass. One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 261 with stress on bowing strokes
(sautille and flying staccato) and pacing the bowing for phrasing.
Students perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 371 Performance III-Vocal
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Passing 300 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 271 with more work on
technique. Repertoire should expand into the French literature
with some simple oratorio and/or operatic arias. Students perform
on a student recital each semester.
MU 381 Performance III-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 300 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 281 with continued emphasis
on repertoire. Students perform on a student recital each
semester.
MU 431 Performance IV-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisites:
Passing 400 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 331 representing the
highest level of undergraduate achievement. More challenging works
are studied. Students are expected to perform on a student recital
each semester.
MU 441 Performance IV-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 400 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 341 representing the
highest level of undergraduate achievement. More challenging works
are studied. Students are expected to perform on a student recital
each semester.
MU 451 Performance IV-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 400 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 351 with study of multiple
percussion including drum set and more unorthodox percussion
instruments. Students are expected to perform on a student recital
each semester.
MU 461 Performance IV-String
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 400 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 361 with further
development of technique, tone and repertoire. Students are
expected to perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 471 Performance IV-Vocal
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 400 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 371 with work on technique
and repertoire of all areas of vocal literature. Students are
expected to perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 478 Advanced Seminar in Music Theory
1-2 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
MU 204 and instructor permission.
Topics may vary (advanced theory,
counterpoint, etc..
MU 480 Advanced Topics in Music History
1-2 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
MU 203, MU 204, MU 205, MU 206 and instructor permission.
Topics vary (period, genre,
composer, or select group of compositions) and are announced when
the course is offered.
MU 481 Performance IV-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite:
Passing 400 level proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and
one class per week. Continuation of MU 381 representing the
highest level of undergraduate achievement. Advanced repertoire
and stylistic interpretation is emphasized. Students are expected
to perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 490 Senior Recital
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Promotion to the 300 level, junior standing or instructor
permission.
A required public recital (full or
partial) or its equivalent prepared with the approval and
assistance of a faculty member. Works programmed must meet the
standard of the department (Performance Level III) and be
performed with satisfactory style and skill.
MU 491 Senior Project
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
MU 203, MU 204, MU 206 and MU 210. Junior standing or instructor
permission. Promotion to 300 level required for those seeking a
performance project.
Senior Project may be a
composition, paper, or performance. A project proposal must be
approved by the supervising teacher and department head. A
pre-presentation review must be approved by area faculty two weeks
before final presentation.
MU 495 Special Topics in Music
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Topics dependent on student needs
and interests.
MU 498 Directed Studies in Music
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor and department head permission.
Independent study of a topic determined by the student and
instructor.
(Center for Native American
Studies)
NAS 101 Anishinaabe Language, Culture
and Community I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
An introduction to Anishinaabemowin
language, including grammar, vocabulary, idioms, and syllabics, (a
phonetic writing system for Anishinaabemowin and related
languages). This course will teach students to read, write, and
speak basic Anishinaabemowin and will promote the preservation and
enhanced appreciation for the Anishinaabe culture. This course
offers a close look at and discussion of various facets of
Anishinaabe life including the role of gathering wild rice and
other native foods, toolmaking, arts and crafts as well as each
items social implications and use in everyday life.
NAS 102 Anishinaabe Language, Culture
and Community II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
NAS 101 or equivalent.
An in-depth study of
Anishinaabemowin language. This course is a continuation of
materials introduced in NAS 101. Students will focus on
higher-level use of the language, and will apply it in situations
related to contemporary Anishinaabe cultural issues and community
structures.
NAS 204 Native American Experience
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
A study of the development of
Native American history, culture, attitudes, and issues from the
prehistoric era to the contemporary scene. One of the main focuses
will be on native culture in the Great Lakes region. However,
shared native world view, contact experience, and native peoples’
contributions to world culture are an important part of the
course.
NAS 280 Storytelling by Native American
Women
4 cr.
This course examines traditional
customs and cultures, political activism, healing, family, art
work, education, urbanism, reservation life, fiction, poetry,
grandmothers, mothers, daughters, relationships to Mother Earth,
spiritualism and links to the present, past and future through the
eyes of Native American women.
NAS 287 The Legal and Political History
of Michigan Indian Education
2 cr.
This course provides an overview of
the legal and political history of Indian education within the
State of Michigan. It is designed for individuals who have a
career interest in Indian education programs. The course covers
pre-colonial considerations, early colonial policy, treaty
educational provisions, the boarding school era, Indian
urbanization and current self-determination/self-education
efforts.
NAS 288 The Politics of Indian Gaming
4 cr.
This course provides a general
overview of contemporary issues surrounding the laws and politics
of Indian gaming. It is designed to introduce researchers to the
complexity of inter/ intra-governmental relationships that bring
tribal groups and other external government systems into contact
i.e., local, state, federal and international levels.
NAS 295 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Investigation of significant topic,
theme, or group of works. Content varies.
NAS 298 Directed Study in Native
American Studies
1-4 cr.
Students are able pursue further
study in an interest area under the direction of the director of
the Center for Native American Studies or a Native American
Studies faculty member. Prior to taking this course, students must
have completed NAS 204. All directed studies must be pre-approved.
NAS 310 Tribal Law and Government
4 cr.
Course content includes a focus on
the relationships between American Indian tribes, the federal
government, and states. Particular emphasis is placed on examining
the current status of tribal governments, and tribal citizens,
within the State of Michigan. Includes a study of the U.S.
Constitution, treaties, and tribal, federal and state laws and
court cases.
NAS 484 Native American Inclusion in
the Classroom
2cr.
This course will challenge student
preconceptions of what Native American inclusion means, and
provide them with methods and materials that will help them meet
state standards while effectively including Native American
cultural concepts across the curriculum. There is a strong
emphasis on State of Michigan standards and Anishinaabe language
and cultural concepts.
NAS 485 American Indian Education
3 cr.
This course provides an overview of
significant policy changes in American Indian education from
pre-colonial times to present day, with a special focus on current
American Indian educational leadership issues. Students will
review materials relevant to different historical eras, and engage
in on-line discussions/chat-rooms with American Indian education
leadership about various topics relevant to course goals
including: the history of American Indian education; aboriginal
and treaty rights to education; current U.S. federal Indian
education law; contemporary American Indian education leadership;
teaching about Native American languages and cultures; standards
based reform and Native American inclusion; and American Indian
education and students with disabilities. This course is also
unique in that it provides individuals from different parts of the
world an opportunity to consider alternative perspectives on
Indigenous education issues.
NAS 488 Native American Service
Learning Project
1-4 cr.
This is a capstone course for the
Native American Studies minor. Students will complete an approved
service learning project in Native American Studies under the
guidance of the Director of the Center for Native American Studies
upon completion of all other requirements for the minor.
(School of Nursing)
NE 200 Basic Health Assessment,
Interviewing and Communication (Theory)
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the nursing major, LPN or consent of the instructor.
Taken concurrently with NE 200L, NE 201, NE 202 and NE 222.
The focus of this course is basic
assessment skills. Assessments of mental status, psycho-social
status, functional patterns and physical status will be taught
with a systems approach. Skills in interviewing, communication,
history taking and physical assessment will be attained.
NE 200L Basic Health Assessment,
Interviewing and Communication (Lab)
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 200, NE
201, NE 202, and NE 222.
The focus of this course is the
application of theory taken in NE 200. Students will practice
organization, analysis and communication of data using a basic
diagnostic reasoning process. The development of these skills will
take place in a laboratory setting.
NE 201 Introduction to Nursing Concepts
(Theory)
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the nursing major. Taken concurrently with NE 200, NE
200L, NE 202, and NE 222.
Students will be introduced to
major concepts in the nursing model, laying a foundation for the
major. The client as an individual is viewed as a total system.
Focus is on health promotion and maintenance with adaptive
mechanisms identified.
NE 202 Introduction to Nursing Skills I
(Lab)
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 200, NE
200L, NE 201, and NE 222.
This course focuses on skills
required to care for adult clients using demonstration and
simulated practice.
NE 204 Introduction to Nursing Skills
II (Clinical)
2 cr. (0-0-4)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201 and NE 202. Taken concurrently with NE
301, NE 302 and NE 212.
Students will use the skills taught
in NE 202 in a structured, non-emergent environment.
NE 212 Pharmacology and Therapeutics
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 201 and BI 202. Usually taken concurrently with NE
301 and NE 302 or PN 116 and PN 117 and PN 118. May be taken by
non-nursing majors.
This course focuses on the
fundamentals of drug actions, the application of specific drugs in
treatment of disease, normal and abnormal responses to drug
therapy, and appropriate nursing actions to achieve desired
outcomes of drug therapy.
NE 222 Pathophysiology
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 201 and BI 202. May be taken by non-nursing majors.
Pathophysiology is the study of how
normal physiological processes are altered by disease. Theories
relating to pathogenesis, etiology and clinical manifestations are
used to study common diseases. Concepts from anatomy and
physiology courses provide the foundation for exploring altered
physiologic function and are basic to nursing practice.
NE 295 Special Topics in Nursing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic
reflecting special interests of students and instructor. Intended
for freshmen and sophomores.
NE 301 Psychiatric/Mental Health
Nursing (Theory)
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201 and NE 202. Taken concurrently with NE
204.
Utilizing stress-adaptation,
developmental, and psychological models, the course further
develops nursing assessment and intervention while exploring
patient rights/legal issues for individuals and groups of mental
health clients. A major focus is on the development and
implementation of nursing care which promotes mental health for a
variety of clients in various health care settings.
NE 302 Psychiatric/Mental Health
Nursing (Clinic)
3 cr. (0-0-6)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 301.
Students will develop and implement
therapeutic modalities that promote and/or maintain mental health
with mentally ill clients. Opportunities are provided to integrate
learning into practice in clinical settings that include in and
out-patient mental health programs.
NE 311 Adult Health Nursing (Theory)
4 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 312.
Prerequisites:
NE 222, NE 212, NE 301, NE 302, BI 203, and HN 210/HN 301.
This course provides the
theoretical foundation necessary to make critical decisions in
planning and implementing therapeutic nursing interventions in
caring for the adult experiencing acute complex health needs in a
structured hospital or home environment.
NE 312 Adult Health Nursing (Clinical)
6 cr. (0-0-12)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 311.
This clinic provides an opportunity
to implement the theoretical foundation of NE 311. The primary
focus of the course is the utilization of the nursing process in
the care of adult clients experiencing complex health needs in a
structured environment either in the hospital or home. Students
will continue to develop critical thinking abilities, effective
communication skills and therapeutic nursing intervention skills.
NE 322 Introduction to Nursing Research
2 cr.
Usually taken concurrently with NE
311 and NE 312.
Prerequisites:
NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201, NE 202, NE 204 and NE 301/302.
This course is intended to provide
an introduction to the research process in nursing, an
appreciation of the development and use of the scientific method
in the discipline of nursing, and its application to human
responses and health behavior across the life span.
NE 336 Nursing in a Multi-Cultural
Society
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
NE 301 and NE 302 or instructor permission.
Study of cultural practices and
patterns relative to health and illness among special populations.
Emphasis is on identification of ways in which nursing assessments
and interventions may be modified to accommodate racial and
cultural differences of clients and their families within the
American culture.
NE 352 Advanced Concepts in Family
Nursing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
NE 311 and NE 312 or concurrent enrollment, or instructor
permission.
An exploration of family nursing in
which the family unit is the focus of care. Family assessment
models provide the framework for planning nursing care for
families in a variety of health care settings.
NE 371 Maternal-Infant Nursing (Theory)
2 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 372, NE
381, and NE 382.
Prerequisite:
NE 311 and NE 312.
Emphasis is on the primary family
unit during the expanding years. Physiological adaptation of the
female during pregnancy, the fetus and mother during labor and
delivery and the dyad during the postpartum period are examined
within the context of the nursing process. Psycho-social
adaptation of family members, health promotion and normal as well
as complex pregnancy and newborn care are addressed.
NE 372 Maternal-Infant Nursing
(Clinical)
2 cr. (0-0-4)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 371, NE
381 and NE 382.
The emphasis of the clinic is the
practice of nursing skills, planning, and implementing of nursing
care plans, and critical judgments/thinking in an acute care
maternal/child setting. Assigned 1:1 intrapartum care is presented
by students as a case study. Antepartum care in the community and
post-partum follow-up in the community are also assigned. This
course is taught in a seven week block.
NE 375 Coronary Care
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 201, BI 202, NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201, NE 202, and NE
204 or comparable experience in other health related fields, or
instructor permission.
Provides the beginning practitioner
with a basic understanding of cardiac diseases, rhythm
interpretation and current treatments for cardiac clients.
Preventative, acute, and rehabilitative interventions are
addressed.
NE 381 Child and Family Nursing
(Theory)
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
NE 311 and NE 312 taken concurrently with NE 371 and NE 372 and
NE 382.
This course focuses on the nursing
care of children from infancy through adolescence and their family
units. Growth and development, health promotion, family theories,
disease prevention and care of the child with simple and complex
health needs are examined.
NE 382 Child and Family Nursing
(Clinic)
3 cr. (0-0-6)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 381, NE
371 and NE 372.
This course provides an opportunity
for students to practice nursing skills and apply nursing theory
with children and their families in community and in-patient
settings. This course is taught in a seven week block.
NE 391 Transitions in Professional
Nursing: Theory
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Must be a registered or graduate nurse.
The focus is to present an overview
and synthesis of professional concepts basic to the development of
professional nurses. The course explores historical influences,
philosophical perspectives, factors that influence socialization
into the profession, and the development of professional
self-concept.
NE 392 Transitions in Professional
Nursing: Clinic
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
NE 391 or concurrent enrollment.
Must be a registered or graduate nurse.
Demonstration and practice of
selected nursing and physical assessment skills in a laboratory
setting. Provides opportunity to implement the theoretical
foundations of NE 391.
NE 399 Advanced Nursing Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be repeated in different
settings. Not to exceed 4 credits total.
Prerequisite:
Graduate or Registered Nurse.
Application of clinical knowledge
to a variety of settings.
NE 404 Human Sexuality for Health Care
Providers
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
NE 301 concurrently, junior standing or instructor permission.
Uses a developmental view of human
sexuality to apply health teaching to a variety of sexual
problems. This course is designed to meet the needs of those
students who will provide sexual health care to clients in various
settings.
NE 420 Community Health Nursing and
Continuity of Care (Theory)
4 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 421, NE
422.
Prerequisites:
NE 371 and NE 372, NE 381 and NE 382.
The focus is the synthesis of
nursing science and practice concepts for the promotion and
preservation of the health aggregates (e.g. sub-populations,
vulnerable populations, communities) as well as on issues related
to providing effective seamless care to individuals, families, and
aggregates within the context of community resources and
limitations. Content includes application of public health nursing
principles, epidemiological investigation, knowledge of rural
environments, health care economic influences, care management, as
well as supervision and leadership in promoting desired health
evaluation, outcomes in community and home environments.
NE 421 Community Health Nursing and
Continuity of Care (Clinic)
4 cr. (0-0-8)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 420 and
NE 422.
Prerequisites:
NE 371, NE 372, NE 381 and NE 382.
Clinical experience in community
health and community based nursing and in provision of community
based care to individuals, families, and aggregates in selected
structured/unstructured environments. The focus is on application
of NE 420 concepts to the provision of nursing care within the
various role dimensions of community and home care nursing.
NE 422 Nursing Issues Seminar
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
NE 371, NE 372, NE 381 and NE 382. Taken concurrently with NE 420
and NE 421.
This course is designed to provide
a forum to examine, analyze and develop positions on issues
influencing current nursing practice. A variety of
teaching/learning strategies will be utilized to explore topics
pertinent to today's professional nurse.
NE 431 Management Concepts in Nursing
(Theory)
2 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 432 and
NE 435.
Prerequisites:
NE 420, NE 421 and NE 422.
The primary focus of this course is
to provide the student with the requisite knowledge and skills for
development of the leader/manager role. This involves
leader/manager skills necessary as provider/case manager of
clients with complex multidimensional health problems and
communication and collaboration skills when functioning in the
coordinator of health care role. As such the course focuses on the
competencies needed in the delivery of health care services and
those necessary to function within the organizational structure of
various clinical and community settings.
NE 432 Management Concepts in Nursing
(Clinic)
4 cr. (0-0-8)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 431 and
NE 435.
Prerequisites:
NE 420, NE 421 and NE 422.
The primary focus of the course is
to provide the student with opportunities to apply the knowledge
and skills for the development of leader/manager role. This
involves the leader/manager skills necessary as provider/case
manager of clients with complex health problems. The clinical
experience is also intended to give the student opportunities to
develop communication and collaboration skills which are necessary
to function in both a structured and community environment.
NE 435 Senior Nursing Seminar (Theory)
2 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 431 and
NE 432.
Prerequisites:
NE 420, NE 421 and NE 422.
This course is designed to serve as
a capstone experience wherein students synthesize theoretical and
research-based knowledge from the physical and behavioral science,
humanities and nursing for the purpose of making critical
judgments and creating holistic plans of care that demonstrate
proficiency in meeting the B.S.N. program terminal objectives and
accreditation outcome criteria.
NE 491 Nursing Practicum/Internship
1 - 4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior or senior nursing status, RN's.
Supervised practical experience in
a specialized area of nursing.
NE 495 Special Topics in Nursing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic
reflecting special interest of students and instructor.
NE 498 Directed Study in Nursing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor and department head permission.
Independent study by qualified
undergraduates in an area to be defined by the student and
instructor.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
OC 080V General Mathematics
4 cr.
A review of whole numbers,
decimals, fractions, ratio and proportion, and percent, with
emphasis placed on the application of these skills in technical,
business and consumer environments. This course is primarily
intended for students in vocational diploma level programs whose
secondary schooling did not include a background in mathematics
sufficient to succeed in MA 090, Elementary Algebra, and for
non-traditional students who find that their mathematical skills
have diminished from lack of use in daily life.
OC 080 General Mathematics
4 cr.
A review of whole numbers,
decimals, fractions, ratio and proportion, and percent. Stress is
placed on learning the basic concepts of algebra, use of formulas,
the metric system, powers and roots of numbers, and calculator
use. Includes an introduction to geometry. This course is intended
to serve students in certificate and degree programs that do not
possess the skills necessary to succeed in MA 090, Elementary
Algebra.
(College of Business–Office
Information Systems)
OIS 101 Keyboarding for Information
Processing
1 cr.
Development of basic touch
keyboarding skills for persons who will be using computer for
processing information. Course meets seven weeks.
OIS 103 Beginning Formatting
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
OIS 101 or equivalent.
Development of keyboarding skills
using the computer with major emphasis on formatting basic
business letters, tables, and reports. Course meets eight weeks.
OIS 121 Introduction to Business
4 cr.
Introduction to the principles,
organizational structure, and functions of the business system.
Study of business careers, influence of business in the American
culture, informed citizenship, human factors, and the decision
making process of business in a free enterprise system.
OIS 161 Word Processing I
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
OIS 103 or equivalent.
This course introduces common
business documents and basic word processing techniques. The
student will have hands-on practice formatting and editing a
variety of business documents such as correspondence, tables, and
reports. Keyboarding speed and accuracy skills will also be
developed. In addition, effective used of the Microsoft Windows
operating system, e-mail, and the internet will also be covered.
OIS 171 Medical Terminology
4 cr.
The terminology for each major body
system is presented. Emphasis is place on correct identification
and spelling of the body systems and the commonly used disease and
treatment terms for each system.
OIS 172 Diagnostic and Therapeutic
Terminology
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Grade of “C-” or better in OIS 171.
Diagnostic and Therapeutic
Terminology will enable the student to correctly identify and
spell commonly used diagnostic, laboratory, and medical procedure
terminology. Emphasis will be on specialty areas such as
radiology, pharmacology, nuclear medicine, and pathology.
OIS 183 Business Administrative
Procedures
4 cr.
Course deals with administrative
and general business procedures for the office. Content includes
efficient procedures for managing appointments, handling mail,
telephone, office supplies and equipment, records processing,
reprographics, and customer service.
OIS 185 Introductory Software
Applications
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
None.
Students will develop basic skills
in the operation of spreadsheet and database software. Spreadsheet
competencies will include the principles of spreadsheet design,
creating and formatting basic spreadsheets and charts, creating
basic and advanced formulas and functions, and manipulating large
spreadsheets. Database competencies will include database
terminology, creating and manipulating files, creating queries,
creating and modifying forms and reports.
OIS 190 Professional Development
3 cr.
This course is designed to help
students take control of their lives by developing an awareness of
their emotional, intellectual, and physical potential. Through a
process of self-development, students will discover their values,
increase their commitment to professional goals and balance their
technical skills with human relations competencies.
OIS 244 Applied Office Communication
3 cr.
Development of skills in production
of business messages for office personnel. Application of oral and
written communication for office support personnel is emphasized.
Not open to students who have completed MGT 344. It is
recommended that students enroll in this course after the
completion of EN 111 College Composition.
OIS 261 Word Processing II
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Grade of “C-” or better in OIS 161.
This course enables students to
further develop production skill in the use of word processing
software programs. Students will develop proficiency in advanced
word processing techniques.
OIS 263 Business Document Editing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
OIS 161.
This course is intended for
students who are preparing to become experienced professionals in
their chosen field of work or for anyone who writes, edits, or
prepares materials for distribution or publication. Emphasis is on
grammar usage and the chief elements of style--punctuation, number
expression, capitalization, word choices, abbreviations, and
plurals and possessives. Students will develop skill in processing
text from oral to printed form by transcribing on the computer
from recorded media or through the use of voice recognition
software.
OIS 266 Medical Transcription
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Grade of “C-” or better in OIS 161, OIS 162, OIS 171 and OIS 172.
A course in which the student
transcribes a variety of common medical reports covering a wide
range of medical specialties from prepared tapes. It requires
approximately 60 hours of machine transcription practice on
materials such as the American Medical Records Association study
tapes and other supplemental materials.
OIS 270 Health Information Processing
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Grade of “C-” or better in OIS 171 and OIS 172.
This lecture/application course
covers health information processing activities in hospital and
other inpatient settings. Topics include, but are not limited to,
organization of the health care industry, legal issues related to
health information processing; assembly, analysis, filing, storage
and retrieval of health information; and computer applications in
health information processing.
OIS 271 Medical Office Procedures
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Grade of “C-” or better in OIS 171, OIS 172, OIS 270, and OIS 183.
A lecture/application course which
emphasizes processing health information in ambulatory care
setting, including but not limited to physicians’ offices,
outpatient surgery, and medical clinics. Students will utilize
office management skills as they apply to the health care
industry.
OIS 273 Medical Coding
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
Grade C- or better in OIS 171, OIS 172, OIS 270, OIS 271, IS 270
and IS 271 or permission of the instructor.
A lecture/application course in
which students develop entry-level medical diagnostic and
procedural coding skills using current protocol like the
International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification (ICD-CM)
and Current Procedural Terminology (CPT). Emphasis is placed on
accurate and ethical coding practices as they effect reimbursement
for health care services.
OIS 280 Introduction to Law, Legal
Assistant
4 cr.
Introduction to the American legal
system with an emphasis on the Michigan court system. Emphasis is
on the role of the legal secretary in the law office.
OIS 281 Legal Office Procedures
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
OIS 261, OIS 262, and OIS 280.
A course dealing with office duties
of special interest to the legal secretary. Proper client
relationships and legal ethics are emphasized. Practical
experience is provided in the preparation of various legal
documents.
OIS 285 Advanced Software Applications
and Integration
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
OIS 185, OIS 261 and IS 105.
Students will further develop their
skills in using spreadsheet and database software programs. In
addition, students will develop skills in integrating word
processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation graphics
documents. Emphasis will be on merging word processing and
database files; linking and embedding worksheets and charts in
word processing documents and presentation documents; analyzing
database information in a spreadsheet program; and linking and
embedding database information in a word processing or
presentation document.
OIS 291 Medical Transcription
Internship
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Grade of C- or better in OIS 171, OIS 172, and OIS 266 or
permission of the instructor.
This course is designed to enable
students to develop proficiency as an entry-level medical
transcriptionist through a medical transcription placement
experience and a post-placement seminar.
OIS 293 Integrated Office
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
OIS 183, OIS 190, OIS 261 and OIS 262.
This course is designed to enable
the student to reinforce office skills and develop new office
skills through employment testing experiences, an office placement
experience and comprehensive exit examinations. Students will gain
experience in problem solving, performance appraisal, and
accepting responsibility. In addition, students will further
develop communication skills and have the opportunity to develop
and demonstrate initiative and a positive work attitude.
OIS 295 Special Topics in Office
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
A detailed study of one or more
special topics in Office Information Systems.
OIS 296 Special Topics in Office
Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Detailed study of one or more
special topics in Office Information Systems.
OIS 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Business Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in office information systems.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Orientation to the field of
business education with attention given to objectives, procedures,
instructional materials, and evaluation as well as to
keyboarding/typewriting, accounting, basic business subjects,
economics, marketing, management, information technologies and
office procedures/office block courses.
OIS 450 Advanced Desktop Publishing
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
IS 107, IS 207 and junior standing or instructor permission.
This course builds on OIS Beginning
Desktop Publishing and OIS 207 Intermediate Desktop Publishing.
Students will produce printed materials including brochures,
newsletters, flyers, and other communication documents in camera
ready format for publication and distribution. Emphasis will be on
understanding the printing process, planning the printed piece,
design for effective communication, and the use of color.
OIS 483 Studies in Business and
Industry
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and College of Business permission.
Coordinated work experience
providing up-to-date skills in the area of specialization. Work
experience evaluated for vocational endorsement. Each hour of work
will apply as five hours toward vocational endorsement.
OIS 495 Special Topics in Office
Systems and Business Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Topics based on the special
interests of the students.
OIS 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and College of Business permission.
Special individual project.
(Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation Department)
PE 100 Rhythmic Movement Fundamental
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of rhythmic movement.
PE 101 Volleyball
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of volleyball.
PE 103 Tumbling Activities
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of tumbling.
PE 110 Introduction to Physical
Education
2 cr.
Designed for first year physical
education majors/minors.
The heritage, philosophies, basic
concepts, objectives, careers and educational interrelationships
of physical education. Emphasis is upon the foundations of
physical education and career alternatives.
PE 111 Introduction to Sports Science
1 cr.
This course provides an overview of
basic and applied research questions and career alternatives in
the specific disciplines of sports science, including anatomical
kinesiology, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and sports
nutrition. Since entry-level career positions usually require, as
a minimum, graduate studies to the Master of Science level, a
survey of graduate program designs and current related programs in
North America will also be covered.
PE 199 Team Sports
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of team sports.
PE 200 Track and Field
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of track and field.
PE 201 Strength Training and
Conditioning
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques and teaching aspects of strength training and
conditioning.
PE 205 Tennis
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of tennis.
PE 207 Badminton
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills,
techniques, and teaching aspects of badminton.
PE 211 Dance Survey
1 cr.
A broad survey of traditional and
exploratory dance experiences used in education, recreation, and
therapeutic settings for children and adults. PE 211 is intended
primarily for physical education majors and minors.
PE 217 Motor Development and Elementary
School Physical Education
3 cr.
Study of the growth and development
characteristics of elementary school children, and identification
of suitable program content organized in a sequence of activities.
In the lab period, students learn suitable teaching techniques and
develop sequences of activities in the gymnasium. In addition
students work with a small number of elementary students on
implementation of the proposed activities and evaluation of their
suitability.
PE 224 Developmental Physical Education
for Elementary Teachers
2 cr.
A study of the developmental
characteristics of children–preschool through eighth grade, and
the appropriate types and kinds of physical activity that educate
the child. This course is for elementary education majors only.
PE 230 Fitness Leadership
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
HP 250 and PE 201 or equivalent.
An introduction to the skills and
abilities necessary to effectively lead fitness activities in
group and individual setting.
PE 241 Prevention and Care of Injuries
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
BI 104.
Study of symptoms, causes,
prevention and immediate treatment of accidents and sudden
illnesses that occur in the physical education and athletic
setting.
PE 310 Measurement and Evaluation in
Physical Education
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 110.
Analysis of the various kinds of
tests and evaluative procedures used in physical education, with
an emphasis on test selection, methods of administration, and
interpretation of results. Methods of improving grading practices
in physical education are discussed.
PE 315 Physiology of Exercise
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 104, or BI 201 and BI 202, and HP 250.
A basic course in exercise
physiology designed to provide an understanding of the effect of
exercise and human motion on the body and the adaptation of the
body to physiological stress.
PE 317 Anatomical Kinesiology
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
BI 104 or BI 201.
Theories relating to anatomical
principles of human movement will be reviewed with applications to
physical education, fitness, and sports science. The primary
focus will be on how muscular attachments impact the actions of
muscles resulting in human movement.
PE 318 Motor Learning and Secondary
School P.E.
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 110.
Study of motor learning and
teaching methods applicable at the secondary level with emphasis
on program selection and progression in the physical education
curriculum. Students participate in motor learning experiments and
on the development of suitable teaching techniques and sequences
of activities in lab sessions.
PE 321 Athletic Officiating
2 cr.
The mechanics and techniques of
officiating sports, along with knowledge of the rules,
interpretation and ethical procedures in handling controversial
decisions.
PE 322 Theory of Basketball
2 cr.
Coaching philosophy, organization,
individual skills, team techniques, rules, and strategy of
basketball.
PE 323 Theory of Football
2 cr.
Coaching philosophy, organization,
individual skills, team techniques, rules, and strategy of
football.
PE 325 Theory of Swimming
2 cr.
Analysis of fundamentals and
techniques of coaching swimming, with emphasis on development of a
team, conditioning, selection of candidates, organization of
practice sessions, diet, strategy, and promotion.
PE 335 Theory of Volleyball
2 cr.
Coaching philosophy, organization,
individual skills, techniques, rules, and strategy of volleyball.
PE 340 Principles of Coaching
2 cr.
Students will learn concepts and
principles of how to be an effective coach. Topics include
organization, positive reinforcement, decision making, group
cohesiveness, and effective communication.
PE 343 Theory and Teaching of Special
Olympics Activities
2 cr.
Introduction to the theory and
background of the Special Olympics. Students will become aware of
rules for the events, and will learn teaching methods and
techniques for safely teaching, coaching, and preparing their
students for participation.
PE 346 Adapted Physical Education
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 110
Focuses on the preparation of
physical education teachers to assist handicapped students who are
participating in segregated classroom settings, and mainstreamed
or inclusive education. Included is an introduction to a variety
of handicapping conditions and related medical terminology
commonly found within the K-12 educational setting.
PE 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Physical Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or minor in physical education.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education, and PE 110,
PE 217 and PE 318.
Focus on teaching methodology and
synthesizing materials covered in PE 217 and PE 318. Lesson plans
and units are developed and presented in an instructional setting.
PE 381 History of Dance
2 cr.
Satisfies part of the foundations
of visual and performing arts requirement (minimum 3 credit hours
needed to satisfy this requirement).
Satisfies part of the upper
division liberal studies requirement (minimum 3 credit hours
needed to satisfy this requirement).
Prerequisites:
If taken as upper division liberal studies course, sophomore
standing and completion of foundations of communication
requirements.
Survey of the world history and
pictorial records of dance in its ritual, social, recreational,
and aesthetic contexts. This course provides a basis for the study
of twentieth century dance theories and forms.
PE 383 Theory of Dance
2 cr.
Satisfies part of the foundations
of visual and performing arts requirement (minimum 3 credit hours
needed to satisfy this requirement).
Satisfies part of the upper
division liberal studies requirement (minimum 3 credit hours
needed to satisfy this requirement).
Prerequisites:
If taken as upper division liberal studies course, sophomore
standing and completion of foundations of communication
requirements.
Danceworks of twentieth century
artists, viewed from the perspective of the audience. The dances
will be analyzed in terms of historic, social and aesthetic
context. It is recommended that PE 381 and PE 383 be taken during
the same semester.
PE 400 Motor Assessment of the
Physically and Mentally Impaired Child
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 344, junior standing or instructor permission.
Neurologic bases and factor
structures of motor ability in normal and in exceptional
populations, movement problems associated with specific syndromes,
and assessment of motor development with structured and
unstructured tests and checklists.
PE 407 Apprentice Teaching
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
A field experience that physical
education majors take just prior to student teaching. It involves
a teaching experience in one of the following settings: (1) NMU
activity classes, (2) NMU outreach classes, (3) public school
physical education enrichment classes.
PE 411 Organization and Administration
of Physical Education and Athletics
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 110, junior standing or instructor permission.
Discussion of budgets, facilities,
equipment, supplies, scheduling, liability, coordinating areas,
and public relations.
PE 417 Biomechanics
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
PE 317 and PH 201 or PH 220, junior
standing or instructor permission.
This course will provide the
student, who has a background in physics and anatomical
principles, with the opportunity to further develop these theories
in movement analysis of exercise patterns, sports activity, and
everyday life. Current concepts and methods in biomechanics,
including kinematics and kinetic techniques, will be studied and
practiced.
PE 421 Physiological Aspects of
Conditioning for Sport and Exercise
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 315, junior standing or instructor permission.
An in-depth review of the
physiological bases of training to optimize performance in sport
and physical activity, with practical guidelines for developing
and modifying specific training programs for athletes and
performers in a variety of sports and activities.
PE 422 Sport Biomechanics
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
PE 316, PH 255, junior standing or instructor permission.
Provide student with technical
knowledge of movement techniques in a variety of sports with a
biomechanical perspective.
PE 440 Critical Issues in Adapted
Physical Education
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
PE 344, junior standing or instructor permission.
Legal, moral and ethical
considerations of the adapted physical educator, social and
emotional problems associated with specific impairments, societal
responsibilities to the impaired, future directions of adapted
physical education, and grant writing abilities.
PE 444 Perceptual-Motor Learning
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Development of an understanding of
perceptual-motor phenomena in learning. Intended for physical
educators and persons responsible for conducting programs for
children with learning disabilities. Emphasis is placed on the
scientific foundations of development of programs and activities
that enhance perceptual-motor development.
PE 470 Psychological Aspects of
Athletic Performance
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H, or G, junior standing or instructor permission.
(Same as PY 470.) Survey of
techniques and knowledge that enable coaches and physical
educators to teach motor skills more efficiently. Topics include
behavioral coaching of motor skills, competition anxiety analysis
and management, mental rehearsal techniques, and aggression
control.
PE 471 Exercise Specialization in Adult
Fitness and Cardiac Rehabilitation
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
PE 315 and HP 250, junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the theory and
basis of graded exercise stress testing, exercise prescription and
program development. Contemporary issues in the fitness field as
well as the enhancement of professional credentials will be
discussed.
PE 472 Health and Exercise Leadership
Skills
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
PE 471, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course emphasizes practical
application of the theoretical bases of health and fitness in the
design and conduct of safe, effective, and relevant health and
fitness programs for a variety of populations.
PE 489 Related Arts: Dance, Music, Art
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the elements of
basic design in the three arts, with special emphasis on the
relationship of music and art to dance. The course is intended for
prospective and practicing teachers of school arts and humanities
programs; for leaders of creative, therapeutic and recreational
programs; and for upper level students desiring interdisciplinary
study in the fine and performing arts.
PE 491 Workshop in Physical Education
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Opportunities for concentrated
study on selected professional content offered in a practical
workshop format.
PE 492 Internship in Physical Education
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Supervised, practical experience in
teaching physical education activities in an instructional setting
or coaching.
PE 492A Internship in Adapted Physical
Education
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Supervised, practical experience in
teaching adapted physical education activities in an instructional
setting.
PE 495 Special Programs in Physical
Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
One or more special problems in
physical education, explored and studied in detail.
PE 496 Special Programs in Physical
Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
One or more special problems in
physical education, explored and studied in detail.
PE 497 Directed Study in Physical
Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study in the subject
area.
PE 498 Directed Study in Physical
Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study in the subject
area.
(Physics Department)
PH 120 Technical Physics
3 cr. (2-0-2)
This course may not be taken for
credit towards the physics major or minor.
Prerequisite:
MA 100.
Enrollment is restricted to
students in Aviation Maintenance Technology or other 1- and 2-year
technology programs.
Topics include: mechanics— forces,
energy, power and simple machines; fluid statics and dynamics;
thermal physics-heat transfer, thermal properties, gas laws and
thermal devices; and sound.
PH 201 College Physics I
5 cr. (3-1-3)
This course may not be taken for
credit towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
College algebra or math placement equivalency. Trigonometry highly
recommended.
A first semester general
introductory physics course. Topics include vectors, particle
motion, Newton’s laws of motion, conservation laws, gravitation,
rotation, harmonic motion, sound, thermodynamics and fluids.
PH 202 College Physics II
5 cr. (3-1-3)
This course may not be taken for
credit towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
PH 201.
Topics include electricity,
magnetism, DC and AC circuits, light, optical instruments, atomic
structure and spectra, nuclear physics, and radiation.
PH 220 Introductory Physics I
5 cr. (4-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
MA 161.
The first semester of the
introductory physics sequence designed for students majoring in
physics, a physical science, or engineering. Topics include
vectors, kinematics, Newton's Law, dynamics, conservation laws,
heat, thermodynamics, sound and fluids.
PH 221 Introductory Physics II
5 cr. (4-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites:
PH 220 and MA 163 or instructor permission.
Continuation of PH 220. Topics
include electrostatics, fields, potentials, current, magnetism, DC
and AC circuits, electrical waves, and geometrical and physical
optics.
PH 320 Physical Electronics
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite:
PH 221.
A course on electronic circuits
with primary emphasis on basic building blocks of electronic
instruments used in physical research. Topics include solid state
devices, operational amplifiers, feedback, pulse forming networks,
digital circuits, and practical construction.
PH 322 Modern Physics
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
PH221, MA 163, or instructor permission.
Topics include the special theory
of relativity, atomic physics, atomic spectra, nuclear physics,
introductory quantum ideas, and particle physics.
PH 330 Optics
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites:
PH 221 and MA 163.
An intermediate lecture, problem,
and laboratory course dealing with geometrical and physical
optics, physical principles underlying modern optical instruments,
and introductory quantum optics.
PH 360 Thermodynamics and Statistical
Physics
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
PH 221, MA 361 is recommended.
A lecture and problem course on
thermodynamics and statistical physics dealing with the laws of
thermodynamics, kinetic theory, ensemble theory, and the partition
functions, including applications to chemical kinetics, phase
transitions, and low temperature processes.
PH 370 Mathematical Methods of Physics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
MA 163 and PH 221.
Advanced mathematical techniques
used extensively in physics will be presented. For example; vector
operators, tensors, complex numbers and functions, special linear
and partial differential equations, and Fourier analysis.
PH 375 Analytical Mechanics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
PH 220, concurrent or prior enrollment in MA 361 recommended. PH
370 recommended.
A classical (Newtonian) mechanics
course covering particle motion in several dimensions, motions of
systems of particles, rigid body motion, moving coordinate
systems, and mechanics of continuous media. Uses vector methods
extensively.
PH 380 Intermediate Electricity and
Magnetism
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
PH 221, and MA 265. MA 361 and PH 370 recommended.
A course in classical
electrodynamics. Topics include the development of Maxwell’s
equations and their solutions, including boundary value problems
and radiation.
PH 393 Experimental Instrumentation and
Analysis
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite:
A natural science laboratory class; CS120 or equivalent; MA 115 or
MA 171 or equivalent.
A course designed for students
planning careers in natural science beyond the technician level.
Techniques for experimental data measurement and analysis are
presented. These include data measurement, calibration and
validity determination along with graphical and statistical
analysis procedures. Particular emphasis will be given to computer
interfacing for experiment control, data acquisition and analysis
and display.
PH 410 Introductory Quantum Mechanics
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
PH 322, PH 375, and MA 361. PH 375 may be taken concurrently; PH
370 is recommended, junior standing or instructor permission.
An introduction to quantum
mechanics. Topics include physical quantity determination in
quantum physics, photons, material particles, quantum statistics,
Schrodinger’s equation and applications to simple systems, the
eigenvalue-eigenvector equation of quantum physics and field
quantization concepts.
PH 480 Senior Physics Seminar
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Senior class standing or instructor permission and declared
Physics Major.
Students will prepare and deliver a
series of presentations on topics related to Physics, Astronomy,
or other interdisciplinary subjects approved by the Physics
Department. The number of seminars will be determined by the
number of credits for which the student is enrolled. The course
may be taken for a maximum of two credits.
PH 300 Premedical-Predental Seminar
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Does not count toward major or
minor in biology, biochemistry, chemistry, or physics.
Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing.
A series of presentations by health
care professionals that inform students about the personal
characteristics of a physician or dentist, medical or dental
school training, stress management, specialties, ethics, and
government in health care.
PH 495 Special Topics in Physics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department permission.
A course devoted to a special topic
selected either for its current interest value, or as a major
piece of physics not covered in the normal curriculum.
PH 498 Directed Studies in Physics
1-4 cr.
May be taken only once.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department permission.
A course involving either 1)
assisting a faculty member in research; 2) devising an advanced
undergraduate physics laboratory experiment; or 3) preparing a
written scholarly exposition of some physics related topic
approved by the faculty advisor or research director. If option 3
is selected, the paper must be read and approved by three
department faculty members.
(School of Education)
PIA 100 Developmental, Physical and
Cognitive Disabilities
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Designed to review specific types
of developmental, physical and cognitive disabilities through an
in-depth exploration of social and cultural issues. Specific
disabilities which will be reviewed include: cerebral palsy,
autism, mental retardation, epilepsy, Prade Willi, traumatic brain
injury, and various dual diagnoses disabilities.
PIA 101 The Early Elementary Student
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
An introduction to specific roles
and responsibilities of early elementary special education (K
through 3rd grade) instructional support professionals.
Participants will become familiar with legislation and educational
settings for early elementary special education children.
PIA 102 The K-12 General Education
Curriculum
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
An introduction to the fundamental
elements of the K-12 academic curriculum including writing,
language, mathematics, and reading. Emphasis will be on the use of
a variety of teaching strategies to facilitate learning (e.g.
using computers or other teaching devices with students).
PIA 103 Roles and Responsibilities of
Paraprofessionals in the K-12 Setting
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
An overview of the K-12 public
school environment and the role of an instructional support
paraprofessional in that structure. The course will introduce the
concepts of team networking systems in the elementary, middle, and
high schools, e.g. who is on the special education team, their
function, team effectiveness, and the importance of communication
in building teams.
PIA 104 Diversity in Human Development
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
An overview of social and
developmental issues related to the diversity of learning styles
that exist among elementary school and secondary school learners.
Participants will gain an understanding of kinds of learning
styles and their impact on the delivery of course material in K-12
settings.
PIA 105 The Legal and Service System
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Provides the participant with an
overview of the various regulatory systems which govern, fund and
evaluate children/adults with disabilities. Emphasis is placed on
how direct service providers and instructional support
professionals can support families.
PIA 106 Positive Behavioral Supports
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
An in-depth look at positive
supports for children and young adults with challenging behaviors.
Emphasis is placed on understanding behavior and responding to
behavior through the use of positive supports. Participants
acquire knowledge and skills related to behavioral principles,
complete various types of functional assessments, and learn to use
a variety of non-aversive interventions and behavioral support
techniques.
PIA 107 Person-Centered Planning:
Transition Planning
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Outlines and illustrates
person-centered planning as a means of translating the special
needs student's personal choices, desires, and strengths in
planning for the future. The transition structure and support
network will be explored.
PIA 108 The Educational "Team"
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Utilizes team building techniques
to help the K-12 classroom teacher and the instructional support
paraprofessional develop the optimal educational network system.
Emphasis will be directed to team dynamics, effective
communication skills, techniques for working with families, and
problem solving strategies.
PIA 109 Practicum
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PIA 100 through PIA 108 and instructor permission.
A 60 clock hour supervised "work
experience" for paraprofessional staff with students with
cognitive impairments or multiple impairments. The students will
develop a program portfolio consisting of examples of their
learning. A seminar format will be used in the delivery of the
practicum.
PIA 110 Field Experience
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
PIA 100 through PIA 109 and instructor permission.
A 30 clock hour supervised field
experience for paraprofessional staff. The experience will include
"best practice" classrooms (at the elementary and secondary
levels) with students with visual impairments, hearing impairments
or physical/health impairments.
(Philosophy Department)
PL 100 Introduction to Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Examination of some of the
philosophical problems involved in understanding relationship of
humans to the world, the nature of existence, the problem of human
existence, the problems of knowledge, logic, and language, mind
and matter and the nature of art, science and religion.
PL 160 Introduction to Logic
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
An introduction to the basic
principles of traditional and formal logic. Topics covered will
include the nature of validity and proof, theory of the syllogism,
propositional logic, and quantification theory.
PL 180 Fundamentals of Ethical Theory
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
A study of the major approaches to
such fundamental ethical questions as "What is the good of life?"
and "What are our moral obligations?" By introducing the student
to the major approaches to ethics, this course prepares the
student to bring a theoretical perspective to the moral dilemmas
discussed in the applied ethics courses for which it is a
prerequisite. (PL 181 through PL 186.) This course is taught as a
block course during the first half of each semester, so the
typical student can register at the beginning of the semester for
one of the other two-credit applied ethics courses as well as PL
180.
PL 181 Issues in Business Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
PL 180.
An examination of such issues as
the moral justification of the free market system, the ethics of
advertising, employee rights and responsibilities, sexual
harassment in the workplace, the moral responsibilities of the
corporation andethical issues of international business.
PL 182 Issues in Computer Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
PL 180.
An examination of such issues as
protecting the right to privacy in the computer age, property
rights in computer software, hacker ethics, determining
responsibility for computer unreliability and freedom of
expression on the Internet.
PL 183 Issues in the History of Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
PL 180.
A study of the writing of the great
philosophers of the past, to explore such issues as are our moral
judgments a product of reason as Kant claimed, or are they rooted
in emotions as Hume argued and are moral virtues the result of
moral knowledge as Socrates claimed, or do they also require
practice and strength of will?
PL 184 Issues in Legal Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
PL 180.
An examination of such issues as
legislating morality, pornography, plea bargaining, capital
punishment, the legalization of drugs, ethics of punishment and
ethics of police work.
PL 185 Issues in Medical Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
PL 180.
An examination of such issues as
abortion, euthanasia, the use of humans in medical experiments,
justice in the distribution of health care, informed consent, the
role and responsibilities of doctors and nurses, genetic
engineering, mental illness and involuntary commitment.
PL 186 Topics in Theoretical Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
PL 180.
An examination of such issues as:
contemporary theories of justice, the search for objective moral
standards in a multi-cultural world and the interconnection
between science and ethics.
PL 200 History of Ancient and Medieval
Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Introduction to the way people have
understood themselves and the world. This course examines some of
the main philosophic concepts, issues and problems, and their
earliest beginnings through a study of leading philosophers.
PL 210 History of Modern Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
The development of philosophy in
the modern period, particularly from the seventeenth to the end of
the nineteenth century. The primary focus of the course will be
metaphysics and theory of knowledge. The development of social and
political thought will also be discussed.
PL 270 World Religions
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Study of the doctrines and the
historical development of the major religions of the world.
Included in this study are Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism.
PL 280 Philosophy of Religion
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Pursuit of an understanding of the
nature and meaning of religion and religious experience. The
course deals with the problems of the nature and existence of God,
the meaning of religious assertions, and the nature of religious
faith. Readings are drawn from traditional and contemporary
sources.
PL 295 Special Topics in Philosophy
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
A study of a particular topic in
philosophy. Primarily designed as a service course for those with
limited backgrounds in philosophy who have an interest in a
particular topic. The precise topic will be announced in the
Schedule of Classes booklet.
PL 310 Social and Political Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
An evaluation of personal conduct
in relation to political, social, and economic systems. Classical
and modern texts are used to examine concepts such as individual
rights, social duty, authority of the state, social justice, and
anarchy, and to evaluate the ends of social organization.
PL 320 Philosophy of Science
4 cr.
Close examination of some of the
basic concepts of the physical and social sciences and problems in
the logic of scientific explanation, methodology, the character of
scientific laws and theories, meaning and verifiability,
inductions and probability, and causality.
PL 330 Existentialism
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
An analysis of human existence, an
attempt to produce an objective description of what it is to be a
human being. The origins of the movement in the writings of
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche and the adoption of the phenomenological
method by Heidegger and Jaspers are among the topics discussed.
PL 370 Theory of Knowledge: Classical
and Contemporary
4 cr.
Pursuit of an understanding of the
sources, nature, validity, and significance of human knowledge.
Epistemology examines the form of cognition, the problem of other
minds, probability and induction, rationalism, British empiricism
from Locke to Russell, logical empiricism, and pragmatism.
PL 495 Special Topics in Philosophy
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
A detailed study of an important
philosopher, important text, or philosophic problem. It is
designed primarily for students majoring or minoring in
philosophy.
PL 498 Directed Study in Philosophy
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing, at least one philosophy course and approval of
the instructor.
Independent study by an individual
or small group in an area, to be defined by student and
instructor, not normally covered by the department’s regular
courses.
(Practical Nursing Department)
Courses with a PN prefix apply only
to the Practical Nursing Certificate. They cannot be used as an
elective or to meet a requirement in any other diploma,
certificate, associate or bachelor's level program offered by the
university.
PN 100 Introduction to Practical
Nursing
2 cr.
Must be taken prior to PN 114 and
PN 116.
Introduces the student to the role
and responsibilities of the practical nurse. The student studies
the history and trends of nursing and health care, ethical/legal
issues, cultural aspects, therapeutic communication, and caring
for the dying patient. The content includes stress/time
management, current health care issues, and leadership roles of
practical nursing.
PN 103 Basic Pharmacology Skills
1 cr.
Introduction to a core of knowledge
basic to the safe administration of drugs to the hospitalized
client. The course consists chiefly of theory, with several
lecture sessions devoted to laboratory practice. Information
gained about drug therapy from this course is reinforced in the
following two semesters by additional theory and actual clinical
practice.
PN 114 Fundamentals of Nursing-Lecture
4 cr. (8-0-0)
Prerequisite:
Completion of the six prerequisite courses with a 2.0 or better.
Blocked course taken the first 7 1/2 weeks fall semester.
Course represents the fundamental
principles upon which nursing care is based and the nurse's role
in carrying out the nursing process. Patient care is taught from
the perspective of human needs and stages of development.
PN 116 Fundamentals of Nursing-Clinical
4 cr. (0-0-16)
Graded S/U.
Blocked course taken the first 7
1/2 weeks of fall semester.
Corequisite:
Must be taken with PN 114.
The student will apply theoretical
nursing knowledge to the mastering of basic nursing skills. The
learning experience takes place in both the nursing arts lab and
in health care facilities.
PN 117 Maternal/Child Nursing-Lecture
4 cr. (8-0-0)
Blocked course taken the second 7
1/2 weeks of fall semester.
Prerequisite:
Completion of PN 114 and PN 116 with a 2.0 or better.
Corequisite:
PN 118.
The study of the nursing care needs
of maternity patient, prenatal, experiencing labor, and during
postpartum. The needs of the newborn child through adolescence is
included.
PN 118 Maternal/Child Nursing-Clinical
4 cr. (0-0-16)
Graded S/U.
Blocked course taken the second 7
1/2 weeks of fall semester.
Prerequisite:
Completion of PN 114 and PN 116 with a 2.0 or better. Corequisite:
PN 117.
In this course the student cares
for women who are pregnant, in labor, and experiencing postpartum.
The care of the normal newborn and special needs newborn is
experienced. The care of the pediatric patient is experienced in
acute care, ambulatory care, and in community settings.
PN 119 Medical Surgical Nursing-Lecture
8 cr. (8-0-0)
Prerequisite:
PN 114, PN 116, PN 117, and PN 118.
Corequisite:
PN 120.
This course introduces the student
to major medical diseases and surgical experiences of the adult.
Students will learn that nursing care is given in a variety of
settings.
PN 120 Medical Surgical
Nursing-Clinical
8 cr. (0-0-16)
Graded S/U.
Corequisite:
PN 119.
The student provides nursing care
of the adult in medical, surgical, ambulatory, and home care
settings.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
POR 110 Elementary Portuguese
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of SN 102, or permission of instructor. Note: SN
102 has the prerequisite of SN 101 or high school language
experience.
An introduction to all aspects of
the Portuguese language (Brazilian). Students with an intermediate
level of Spanish learn at an accelerated pace because of the
similarities it shares with Portuguese. The emphasis in this
course is on survival skills in everyday life situations and will
cover present and past verb tenses and a basic vocabulary. The
course will also include exposure to substantial components of
Brazilian culture (music, art, film).
POR 210 Intermediate Portuguese
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
POR 110 or permission of instructor.
An accelerated intermediate
Portuguese course, and a continuation of POR 110. It continues
coverage of verb tenses, broadens students' Portuguese vocabulary,
and deepens student exposure to Brazilian culture.
(Communication and Performance
Studies Department)
PR 231 Introduction to Public Relations
4 cr.
Corequisite:
PR 250
The theory and practice of public
relations, its function in organizations and its role in society.
Topics include the history, communication theories, and ethics of
public relations; areas of practice in public relations, and
career opportunities.
PR 250 Research in Public Relations
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Completion of EN 111 with a grade of "C-" or better.
Corequisite:
PR 231.
This course introduces students
majoring or minoring in public relations to the research and
writing requirements of the field. Writing proposals is
emphasized, as is consideration of career options in the field of
public relations.
PR 295 Special Topics in Public
Relations
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic or
problem in the area of public relations.
PR 298 Directed Study in Public
Relations
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight
credits.
Prerequisites:
Instructor and department head permission.
Independent study in an area of
public relations defined by the student and instructor.
PR 330 Public Relations Message Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
EN 211, successful completion of the writing proficiency
examination, and a “C” or better in PR 231 and PR 250. Instructor
permission will be granted only after an interview.
Development of entry level skills
in the preparation of messages unique to public relations
practice. Included are: news release design, background reports,
speech writing, brochure design, advocacy advertising, special
event design, and research designs appropriate to public
relations. The emphasis is on professional development as students
learn the techniques of message design, work under deadlines, and
examine the variety of message designs used by organizations.
PR 430 Public Relations Case Studies
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
A “C” or better in PR 330, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Examination of how public relations
is done by agencies and organizations. Both internal
(employee-member) and external campaigns are examined to determine
what standards of excellence exist in the practice of public
relations. Expands the discussion of types of public relations
practice begun in PR 231. Students will research, write, and give
an oral presentation of an original case study.
PR 431 Public Relations Campaigns
4 cr.
Cross listed with ESPR 431.
Prerequisite:
A “C” or better in PR 430. Junior standing. Instructor permission
will be granted only after an interview.
Focus on the technical and
theoretical aspects of creating communication campaigns. The
student is expected to develop a campaign and present it to a
“client.” Students will be assigned “clients” at the beginning of
the semester and develop a five-phase campaign assignment
including: research designs, budgets, campaign concepts,
post-campaign evaluation, and an oral presentation.
PR 491 Practicum in Public Relations
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Projects in the area of public
relations under the supervision of a faculty member.
PR 492 Internship in Public Relations
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
GPA of 2.75 or better, junior standing and instructor permission.
Practical, applied experience
involving placement in a job situation.
PR 495 Special Topics in Public
Relations
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic or
problem in the area of public relations.
PR 498 Directed Study in Public
Relations
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight
credits.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor and department head permission.
Independent study in an area of
public relations to be defined by the student and instructor.
(Political Science and Public
Administration Department)
PS 101 Introduction to Political
Science
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Study of theory, processes, and
institutions of politics and government in the modern world, with
an emphasis on American institutions and politics.
PS 105 American Government
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Examination of the nature and
workings of American government, with references to its federal
character and practical applications.
PS 173 The Former Soviet Union
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Study of factors that contribute to
an understanding of the political role of the USSR in contemporary
world affairs, including recent history, government, society,
culture, economy, and geography.
PS 201 Methods of Public Policy
Analysis
4 cr.
Introduction to fundamentals of
analyzing public policy problems, including consideration of
analytical models and training in research and reporting methods.
Students analyze a public policy problem through the use of
qualitative and quantitative methods of research and reporting.
PS 203 Comparative Government and
Politics
4 cr.
Introduction to political
institutions and processes as seen from a comparative perspective;
consideration of the political development process in modern
industrial society; comparative study of public policy. European
case materials are emphasized.
PS 206 International Relations
4 cr.
Study of the basic principles of
international politics, international law, international
organization, and the theories of international relations.
Influences shaping the foreign policy of states and patterns
observable in state behavior are studied.
PS 207 History of Political Theory
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Political philosophers and their
philosophies, from Plato to the present. Studying their
assumptions and their reasoning should help students to clarify
their thinking. Class discussion is emphasized.
PS 215 Introduction to Law
4 cr.
An introductory course focusing on
the main areas of law and the legal process. Primary emphasis is
placed on the nature of law, the structure of the legal system,
judicial recruitment, and such specialized areas of law as civil
and criminal procedure, torts, administrative law, and contracts.
Students learn to use such legal resources as court cases, legal
digests, compiled laws, and other governmental documents. Writing
of appellate legal briefs and a moot court trial are also
featured.
PS 294 Campaign Practicum
2-4 cr.
Students gain practical experience
working on a local, state or national campaign, read from books
and articles on political parties and elections, attend lectures,
participate in discussions and write a reflective paper on their
campaign experience.
PS 295 Special Topics in Political
Science
1-4 cr.
Individual or group study of a
significant topic or problem in political science. The
requirements of this course may be met by completing a course not
ordinarily offered or through participation in seminars,
colloquia, workshops, study abroad, or directed reading.
PS 297 Mock Trial
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Students gain experience in civil
and criminal litigation. All aspects of case preparation and trial
advocacy, including legal research, witness examination, opening
statements and closing arguments, are experienced. Students are
required to role play as both attorneys and witnesses.
PS 298 Directed Study in Political
Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Instructor and department head permission.
Individual directed study. Topic
to be selected by the student and the instructor.
PS 299 Model U.N.
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
PS 101 or PS 203 or PS 206, or instructor permission.
On transcripts, the course will
appear as: Model U.N.-(country’s name).
A simulation which involves a
comparative analysis of the governments and policies of various
nations of the world and how they interact with one another on a
variety of issue areas in the setting of an international
organization. Students accepted for this course will represent NMU
at either a regional or national Model U.N. conference.
PS 303 Public Opinion and Voting
Behavior
4 cr.
Survey of the determinants of
voting behavior. The topics of public opinion and voting behavior
are approached through a combination of reading and research.
Students are provided a basic understanding of appropriate
research techniques.
PS 308 Public Budgeting
4 cr.
Analysis of budgeting in the public
sector, with emphasis on the political nature of the budgetary
process. Both the expenditure and revenue side of the budget are
examined. The budgetary processes of the various levels of
government are considered.
PS 309 State and Local Government
4 cr.
Study of state and local
governments, including political systems and politics. Major
emphasis is placed on the structure and operation of Michigan
government and politics.
PS 312 War and Peace in the 21st
Century
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
Survey of factors shaping the
development of strategic and tactical nuclear forces, combined
with the study of theories of nuclear deterrence, arms control,
and disarmament.
PS 331 Judicial Process
4 cr.
An introduction to the judiciaries'
participation in the resolution of social conflict. Topics covered
include a study of the organization and staffing of courts, an
examination of judicial power, an analysis of the distinctive
methods that characterize judicial decision making, and an
appraisal of the proper functions of judges in a constitutional
democracy.
PS 332 Administrative Law
4 cr.
Review of the legal and political
influences on administrative decision-making. General topics
include administrative rule-making, due process of law, the
Administrative Procedures Act, judicial and congressional checks
on administrative agencies, and examination of specific areas of
administrative law, such as fair employment practices,
environmental protection, handicapped law, and sex discrimination.
PS 340 International Organizations
4 cr.
A study of the structures, roles
and function of international governmental and non-governmental
organizations. Organizations studies will include the United
Nations, the World Trade Organization, the International Monetary
Fund and global environmental regimes.
PS 341 Social Welfare Policy
4 cr.
Study of issues in current social
welfare policy and of the significance of social, economic, and
political factors that influence policy-making and implementation.
In addition, students also learn various techniques of policy
evaluation and review.
PS 350 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in political science.
Prerequisites:
Admission to the methods phase of teacher education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Study of the objectives of social
studies at the secondary level. The organization of subject
matter, the use and evaluation of materials, and the development
of classroom procedures and techniques.
PS 401 Seminar in Public Policy
Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Basic theories and methods of
public policy analysis. Student understanding is accomplished
through a series of readings, projects, discussions and lectures
on topics of current political importance, such as health,
environment, transportation, education, and welfare.
PS 402 Political Economy
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Political economy studies the
interplay between the political and the economic. This course
surveys several dimensions: 1) the distributional impact of
government; 2) a topic in comparative or international political
economy; and 3) the application of the “economics model” to
American social and political phenomena. Students will also have
the opportunity to pursue a topic of their choosing.
PS 404 Politics of East and Southeast
Asia
4 cr.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Does not satisfy the upper
division liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
PS 101 or PS 203 or PS 206 , junior standing or instructor
permission.
A comparative analysis of the
governments and politics in the nations of east and Southeast
Asia. This objective is accomplished through a series of readings,
discussions, lectures, and papers on topics of current political
importance as they relate to the nations of the “Pacific Rim”
(China, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia,
Indonesia, the Philippines, etc..)
PS 405 Party and Pressure Politics
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of two types of political
organizations important in American politics—the organized
interest group and the political party. General topics include
their place in democratic theory, formation, leadership,
operation, and policy effects. Students select a contemporary
issue to analyze and highlight differences between interest group
and political party involvement.
PS 406 Legislative Politics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the role and functions of
legislative bodies in the American political system. Through
emphasis on contemporary problems, the course clarifies the
struggle between Congress and President for control of the
decision-making capability.
PS 407 Principles of Public
Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to theory and practice
in the management of public affairs. Particular emphasis is placed
upon several themes and conceptual problems consistently appearing
in the professional literature of public administration, such as
politics of administration, bureaucratic efficiency and
administrative responsiveness and responsibility. Selected case
studies are used where appropriate.
PS 411 American Political Thought
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement, junior
standing or instructor permission.
An overview of American political
thought. The focus of the course will be on critical formative
periods such as the American Revolution, the Civil War and the
Industrial Revolution. Reading will include selected writings and
speeches of key American statesmen. Class discussion is
emphasized.
PS 415 Politics of American Foreign
Policy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Development of an analytical
capability for understanding and evaluation of American foreign
policy today and in the immediate future. Study is focused on
contemporary institutions and regional problem areas.
PS 421 Politics of Developing Countries
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Analysis of the Third World,
employing concepts and data derived from anthropology, sociology
and economics, along with political science. As part of the
course, individual students will study a country of their choice.
PS 427 Public Personnel Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the practice, theory, and
political setting of managing human resources in public
organizations. Topics covered will include the merit system,
classification, staffing (planning, recruiting, selecting,
examining, and placement), employee motivation, employee
diversity, and the constitutional setting for public employees.
PS 430 American Constitutional Law and
Politics
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the basis of
constitutional government and the judicial exposition of its
principles, with emphasis on the freedom of expression,
defendants’ rights, religious liberty, due process of law, and the
application of equal protection of the laws and minority rights.
PS 435 International Law
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of the basic concepts and
principles of the law of nations, with an analysis of significant
cases, judicial precedents, and hypothetical problems.
PS 491 Internship in Public Policy or
Law
2-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Practical experience working in a
national, state or local government office, public interest group,
corporate office, or a public or private law office. Participation
in the course may involve a full commitment of time for the entire
semester. Only eight credits may be applied toward a political
science or public administration major. Only four credits may be
applied toward a political science or public administration minor.
PS 495 Special Problems in Political
Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Individual or group study of a
significant topic or problem in political science. The requirement
of this course may be met by completing a course not ordinarily
offered, or through participation in seminars, colloquia,
workshops, study abroad, or directed reading.
PS 498 Directed Study in Political
Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor and department head permission.
Individual directed study on a
topic to be selected by the student and the instructor.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences)
PT 002 Auto Body Basic Skills
4 cr.
Introduction to auto body repair
techniques and materials. Provides students with basic skills in
use of air tools, plastic filler, sanding and grinding materials,
and painting. This course is designed to lay the groundwork for
more advanced repair operations.
PT 003 Beginning Sheet Metal and Body
Repair
4 cr.
Introduction to skills and
knowledge needed to repair rusted and dented auto body components.
Basic metal characteristics as applied to automobile parts are
taught and practical application is provided in a "hands-on"
approach to basic metal work. This course gives the auto body
repairman the necessary skills to handle most problems in repair
of sheet metal.
PT 004 Component Replacement and
Alignment
4 cr.
An overview of auto panel and glass
replacement. Basic experience in part replacement is given along
with a working knowledge of tools and techniques. Students have an
opportunity to learn how to replace all types of automobile
components.
PT 005 Body and Frame Correction
4 cr.
Advanced repair and alignment
methods, stressing a practical approach to repairing more severely
damaged vehicles. This course provides the auto body technician
with the means to straighten bent frames and properly align
replacement panels.
PT 006 Automotive Painting Prep
Procedures and Application
4 cr.
Survey of types of paint products
and solvents, with experience using them in various automotive
painting processes.
PT 007 Intermediate Collision Repair
4 cr.
Further development of expertise in
component replacement and alignment with body and frame
correction. Students apply knowledge acquired in previous classes
and also are instructed in special techniques used in component
replacement and body frame correction.
PT 008 Collision Repair Estimating
4 cr.
Instruction in methods of
estimating costs in labor, parts and materials. Students learn to
inspect visually and list systematically all items that should be
included in a cost-effective damage estimate.
PT 010 Advanced Collision Repair
6 cr.
An opportunity for students to
further their expertise in applying basic repair techniques to
more difficult auto damage and paint problems. Students apply the
material they have already learned and acquire new skills to
handle collision repair problems.
PT 160 Basic Automotive Repair for
Consumers
4 cr. (2-0-4)
A course to provide an opportunity
for the consumer of automotive goods and services to be aware of
the operation, service, and maintenance of basic automotive
systems. It also provides the student with the basic skills
necessary to maintain and service automobiles and light trucks.
PT 162 Steering, Suspension, and
Alignment
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Introduction to the theories and
service techniques of the many different steering, suspension, and
alignment systems used on today's cars and light trucks. Systems
include conventional and power assisted steering systems;
traditional and more advanced suspension control systems; and,
alignment techniques.
PT 163 Vehicle Brake Systems
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Introduction to the theories and
service techniques of Vehicle Braking Control Systems. Units of
instruction in theory and service to drum, disk, anti-lock, and
support systems found on domestic and import automobiles and light
trucks.
PT 164 Major Engine Repair Gas and
Light Diesel
4 cr. (2-0-6)
A course in the service, repair,
and design principles of gasoline and light diesel engines. Units
include operating principles, systems, and design of major engine
components. Other units deal with diagnostics, replacement,
repair, and reconditioning (including machine processes) of the
major engine components.
PT 166 Automotive Power Trains
4 cr. (2-0-6)
The theory, service, and repair of
power train components used in passenger cars and light trucks.
Units of instruction include standard transmissions, drive lines,
axles, transaxles, differentials, and four wheel drive systems.
PT 168 Vehicle Electrical Systems and
Accessories
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Study of vehicle electrical
systems, circuits, components, and accessories. Units include
repair and servicing of the starting, charging, lighting, and
accessory systems. A unit on vehicle heating and air conditioning
is also included.
PT 260 Automatic Transmission Repair
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Study of automatic transmissions,
their components and systems. Instruction is provided in the
repair, service, and diagnostic procedures used in servicing
vehicle automatic transmissions.
PT 262 Automotive Fuel and Ignition
Systems
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Instruction in the theory and
service of automotive fuel and ignition systems. Units include
diagnostic controller fuel and ignition systems.
PT 264 Automotive Computers and Control
Systems
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisite:
PT 168 or concurrent enrollment.
Study of the use of computers to
control emissions, air, fuel, and ignition management systems. A
major unit in electronic fuel injection systems is included.
PT 268A Automotive Service Repair
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Review of the various areas of
automotive service. The student will practice making repairs and
participate in all aspects of an auto service facility. Operation,
management, customer relations, tools, equipment, and actual
repair techniques used in an auto service center are stressed.
This course is the capstone for automotive service students,
giving them the opportunity to practice and apply information
learned in all previous automotive courses.
PT 268B Automotive Service Repair
4 cr. (2-0-internship)
Students participating in the
internship are responsible for finding a position working under a
Master Technician for a minimum of 8 hours per week for 15 weeks.
The department and automotive faculty monitor the student's
progress to ensure the student is gaining knowledge and experience
comparable to the lab objectives of the PT 268 class. The
student is required to attend the lecture segment of the class and
meet all other requirements of the course syllabus.
(Psychology Department)
PY 100S Psychology as a Natural Science
4 cr.
Repeats PY 100L, H or G.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Does not meet the laboratory
course graduation requirement.
Introduction to the natural science
of behavior and to the scientific principles and content areas of
psychology. This course includes a focus on the philosophy and
methodology of science, using selected problems from psychology as
examples for application and demonstration.
PY 100L Psychology as a Natural Science
with Laboratory
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Repeats PY 100S, H or G.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Content similar to PY 100S with
added laboratory experience.
PY 100H Honors Psychology as a Natural
Science
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Repeats PY 100S, L, or G.
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
Honors program membership or permission of department.
Content similar to PY 100S with
added laboratory experience and individual research opportunities.
PY 100G Psychology as a Social Science
4 cr.
Repeats PY 100S, L or H.
Usually offered only as an
off-campus course.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Content similar to PY 100S. This
course is more general in approach than PY 100S, L, or H, and does
not provide laboratory experiences or demonstrations.
PY 102 Individual and Family
Relationships
3 cr.
Use of personal and family
resources, human and material, to achieve more satisfying
individual and family living. Consideration of relationships
within the family. Needs, responsibilities, human sexuality, and
changing roles of members throughout the family life cycle.
PY 156 Developmental Child Related
Services
2 cr.
This course is designed to acquaint
the student with the specific services that are available for
young children and their families. The major emphasis of this
course will be on the special needs child and the legislation that
has impacted the kind and extent of services provided by the early
childhood caregiver.
PY 170 Educating the Young Child
2 cr.
An overview of the early childhood
education field, including an introduction to its historical
roots, current theories/practices, program models and issues, and
trends in the field. It is designed to give students a
comprehensive view of the critical educational elements pertinent
to working with young children.
PY 190 Psychology Colloquia
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G, or department permission. May be taken once
for credit and may be attended without course enrollment.
A series of presentations and
discussions of topics of current interest to the discipline of
psychology. Presenters will include experts from the department,
the university and outside the university. Some topics may require
follow-up reading.
PY 203 Applied Behavior Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
The study and application of
learning and conditioning procedures to human behavior. An
emphasis on management and modification of behavior in various
situations as influenced by the needs of the class.
PY 204 Physiological Psychology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of
natural sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
Study of the biological bases of
behavior with emphasis on central nervous system anatomy and
physiology and its relation to various psychological functions,
drug effects and neuropsychological disorders, with structured
laboratory experience.
PY 205 Introduction to Research Methods
in Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, G. or H.
An introduction to the methods and
designs used to acquire knowledge within the psychological
sciences, both causal (i.e., controlled experimental) and
non-causal (e.g., survey, correlation, naturalistic observation).
Design and methodology will be presented, as will a discussion of
the strengths and weaknesses of each. Additional topics will
include literature searching and evaluation, scientific report
writing and research ethics.
PY 211 Learning
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
The study of basic learning
processes from simple conditioning to thinking and understanding,
with laboratory replication of important animal and human learning
phenomena.
PY 235 Psychology of Gender
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G; or instructor permission.
Review of research on gender and an
examination of its impact on personal lives. Topics include
biological aspects of sex differences and similarities, social
development and maintenance of sex role stereotypes, consequences
of sex roles, and sex role influences in mental health. Both
female and male perspectives will be examined.
PY 241 Child Psychology
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
Survey of topics in child
psychology from prenatal development through adolescence with
emphasis on current empirical data and practical applications for
parenting, education and nursing. Interpretation of research
reports and techniques for objective analysis of children’s
behavior are also included. Laboratory experience is included when
appropriate.
PY 245 Infant/Toddler Development
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 241.
Examines the theoretical/empirical
research and practical experience relating to the first three
years of life. The course will trace the ontogenesis of various
developmental processes including parent-child relationships; peer
relationships; early socialization patterns of young children;
individualized learning, language and personality; and, motor,
social and other abilities. Observing and recording the
behavior/development of an infant or young child is also included.
PY 247 Infant/Toddler Programming
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 214.
This course is intended to provide
the student with an in-depth view of programming requirements,
administration, planning and curriculum for infants/toddlers, ages
zero to three, in a child care setting. Areas covered are
administration, staffing, developmental curriculum, working with
families and program evaluation.
PY 255 Sexual Behavior: Psychological
Perspectives
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H or G.
Examination of sexual behavior from
historical, cross-cultural, and contemporary viewpoints. The focus
is on psychological perspectives and implications of this material
for the student so as to lead to knowledgeable personal decision
making. Additional emphasis is placed on current sex therapies and
sex research.
PY 270 Activity Planning I: The
Creative Arts
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 170; PY 241 or permission from instructor.
The purpose of the course is to
develop active learning experiences that reflect the interest,
impulses, and capacities of the young child. The course will
emphasize the creative arts - drama, movement, fine arts, and
language arts - of the early childhood curriculum.
PY 272 Activity Planning II: The
Sciences
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Taken concurrently with PY 270; PY 241.
This course is the application of
teaching concepts used in the teaching of the sciences to young
children. Emphasis will focus on incorporating a foundational
knowledge of the sciences; physical, social and natural in to the
early childhood curriculum.
PY 285 Developmentally Appropriate
Program/Practice (DAPP)
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 241; can be taken concurrently with PY270 & PY 272.
The purpose of this course is to
prepare the student for the role of classroom teacher in an early
childhood setting. Emphasis will be placed on the generation of
developmentally appropriate teaching strategies/materials used in
effective early childhood programs.
PY 290 DAPP Field Experience
4 cr. (1-0-12)
Prerequisite:
PY 270; PY 272; PY 285.
This course will provide the
opportunity for students to practice and integrate the skills
taught in the previously taken courses through a mentor providing
quality child care programming. The field experience provides a
minimum of 168 clock hours of supervised time with young children
at an identified child-care site. A weekly seminar will aid in
problem-solving classroom experiences. Students will be supervised
by both an on site child-care provider and a university field
coordinator.
PY 291 Topics in Applied Psychology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated when taught as
Junior Seminar.
Prerequisites:
Enrollment is limited to majors in psychology. PY 100S, L, H, or
G, and instructor permission.
A series of courses and workshops
varying in type of applied topic.
PY 295 Special Topics in Psychology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
The formal study of content areas
of psychology that have a research or theoretical base but that
are not regularly offered as part of the curriculum.
PY 296 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Freshmen or sophomore standing only.
Basic course in area of study.
PY 297 Directed Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Written department permission.
Directed individual laboratory
research of current problems in psychology.
PY 298 Directed Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Written department permission.
Directed individual laboratory
research of current problems in psychology.
PY 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be taken twice.
Prerequisite:
Written department permission.
Directed apprentice activities in
laboratory sections of courses, in research, and in service.
PY 302 Aggression: Observed and
Measured
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100L, S, H, or G, and one of the following: PY 203, PY 204, PY
211, or PY 241 or permission of instructor.
A comprehensive review of studies
of aggression leading to understanding of the various factors that
contribute to aggressive behavior, both in general and in specific
populations. A critical evaluation of research done by various
investigators on aggressive behavior.
PY 304 Animal Behavior
4 cr. (4-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 204 or PY 211, or instructor permission.
An ethological survey of behavioral
forms and mechanisms displayed by various animal species, taken
from a psycho-biological and evolutionary point of view.
Laboratory and field investigations included.
PY 305 Psychological Statistics
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing or instructor permission. If taken as liberal
studies upper division course, the foundations of communication
requirement must also be completed.
The interpretation and application
of basic descriptive statistics and an introduction to statistical
inference, including chi square and analysis of variance. Computer
laboratory experience included when appropriate.
PY 311 Thinking and Cognition
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G. PY 204 or PY 211 recommended.
Survey of methods, findings, and
theories regarding cognitive functions, including such topics as
perception, attention, memory, language, thought, judgment, and
choice. Laboratory investigations included.
PY 313 Introduction to Linguistic
Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
junior standing or permission of instructor.
An introduction to modern (Chomskyan)
linguistics as the foundation of empirical psycholinguistics. This
course emphasizes morphological, syntactic and semantic analyses
of language and language behavior.
PY 320 Psychological Measurement
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H, or G, and junior standing.
The basic theory of measurement
techniques, including test selection and construction,
interpretation and use of test results, and types of testing
programs. Lab experience is included when appropriate.
PY 335 Social Psychology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
A focus on social facilitation,
interpersonal attraction, group processes, leader behavior,
attitude measurement and attitude change, intergroup conflict,
helping behavior, and environmental psychology with both field and
laboratory research.
PY 344 Lifespan Developmental
Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 100S, L, H, or G.
The study of lifespan development
brings together and applies knowledge from psychology (e.g.,
physiological. perceptual, personality, cognitive, and social
psychology) and related fields (e.g., developmental neurology,
genetics) to better understand the needs and critical issues
facing humans from conception through old age and death. Physical,
intellectual, and socioemotional domains of development, and the
interaction between domains, will be the focus of discussion, as
will the importance of environmental variables (e.g., parenting
styles, socioeconomic status, culture) in ensuring healthy
development and adaptive behavioral, cognitive, and emotional
adjustment across the lifespan.
PY 345 Psychology of Exceptional
Children
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H, or G and junior standing.
Examination of selected principles,
procedures and issues pertaining to the etiology, diagnosis and
treatment of children who have intellectual, physical, or
social-emotional impairments.
PY 350 Observation/Assessment of
Children
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 241.
This course is designed to acquaint
the early childhood professional with a variety of
methods/procedures used to observe, record and assess the behavior
of young children.
Observational techniques are
compared, and their applications to the curricular problems and
research issues faced by teachers are identified. Critical issues
in early developmental assessment are identified and addressed.
The course assists the student in becoming knowledgeable in types
of assessment measures and diagnostic support services available
for families.
PY 351 Psychology of Personality
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H or G and junior standing or instructor permission.
The basic principles of psychology
involved in the development, assessment and modification of
personality and a description and analysis of major personality
theories.
PY 352 Child Guidance Techniques
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
PY 152.
Techniques for organizing and
sustaining a positive atmosphere for children and adults in the
preschool learning environment.
PY 353 Psychology of Aging in the
Family
4 cr.
A human needs approach to the aging
process with focus upon individual, family and community planning
for the middle and later years of life. Emphasis is placed upon
the following topics: developing potentialities; building
interpersonal relationships; fulfilling housing, recreation and
life enrichment needs; understanding and maintaining health and
nutritional needs; study of clothing style and construction;
alterations in housing and household needs; resource management;
and, concerns of the caretaker role, and community service for
successful aging.
PY 355 Abnormal Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H, or G and junior standing, or instructor permission.
Examination of the variety of
patterns of disordered or dysfunctional behavior and the
perspectives through which they may be understood, and a
consideration of relevant theory, research, and treatment
techniques.
PY 358 Meaning and Development of Play
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite:
PY 241.
This course will explore the
meaning and development of play from infancy through adulthood.
It will also examine the various manifestations of play, [solitary
activity, socio-dramatic play and games with rules] in light of
developmental and education concerns.
PY 360 Introduction to Clinical
Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 351 or PY 355 and junior standing, or permission of instructor.
An introduction to the field of
clinical psychology including the history, current trends,
educational requirements, training, assessment procedures, and
therapeutic interventions.
PY 390 Western Childhood
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of
communication requirement and junior standing.
Study of childhood in a historical
perspective, which explores how images of children and childhood
reflect the prejudices and aspirations of human culture. Includes
readings and viewings in history, literature, anthropology, art
and film.
PY 399 Advanced Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be repeated for a total of
four credits. However, the total combined credit for PY 299 and PY
399 may not exceed six credits.
Prerequisite:
Written department permission.
Directed apprentice activities in
laboratory sections of courses, in research, and in service.
PY 400 History and Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 204 or PY 211 and junior standing or instructor permission.
Majors should take this course in their junior year.
Examination of the philosophical
and historical roots of psychology culminating in an analysis of
current major theoretical perspectives of modern scientific
psychology.
PY 401 Behavior-Genetic Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H or G, and junior standing or instructor permission.
PY 305 and biology courses in genetics and evolutionary theory
recommended.
The study of the interactions of
genotypes and environments in the production of phenotypes and
behavior. This course explores the biological and environmental
evidence for the concept of individuality; the definition and
misinterpretation of interactions; the use and misuse of
measurement in description, classification, prediction and control
of human behavior; and the implications of a behavior-genetic
analysis for science, for psychology, for society and for the
individual. Understanding of the biological and psychological
perspectives of individuality will be emphasized throughout this
course.
PY 403 Behavior Assessment and
Evaluation
4 cr. (4-0-2)
Prerequisites:
PY 203, one 300 level psychology course, and junior standing or
instructor permission.
Analysis of the behavior of
individuals and society with emphasis on intervention procedures
that are effective in bringing about behavior change. Where
applicable, the course includes opportunities for students to
engage in field experience and research with strong emphasis on
reviews of research exploring effectiveness of intervention
strategies and techniques.
PY 404 Advanced Physiological
Psychology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
PY 204 and junior standing, or instructor permission.
Seminars on relevant topics,
selected by students, and including independent laboratory
experience involving bio-behavioral or sensory processes of humans
or lower organisms.
PY 410 Sensation and Perception
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 204 and junior standing, or instructor permission.
Scientific exploration of sensory
and perceptual phenomena with emphasis on relevant psychological
laws, neurological mechanisms, the relationship between brain
function and mental experience, and the practical implications of
each. Laboratory investigation of methods and phenomena.
PY 411 Learning Processes
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites:
PY 211 and junior standing or instructor permission.
Advanced principles of learning
processes, related theories and research, with laboratory and
independent research activity.
PY 435 Advanced Social Psychology
4 cr. (3-1-2)
Prerequisites:
PY 335 and junior standing, or instructor permission.
Focus on researched topics in
social psychology, with attention to research design, development
of a research proposal, and independent laboratory and field
research activity.
PY 436 The Psychology of Organizational
Behavior
4 cr. (3-1-0)
Prerequisite:
PY 335 recommended, junior standing or instructor permission.
A focus on empirically researched
areas of industrial psychology, including group performance,
leader behavior, social influence, interpersonal conflict,
organizational environments, feedback, etc., and on implementing
programmatic changes through the use of researched psychological
techniques. Field and laboratory investigations included when
appropriate.
PY 441 Individual Differences In
Development
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 205, PY 305, PY 320, PY 341 or equivalents and junior standing
or instructor permission.
The application of the
idiosyncratic methodological approach as applied to the
understanding of individual differences in development,
incorporating multi disciplinary study of physical, cognitive, and
psychosocial domains of development.
PY 455 Psychopathology
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 355 and junior standing or instructor permission.
Selected topics in psychopathology
central to an advanced examination of the variety of patterns of
disordered or dysfunctional behavior and the perspectives through
which they may be understood, as well as a consideration of
relevant theory, research, and treatment techniques.
PY 458 Introduction to Small Group
Processes
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Two 300 level psychology courses, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Consideration of scientific theory
and research on small group processes from both an applied and
research perspective.
PY 460 Administration of Preschool
Programs
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 156, PY 251 and PY 256, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of program development,
implementation and control. Operational topics include staffing,
licensing, certification requirements, equipment and facilities
for operating a preschool education facility.
PY 470 Psychological Aspects of
Athletic Performance
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY 100S, L, H or G, junior standing or instructor permission.
(Same as PE 470.) Study of
psychological applications in the field of sports and coaching.
Topics include behavioral coaching of motor skills, competition
anxiety analysis and management, mental rehearsal techniques, and
aggression control.
PY 490 Seminar
1-4 cr.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission. When taught as Senior
Seminar, enrollment is limited to psychology majors who have
previously taken Junior Seminar.
Study of topics currently being
researched by members of the department with special attention to
the background, research findings, theoretical implications, and
heuristic value of the problem under study.
PY 491 Practicum/Seminar in Psychology
4 cr. (1-0-12)
Prerequisite:
Senior standing; PY 241; 270 & 272; 290.
The purpose of this course is to
reinforce and integrate the skills and knowledge that must be
maintained to build on the traditions and practices used by most
community agencies and child care facilities. This course provides
the opportunity to carry out practical activities with people
directly employed in the human service setting, providing services
for young children and families.
PY 492A Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for a total of four
credits.
Prerequisites:
PY 203 or PY 211, PY 403 junior standing and written department
permission.
Experience for advanced students in
applying behavioral techniques. Students are typically required to
perform daily work in local settings in addition to attending
course meetings. Students must demonstrate knowledge from PY 403
in the following areas: proper methodology in observing and
recording behavior, ethical sensitivity, and accountability
through the use of single subject designs.
PY 492B Advanced Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for a total of four
credits.
Prerequisites:
PY 492A, junior and written department permission.
Continuing and more advanced
experience in applying behavioral techniques for students who have
successfully completed PY 492A.
PY 495 Special Topics in Psychology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Formal study of content areas of
psychology that have a research or theoretical base but that are
not regularly offered as part of the curriculum.
PY 496 Special Topics in Psychology
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Formal study of content areas of
psychology that have a research or theoretical base but that are
not regularly offered as part of the curriculum.
PY 497 Directed Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department permission.
Directed individual laboratory
research of current problems in psychology. This course requires
regular meetings with the instructor throughout the semester.
PY 498 Directed Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and department permission.
Directed individual laboratory
research of current problems in psychology. This course requires
regular meetings with the instructor throughout the semester.
(Health, Physical Education and
Recreation Department)
RE 110 Introduction to Leisure and
Recreation
2 cr.
Introduction to leisure and
recreation and the leisure service profession. Includes historical
and current concepts, theories and philosophies of leisure,
recreation and play; historical development of public and private
resources for leisure and recreation and exploration of career
opportunities.
RE 155 Outdoor Living Skills
2 cr.
Introduction to basic outdoor
living and camping skills. Major topic areas include toolcraft,
ropecraft, cooking and fires, health and safety, map and compass,
gear and shelters and environmental awareness. The course will
require an extended camping trip.
RE 191 Professional Development Seminar
I
0.5 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 110 and declared ORLM major or minor.
A seminar designed to: 1)
introduce new students to the major and/or minor; 2) provide for
the initial development, updating, monitoring, and assessment of
professional and academic portfolios; 3) provide a forum for open
dialogue among students and between faculty and students; and 4)
provide the infrastructure to conduct all course work, procedures
and requirements associated with field work, internship, and plans
of study.
RE 250 Education in Outdoor Settings
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
RE 110 or instructor permission.
An overview of the history, theory,
philosophy, types, components and resources of educational
programs in outdoor settings. Introduction to primary programs
which include, but are not limited to: outdoor education;
adventure/challenge education; experiential education;
environmental education; and, organized camping. Introduces
students to basic natural environmental concepts. Provides an
overview of the professional field and career opportunities in
those settings.
RE 251 Adventure Activities,
Facilitation and Group Behavior
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 110 and RE 250.
This course will cover areas
relating to group process and development, as well as group
facilitation skills, including: attending; reflecting; framing;
use of metaphor; front-loading; and, debriefing. Discussion
includes the transfer of learning and the direct experience and
skill development of facilitating adventure type activities such
as new games, initiatives, low and high ropes courses, and the
climbing wall.
RE 261 Leadership and Pedagogy in
Leisure Services
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 110 and RE 250.
Fundamentals and techniques of
recreation and educational leadership in leisure services. Focus
is on leadership theory, development of basic leadership and
programming skills, teaching approaches and strategies, and
related legal issues. Provides hands-on leadership and teaching
experiences.
RE 270 Outdoor Recreation Resources,
Behavior and Values
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
RE 110 or instructor permission.
Studies resources, policies and
history of governmental agencies and non-governmental
organizations with involvement in outdoor recreation opportunity
provision. Examines human behavior in the natural environment and
the benefits that humans as individuals and as a society derive
from this interaction. Course content set in context of
Outdoor Recreation Systems Model. Provides an overview of career
opportunities.
RE 291 Professional Development Seminar
II
0.5 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 191
A seminar designed to: 1) provide
for the continued development, updating, monitoring, and
assessment of professional and academic portfolios; 2) provide a
forum for open dialogue among students and between faculty and
students; and 3) provide the infrastructure to conduct all course
work, procedures and requirements associated with field work,
internships, and plans of study.
RE 294 Field Work (A, B, C, and/or D)
1-2 cr.
May be repeated for a total of 3
credit hours.
Prerequisites:
RE 110, RE 191, RE 250 and/or RE 270 strongly recommended or
concurrent enrollment. ORLM majors only. GPA of 2.5
required in major core courses.
This course is designed to give the
student supervised practical experience in a professional setting
and/or a summer camp. Emphasis is placed on leadership
responsibilities of planning, conducting, and evaluating
activities.
RE 295 Special Topics in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Detailed study of one or more
special problems in leisure.
RE 296 Special Topics in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Detailed study of one or more
special problems in leisure.
RE 297 Directed Study in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Independent study with research.
RE 298 Directed Study in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Independent study with research.
RE 352 Wilderness First Responder
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Covers CPR, body systems, trauma
management for extended periods, environmental emergencies,
equipment improvisation, patient assessment, toxins, wilderness
rescue and backcountry medicine. CPR and WFR certifications
offered. Includes lectures, practical sessions and rescue
simulations.
RE 356 Wilderness Education Association
Wilderness Stewardship
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 155 strongly recommended. Department permission required.
An extended trip in a local area
based upon the Wilderness Education Association’s 18-point
curriculum. The course focuses on outdoor leadership, group
dynamics, expedition behavior, low-impact camping, and
environmental ethics. Students successfully completing this
course receive one-year membership in the Wilderness Education
Association and a Wilderness Steward Program Certificate of
Completion. Extra fees required for food, equipment use and WEA
membership fees.
RE 357 Teaching of Canoeing
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Instructor permission; Current
certification from HL 242 or RE 352 or Wilderness First Responder
certification; EMT or Wilderness EMT; successful completion of
swimming test administered in conjunction with this class.
Coverage of all aspects of tandem
and solo flatwater canoeing and the basics of freestyle and moving
water canoeing. Focuses on the development of skills and judgment
needed to teach safe canoeing and lead canoe trips. Includes
equipment selection and care, transportation, trim, strokes and
techniques, safety and rescue, tripping and camping, canoe games
and teaching experiences. Counts as an American Canoe Association
Instructor Development Workshop for students who meet ACA
requirements. The course is conducted in the field at various
canoeing sites.
RE 358 Teaching of Rock Climbing
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 155 and instructor permission.
An experiential introduction into
all aspects of technical free rock climbing. Starts with basic
techniques and progresses through beginner climbs to more
difficult routes requiring intermediate climbing techniques. A
primary objective is the development of skills and judgments
necessary to teach the activity to others. The core is conducted
in the field over an eight day period at one or more climbing
areas during early summer (spring) session.
RE 362 Program Design in Leisure
Services
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 110, RE 250, RE 251, RE 261, and RE 270.
Study of the principles, practices
and organization of leisure programs. Major topics include program
classification systems, activity selection, program formats, needs
assessments, program operation strategies, and evaluation of
programs. The course includes the selection, development,
implementation and evaluation of a leisure service program.
RE 371 Protected Area Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 270, or instructor permission and eight credits of natural
science (non-human biology, earth science, chemistry,
physics or astronomy).
Studies the techniques and
strategies used to manage the physical resources, visitors and
services in protected areas. Course content set in the context of
the Outdoor Recreation Systems Model.
RE 381 Interpretation I: Foundations
and Guided Services
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
AIS 101, RE 261 and RE 270; or instructor permission. Four to
eight credits from history or anthropology and four to eight
credits from natural science (non-human biology, earth science,
chemistry, physics or astronomy) for a total
of twelve credits.
Develops skills and knowledge in
environmental and historical interpretive services. Explores
foundations and primary elements of interpretation. Students gain
theoretical understanding of and practical experience in planning,
implementing and evaluating all types of performance
interpretation including interpretive talks, conducted walks and
tours and interpretive events. Includes living history.
RE 382 Interpretation II: Self-guided
Media
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 381; competency in computer presentation and publication
software; EN 211 and completion of the writing proficiency exam;
sixteen credits in a mix of natural science and history and/or
anthropology courses.
Develops skills and knowledge in
environmental and historical interpretive services. Students gain
theoretical understanding of and practical experience in planning,
implementing and evaluating all types of self-guided interpretive
services including publications, exhibits, signs, self-guided
tours and trails and multimedia presentations.
RE 391 Professional Development Seminar
III
0.5 cr.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites:
RE 291.
A seminar designed to: 1) provide
for the distribution, development, updating, monitoring, and
assessment of professional and academic portfolios; 2) provide a
forum for open dialogue among students and between faculty and
students; and 3) provide the infrastructure to conduct all course
work, procedures and requirements associated with field work,
internships, and plans of study; and 4) provide an infrastructure
for students to prepare for RE 491.
RE 410 Leisure Through the Ages
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Senior standing or instructor permission.
Survey course of the literature,
art, music and media that impacts the leisure and outdoor
recreation profession.
RE 450 Adventure Program Planning and
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 110, RE 250, RE 251, RE 261, RE 270, RE 362, and concurrent or
after RE 461, junior standing or instructor permission.
Theoretical, philosophical, and
historical perspectives of outdoor adventure programs. Provides
experience in planning and developing adventure program
components. Examines selected aspects of administration and
management of adventure programs, including legal concerns.
RE 455 WEA National Standard Program I
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior/Senior standing and instructor permission; RE 155, RE 250,
RE 356, HL 242 or RE 352, or WFR, or WEMT; RE 251 or RE 261
strongly recommended.
An introduction to expedition
planning. Major topics include: route selection, menu planning and
rations, transportation and logistics, equipment, emergency
procedures and forms, liability and risk management, expedition
behavior, and leadership and judgment Students will plan and
organize expeditions (RE 456 - WEA National Standard Program II;
and RE 457 - WEA National Standard Program III). This is the first
in a three-course series to meet WEA requirements for outdoor
leadership certification.
RE 456 WEA National Standard Program II
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 455, junior standing or instructor permission.
An extended expedition designed to
learn, practice and teach specific land and/or water based outdoor
skills. This is the second in a three course series to meet WEA
National Standard Program for outdoor leadership certification
requirements and is planned and organized in RE 455. Extra fees
required for food, equipment use, WEA membership fees, and
program/camping fees.
RE 457 WEA National Standard Program
III
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 455, junior standing or instructor permission.
An extended expedition designed to
learn, practice and teach specific land and/or water based outdoor
skills. This is the third in a three course series to meet WEA
National Standard Program for outdoor leadership certification
requirements and is planned and organized in RE 455. Extra fees
required for food, equipment use, WEA membership fees, and
program/camping fees.
RE 461 Management and Supervision of
Leisure Services
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
MKT 230; RE 362 or RE 381; RE 371 and senior standing.
Examines the principles and
practices of supervision and management of leisure services and
resources. Requires writing a funding proposal.
RE 466 Area and Facility Planning and
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 371; RE 461 strongly recommended, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Principles, terminology, standards
of planning, construction, use, and maintenance of areas and
facilities for varied leisure programs.
RE 467 Evaluation/Research in Leisure
Services
3 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 362 or RE 371 or RE 381; PY 305 or equivalent and junior
standing.
Principles and procedures for
conducting evaluation and evaluation research in leisure services
and resources.
RE 480 Interpretive Services Planning
and Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 371, RE 381, RE 382, GC 225; concurrent with or after RE 461.
Computer mapping competencies recommended (GC 230 recommended),
junior standing or instructor permission.
Examines and practices the process
of interpretive master planning for new and existing protected
areas. Applies management practices and procedures to issues that
arise at interpretive centers.
RE 491 Professional Assessment Seminar
0.5 cr.
Prerequisites:
Declared ORLM major, senior standing and instructor permission
required.
The Outdoor Recreation Division
Comprehensive Exam and other assessment instruments will be
administered.
RE 494 Internship
12 cr.
Prerequisites:
RE 391; approval of intern site, all required core and other
required courses completed, and overall GPA of 2.50 in the major,
junior standing or instructor permission.
This course involves supervised
field work in a professional setting with emphasis on
administration, supervision, programming, and leadership.
RE 495 Special Problems in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more
special problems in leisure.
RE 496 Special Problems in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more
special problems in leisure.
RE 497 Directed Study in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study with research.
RE 498 Directed Study in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Independent study with research.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
SN 101 Elementary Spanish I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
SN 101 is an introduction to the
Spanish language and cultures of the people who speak it.
Students learn rudimentary “survival” skills such as social
pleasantries, shopping, exchanging money, eating in restaurants,
talking about family and school and weather.
SN 102 Elementary Spanish II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SN 101 or one year of high school Spanish.
SN 102 is a continuation of SN 101.
Students add to their proficiency in matters such as those related
to health, free time, employment, travel, and talking about the
past cultures of the Hispanic world.
SN 201 Intermediate Spanish I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SN 102 or two years of high school Spanish.
SN 201 reviews all grammar and
major topics from SN 101 and 102. This course incorporates more
reading, writing and conversation than first-year courses, and
explores more matters dealing with Hispanic cultures. Students
expand their proficiency into areas such as expressing opinions
and persuading.
SN 202 Intermediate Spanish II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SN 201 or three years of high school Spanish.
SN 202 is a continuation of SN 201.
Students do considerably more reading and writing than in prior
courses. The course expands their cultural and linguistic
proficiency.
SN 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be taken for a maximum of 2
credits.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Written department permission.
Apprentice work and activities
which require students to use their knowledge of Spanish and
develop their competencies in the language. This includes such
things as oral expression, appreciation of grammatical structure,
proofreading and editing skills, research skills in Spanish, and
skills in teaching Spanish to others.
SN 300 Reading and Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SN 202 or instructor permission.
This course teaches essential
reading and writing skills in Spanish (use of dictionary, root
analysis, decoding, comparison of sentence structure,
identification of meaning through analysis, use of contextual
cues). Materials will consist of Spanish newspapers, magazines,
short stories and will prepare the student for subsequent upper
level courses.
SN 305 Conversational Spanish
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SN 202 or instructor permission.
SN 305 focuses on improving the
conversational abilities of students through practice within
various discourse strategies. Role-playing, films, multimedia
materials, soap operas, and radio and television transmissions
supplement daily conversational practice. This course also
includes an advanced grammar review.
SN 310 Introduction to Spanish
Civilization and Culture
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SN 300 or instructor permission. SN 310 is taught in Spanish.
This course is a multidisciplinary
introduction to the culture and civilization of Spain. It offers a
comprehensive view of the historical, geographical, political and
economic factors which have helped shape today’s Spanish society.
SN 312 Introduction to Spanish America
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisites:
SN 300 or equivalent, completion of EN 211 and sophomore standing.
SN 312 is taught in Spanish.
This course is a multidisciplinary
introduction to the culture and civilization of Spanish America.
It offers a comprehensive view of the historical, geographical,
political and economic factors which have helped shape today’s
Spanish American societies and the cultural expressions which have
resulted.
SN 314 Contemporary Latin American
Culture
4 cr.
SN 314 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of EN 211 and sophomore standing.
Presentation of Latin American
intellectual, social and political issues as reflected in
contemporary literature, music, art, film and other cultural forms
from the various regions of Latin America. SN 314 is taught in
English. This course cannot be applied toward a Spanish major or
minor.
SN 400 Advanced Spanish Composition and
Grammar
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SN 300, junior standing or instructor permission.
A review of all major points of the
Spanish grammar system, with an especially intense focus on the
rich verb system and common problems native English speakers have
in Spanish. In an interrelated way, it also provides the
opportunity for students to improve their writing skills through
composition of essays, letters, and resumes.
SN 425 Masterpieces of the Golden Age
of Spanish Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SN 300, or instructor permission.
Students examine some of the
masterpieces of Spain’s Golden Age literature. The texts studied
serve as springboards to consideration of art, culture, language,
history, and humanity.
SN 428 Twentieth Century Literature of
Spain
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SN 300, or instructor permission.
An examination of some of the
masterpieces of Spain’s twentieth century literature. The texts
studied serve as springboards to consideration of art, culture,
language, history, and humanity.
SN 429 Twentieth Century Literature of
Spanish-America
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SN 300, or instructor permission.
Students examine some of the
masterpieces of Spanish-American’s twentieth century literature.
The texts studied serve as springboards to consideration of art,
culture, language, history, and humanity.
SN 495 Special Topics in Spanish
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic
varies.
Satisfies the world cultures
requirement.
Prerequisite:
SN 300 or instructor permission.
This is an experimental course
based on linguistics, cultures, authors, genres, or literary
periods not covered in other regularly approved Spanish courses.
SN 498 Directed Study in Spanish
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Instructor and department head permission.
A directed study course designed to
meet a specific academic requirement of the student who is unable
to earn the credit during regularly scheduled course offerings.
The student and professor agree to the specific topic and
requirements needed to earn the credit.
(Sociology and Social Work
Department)
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
A study of social organization,
culture, and social interaction with particular emphasis on
American society. The sociological approach is developed through
such concepts as status and role, social stratification,
socialization and social change. This approach is used to study
crime, population, family, religion, education and other areas.
SO 101H Introductory Sociology Honors
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
A survey, with individual topics
covered by members of the sociology faculty specializing in those
areas. Emphasis is placed on classroom discussion and writing
covering both examinations and a term project. In completing the
project, students are introduced to the computer as a research
tool.
SO 111 Civil Life in Democratic Society
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
This course focuses on civil
society and civil engagement–the involvement of ordinary citizens
in organizations and associations that shape and govern democratic
societies. It addresses such topics as leadership, volunteerism,
and community and grass roots organizing, and encourages students
to explore these issues in their own communities.
SO 113 Social Problems
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Survey of the major social problems
in contemporary American society, including urban problems,
population, environment, power, family, health care, work and
leisure, aging, poverty, race and ethnic relations, sex roles,
war, deviant behavior, drugs and alcohol, social movements, crime
and delinquency, and others. Cannot be applied toward the
sociology major.
SO 201 Sociology of Aging
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 101.
A theoretical and multicultural
approach to the social aspects of aging, including basic
theoretical perspectives and methods, demographic trends,
inter-generational relations, family life, housing and living
environments, retirement and leisure, the legal system and the
elderly, political behavior, income distribution, social service
models, prospects for the elderly in the future, and death and
dying in a social context. Empathetic understanding of the
experience of growing old is acquired by requiring students to
visit an elderly person and explore the manner in which the person
copes with old age.
SO 208 Methods of Social Research I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication
studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101 or instructor permission.
Introduction to techniques of data
analysis for social research. Applied uses of descriptive and
inferential statistics are emphasized. Computers and statistical
software are used as part of the instruction process.
SO 222 Social Inequality
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
The course introduces the student
to issues related to social inequality. The goal of the course is
to discuss how power influences the distribution of resources in
the United States and globally. The primary focus of the course is
on social class inequality in terms of the distribution of wealth,
political power, and status-honor. Dimensions of racial and gender
inequality are also related to class inequality.
SO 232 Marriage and the Family
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101.
Examination of social changes that
have affected family relations in western culture; examines the
multifaceted effects of these changes and the social significance
of these changes in a complex social order; examines many of the
issues and problems confronting contemporary marriages.
SO 251 Sport in American Society
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
This course is designed to help the
student develop an understanding of the structure, processes, and
problems of sport as an institutionalized social system. The
theory and methodology of the discipline of sociology are utilized
to understand, explain, and predict social behavior in a sport
milieu. Finally, the course is aimed at developing a greater
awareness and appreciation of the social significance of sport in
contemporary society.
SO 262 Women, Men and Social Inequality
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 101 or instructor permission.
Addresses the significance of
gender/sex roles in American society. This course focuses on
cultural and social ingredients in people’s perception of
themselves as men and women. The implications of gender for social
inequality are examined in depth.
SO 263 Criminology
4 cr.
Cross-listed with CJ 263.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 or SO 113, and CJ 110; or instructor permission.
This course explores the nature,
extent, causes, and methods of treatment and prevention of crime.
Emphasis is placed on the theories and methods of studying crime
and criminal behavior as social phenomena.
SO 282 Minority Groups
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101.
Survey of selected ethnic
minorities in the United States. Special attention is given to the
structural sources of prejudice, discrimination, and social
conflict in America.
SO 295 Special Sociological Topics
1-4 cr.
May be taken more than once if
topic varies.
Prerequisite:
SO 101 or instructor permission.
Topic varies with the area of
specialization of the faculty member teaching the course.
SO 301 Urban Sociology
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 101.
The development of cities, their
ecological characteristics, and the impact of urbanization on a
society and the way of life of its people. The social aspects of
urban planning and urban renewal are considered.
SO 302 Life Cycle and Social Structure
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Social work major and SO 101 or instructor permission.
A review of alternative definitions
of the life cycle. The life cycle is described with respect to its
different periods: adolescence, middle age, and old age. The
social psychology of these different stages is examined with
consideration given to the effects of differential age or sex and
the impact of different historical periods.
SO 308 Methods of Social Research II
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 208 or equivalent course or instructor permission.
Introduction to methods, concepts,
and techniques of social research, including sampling,
questionnaire and interview design, experiments, observation,
evaluation research, and ethics. Students apply these methods in
producing a complete research project on some social science
issues. Computers and statistical software are used as part of the
instruction process.
SO 311 The Community and Human Service
Organizations
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 and admission to the social work program or instructor
permission.
Examination of the community and
its human service organizations. Various approaches are used in
developing an understanding of the dynamic relationship between
the community and the organizational field. The social systems
approach is emphasized at the level of the community and the
individual organizations operating within its boundaries.
SO 312 Religion and Society
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 or instructor permission.
This course is designed to provide
an understanding of the place, function, and impact of religion as
a social institution and a moral force within society. It will
also examine the interplay between religion and politics,
technology, social movements, minorities, and the other
institutions of American society.
SO 322 Social Class, Power, and
Mobility
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101. If taken as upper division liberal studies course,
completion of foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing also are required.
The development and organization of
systems of social stratification. Relationship of social mobility
to social stratification. A survey of theories, methods, class
characteristics, and the channels, types, and forms of social
mobility.
SO 332 The Study of Population
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101. If taken as upper division liberal studies course,
completion of foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing also are required.
A general description of the work
of population scholars and demographers, followed by consideration
of basic population theory, analytical techniques, and the
dynamics of population change. Some emphasis is placed on
population growth as a problem as it relates to the food supply
and other resources at the world, regional, and national levels.
SO 343 Sociology of Deviant Behavior
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 101.
A survey of groups and individuals
that are considered "deviant" in our society. Various theories and
research methods will be utilized to study the nature and extent
of social deviance in American society. Additionally, processes of
social reaction and social control will be analyzed.
SO 351 Social Change
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101. If taken as upper division liberal studies course,
completion of foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing also are required.
The latest theoretical and factual
knowledge applied to the understanding of contemporary social
change and the master trends shaping our lives. Robotization of
work, computerization of life space, visual media and the social
consciousness, environmental impacts, coping with the stress of
change, and the prospects for planning change.
SO 355 Introduction to Social
Psychology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social
sciences requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite:
SO 101. If taken as upper division liberal studies course,
completion of foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing also are required.
Social basis of human behavior,
with emphasis on symbolic interaction theory. People are shown to
possess a “mind” and “self” not possessed by other organisms.
Further, human behavior is shown to depend upon the use of
language and learning through social interaction that language
makes possible.
SO 382 Health, Society, and Culture
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 101 or AN 100 or instructor permission.
Analysis of behavioral science
dimensions of health systems and health institutions at a national
level, with special emphasis on the United States. The behavioral
science approach to problems of health and disease is discussed,
along with social and cultural factors relating to the occurrence
and distribution of disease. American medical systems and
institutions are analyzed in terms of political and economic
factors, types of practitioners, the distribution of health
services and personnel, and in comparison with medical systems in
other societies. Same as AN 382.
SO 407 Sociological Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 and eight credit hours in other sociology courses, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Emphasis on the development of
theory in the discipline and its application in solving problems.
The modern schools of theory are also examined.
SO 408 Survey Research, Design and
Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 208 and SO 308 or equivalent courses, junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course builds on the
competencies established in SO 208 and SO 308 by having the
students design and carry out a large-scale survey research
project, culminating in the presentation of the results, and
conduct focus groups. The students learn advanced computer usage
in both the collection and analysis of data, interviewing skills,
advanced techniques for data manipulation and transformation, and
report preparation and presentation.
SO 411 Social Organization
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101, junior standing or instructor permission.
Consideration of the major
characteristics of social organization and its variations.
Emphasis is placed upon emerging social organizations, types of
organization theory, and types of analytical methods, with an
application of organizational principles to present and future
societies.
SO 412 Sociology of Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101, junior standing or instructor permission.
An application of sociological
principles to the education process; the relationship between
social stratification and education, the importance of interaction
patterns on the educational process, the effect of other
institutions on education, and the role of education as a dynamic
institution in a changing society.
SO 472 Occupational Stress
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101 or SO 113, junior standing or instructor permission.
Focuses on theories of occupational
stress, methods of measuring work stress, stressors in the work
environment, the effects of occupational stress, and individual
and organizational strategies for managing and preventing work
stress.
SO 473 Juvenile Delinquency
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 263, junior standing or instructor permission.
Taught as a seminar. The nature,
extent, causes, and societal reaction to juvenile delinquency.
Emphasis is placed on selected theories and methods for the
systematic analysis of juvenile offenders and the juvenile justice
system. This is an advanced course for students who have a special
interest in delinquency.
SO 490 Seminar in Sociology
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Major in sociology, senior standing or instructor permission.
Content dependent upon the
particular area(s) of specialization of the faculty member
teaching the course in a given semester.
SO 491 Internship in Applied Sociology
4-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Can be taken for two consecutive
semesters, but not for more than a total of 12 credits.
Only 4 credits can count toward the
applied sociology major.
Prerequisites:
SO 308, major in applied sociology, senior standing and instructor
permission.
A course to provide students in the
applied sociology program with experience conducting research. The
experience will begin with the identification of the research
needs of a client, development of a research design, data
collection and analysis, and the presentation of a report to the
faculty. Students should contact the internship coordinator during
the second semester of their junior year to apply for the
internship. The nature of the project and the amount of credit to
be earned will be negotiated with the faculty member assigned to
the internship, and a contract stating the agreement prepared. It
is possible for a group of students to work as a team on one
project.
SO 495 Special Topics in Sociology
1-4 cr.
May be taken more than once if
topic varies.
Prerequisite:
SO 101, junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of a significant topic or
problem in sociology that is not regularly offered as part of the
curriculum not otherwise emphasized in undergraduate courses.
SO 498 Directed Study in Sociology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Two sociology courses, a “B” average in sociology courses junior
standing and instructor permission.
Study of content not available in
the regular course offerings.
(Communication and Performance
Studies Department)
SP 100 Public Address
4 cr.
Theory and practice of public
address as found in formal and informal speaking situations that
confront people in business and other professions. Course
requirements include presenting original speeches.
SP 110 Interpersonal Communication
4 cr.
Study of theories of interpersonal
communication and human resources to make students aware of major
problems in communicating with others and to enable them to
improve their understanding of themselves and others.
SP 120 Small Group Process
4 cr.
Development of participation and
decision-making skills in small groups. Classes combine lectures
on group theory with laboratory application and practical
experience.
SP 200 Argumentation
4 cr.
Study of argumentation stressing
research, reasoning, organization, composition, and presentation.
SP 203 Advanced Public Address
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SP 100.
Enhancing the student’s applied
knowledge of practice of public address with the intent of
building a high degree of language skill. Emphasis is placed upon
clarity, interest, concreteness, as well as other style variables.
Students write, polish, and deliver informative and persuasive
messages.
SP 220 Interviewing
4 cr.
Dyadic communication principles
with major emphasis on learning how to function as interviewees
and interviewers. Preparation of questions, role playing, case
studies, and participation in various types of interviews
(informational, employment, persuasive, and appraisal) are
considered.
SP 240 Oral Interpretation of
Literature
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisite:
At least one course in literature or completion of the foundations
of communication requirement.
Interpretive approach to literature
including analysis, adaptation and presentation. Course includes
reading a variety of literature in the classroom, with cutting,
arranging, and presenting of formal programs.
SP 250 Research in Speech Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Completion of EN 111 with a grade of "C-" or better. Speech
communication majors must have completed two of the three core
courses (SP 100, 110, and 120).
An introduction to the research and
writing requirements of the field of speech communication. Career
options in the field are also considered.
SP 295 Special Topics in Speech
Communication
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if the topic
differs.
Investigation of a significant
topic or theme. Intended for underclassmen.
SP 300 Rhetorical Theory
4 cr.
Study of the rhetorical tradition
from classical to contemporary theories of rhetoric.
SP 310 Communication Theory
4 cr.
A survey of contemporary theories
and paradigms relating to human communication. Principles of
theory construction are also discussed.
SP 401 Persuasion
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of persuasion through
communication. Topics include audience analysis, experimental
design of studies in persuasion, and the application of persuasive
theory to various examples of communication.
SP 402 Communication Criticism
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
junior standing or instructor permission.
Communication criticism instructs
the student in the process of formally evaluating rhetorical
activity, judging communication on the basis of results, ethics,
truth and aesthetics. American history is rich with rhetorical
activity in the form of speeches, songs, humor, films and
television. As they learn the process of criticism, students are
also provided with a survey of significant communication events
that have had a lasting impact on American culture.
SP 404 Communication and the Arts
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Exploration into the study of
communication aesthetics. The course examines a range of
communication processes; concepts; and techniques using the arts
as its primary data base. Course includes some discussion of
interpretive methods, and consideration of various aesthetic
mediums.
SP 405 Negotiating
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
This course studies the ways and
means of negotiating for goods, services, and resources from the
perspective of both buyers and sellers. Students learn business
negotiation strategies and tactics that can be applied in
personal, social, political, and international contexts. The
course work includes paper presentations, exams and experimental
negotiations. Students conduct virtual business negotiations over
the internet with actual students in other countries with
different personal, social, political and international
backgrounds.
SP 410 Advanced Interpersonal
Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SP 110, junior standing or instructor permission.
Exploration and development of
one’s awareness of, and conscious ability to use, various aspects
of the speech communication discipline. Both intrapersonal and
interpersonal communication are stressed.
SP 412 Nonverbal Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SP 110 junior standing or instructor permission.
Development of an understanding of
the range of phenomena included in the study of nonverbal
communication. A study of the relationship of proxemics, kinesics,
chronemics, and haptics to the total human communication process.
SP 421 Organizational Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SP 110, SP 120, junior standing or instructor permission.
Organizational communication is
designed to acquaint students with the theories and principles of
effective communication within organizational settings. An
historical overview of theoretical approaches to structuring and
managing communication activities is followed by more specific
application of behavioral theories to the contexts of
communication relevant to organizations: interpersonal, groups and
teams, speech making, media relations, crisis. A consideration of
communication in a wide range of organizations—labor unions,
hospitals, government agencies, business, military, and
educational institutions is included.
SP 425 Communication Ethics
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SP 110 or SP 300 or PL 180 or equivalent; junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Principles and perspectives of
ethical communication will be studied and applied to a variety of
private and public communication situations. Ethical decision
making will be examined from varied contexts: the individual,
groups, organizations, the media, etc.. Students will analyze case
studies, study relevant literature, engage in class discussion,
and examine video and popular film, in order to understand the
fundamental ethical elements in human and mediated communication.
The impact of honest versus deceptive communication on the
individual and society is evaluated.
SP 432 Environmental Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Focus on developing an
understanding of the social and cultural foundations for,
strategic and tactical dimensions of, and case studies associated
with the effective promotion of environmental policy. Topics
include: the psychology of environmental communication; historical
and cultural analyses of environmental rhetoric; environmental
communication in government, business, and communities; and the
role of the media in shaping public responses to information
campaigns. Students research an issue related to their personal or
professional interests, explore the communication implications of
the subject, and produce a detailed analysis of how the issue
might be approached in the context of contemporary social
interaction.
SP 485 Outcomes Assessment
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
A senior qualifying exam and
graduation presentation. Students register during their final
semester before graduation.
SP 491 Practicum in Speech
Communication
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Projects in the areas of speech
carried on under the supervision of a faculty member.
SP 492 Internship in Speech
Communication
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Practical, applied experience
involving placement in a job situation.
SP 495 Special Topics in Speech
Communication
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic or
problem in an area of speech.
SP 498 Directed Study in Speech
Communication
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight
credits.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing, instructor and department head permission.
Independent study by qualified
undergraduates in an area to be defined by the student and
instructor.
(Practical Nursing Department)
Courses with a ST prefix apply only
to the Surgical Technology Certificate. They cannot be used as an
elective or to meet a requirement in any other diploma,
certificate, associate or bachelor's level program offered by the
university.
ST 104 Introduction to Surgical
Technology
1 cr.
Introduction to the role of the
surgical technologist and to the surgical team members. A study of
health care facilities, the role of health team members,
communication between members of the health care team and the
development of modern surgery. Discussion of the ethical, moral
and legal responsibilities of the surgical technologist.
ST 111 Basic Surgical Concepts and
Techniques
5 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission into surgical technology program and completion of the
following courses with a “C” or better: EN 111, BI 104, HP 200,
OIS 171 and ST 104.
This course will cover the
theoretical basis for surgical procedures and operating room
standards. Included will be study of microbiology and pharmacology
and its relation to the surgical patient as well as to
sterilization procedures and the processes themselves. A review of
anatomy and physiology and its relation to surgical procedures as
well as common disease processes requiring surgical intervention.
An in-depth study of surgical techniques as well as the surgical
technologist’s role throughout. Included will be the study of the
pharmacological agents used in the surgical patient.
ST 112 Surgical Technology I
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Admission into surgical technology program and completion of the
following courses with a “C” or better: EN 111, BI 104, HP 200,
OIS 171 and ST 104.
This is a four week block class
that prepares the student for clinical rotations. The student will
experience practical, hands on experience in setting up and
maintaining the sterile field, learn basic instrument names as
well as their care, the handling of instruments and other supplies
during the operative procedure. This is accomplished through
simulation in the lab and practice in the operative setting.
ST 113 Surgical Technology I Practicum
6 cr. (0-0-24)
Graded S/U.
Corequisite:
ST 111 and ST 112.
Prerequisites:
Admission into surgical technology program and completion of the
following courses with a “C” or better: EN 111, BI 104, HP 200,
OIS 171 and ST 104.
The practicum will be in the
operating room during which time students will gain experience
with selected surgical procedures under the supervision of a
clinical preceptor.
ST 114 Surgical Technology II
2 cr. (2-0-0)
Prerequisites:
Completion of ST 111 and ST 112 with a “C” or better, and a grade
of "S" in ST 113.
This lecture course will cover the
theoretical basis for advanced specialty surgical procedures. It
is a continuation of Surgical Technology I.
ST 115 Surgical Technology II Practicum
10 cr. (0-0-30)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
Completion of ST 111 and 112 with a “C” or better, and a grade of
"S" in ST 113.
The practicum will be in the
operating room during which time the student will gain experience
in advanced and complex surgical procedures under the supervision
of a clinical preceptor.
(Sociology and Social Work
Department)
SW 100 Exploring Social Work
4 cr.
The course introduces students to
the social work profession; it is a broad survey course covering
the educational requirements of the profession and its many fields
of practice. The course assists students in making career choices
about social work. Those enrolled in the course are required to do
20 hours of volunteer work in addition to scheduled class
sessions.
SW 230 Human Behavior in the Social
Environment I
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
SO 101, PY 100 or instructor permission.
Examination of social and
behavioral science applications to practice. Presents social
systems model for analyzing human functioning in the social
environment. (formerly SW 330)
SW 240 Social Welfare: Historical
Perspectives
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
SO 101, EC 101, or instructor permission.
Historical overview of the
development of social welfare as society’s reluctant response to
human need, and as a mechanism for social control. Events which
promote societal attitudes and in turn hinder or promote the quest
for a humane welfare system are examined.
SW 308 Methods of Social Research
4 cr.
Cross listed as SO 308.
Prerequisites:
SO 208 or other introductory statistics course.
Social science research methods are
presented as being essential to the development of empirical
practice, particularly the areas of intervention planning,
practice skill evaluation and practice outcome evaluation. Covers
issues in research such as problem formulation, research ethics,
sampling and approaches to measurement. Includes basic research
strategies such as: observation, survey and experiment.
SW 331 Human Behavior in the Social
Environment II
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SW 230.
Theories and research literature on
life stages (childhood through old age) are explored in a variety
of historical, cultural, class, gender, racial, and community
contexts. Emphasis is placed on how the self interacts with the
legacies of biological variables, cultural history, social system,
life history, personal social environment, and the impact of one's
view of future life stages. Social structures of race, ethnicity,
family, and social class are assessed as the framework of
developmental development.
SW 341 Social Welfare Policy
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SW 240, for social work majors and minors or by instructor
permission. Cross listed as PS 341.
Study of issues in current social
welfare policy and of the significance of social, economic, and
political factors that influence policy-making and
implementation. In addition, students also learn various
techniques of policy evaluation and review.
SW 370 Generalist Practice Methods I
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission.
Introduction to a generalist
practice perspective including a common set of values, skills, and
tasks essential to helping people in their social environment.
Emphasizes assessment skills and intervention strategies. Requires
participation in skill practice including 14 lab hours of
videotaping for classroom criteria.
SW 371 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be taken twice.
Prerequisite:
Completion of SW 370 and written department permission.
Directed apprenticeship activities
in the human skills laboratory. Apprentices work with lab groups
supervising lab sessions and assist in the feedback process.
SW 372 Generalist Practice Methods II
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admissions to the Social Work Program and completion of SW 370
Generalist Practice Methods I.
A continuation of Generalist
Practice I and required of all social work majors. This course
covers practice methods content from mezzo to macro level
perspectives. Specifically, the systems of families, groups,
organizations, and communities will be highlighted. Theoretical
perspectives will receive attention, though emphasis will be
placed on actual intervention strategies. The use of video labs
(as in Generalist Practice Methods I) will provide students with
relevant practice situations.
SW 401 Child Welfare
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of program and social work
procedures related to child welfare, particularly in reference to
dependent and neglected children, children of unwed parents, and
children with behavior problems and special needs.
SW 405 Aging Public Policies and
Programs
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission or gerontology minor, junior standing or
instructor permission
This course provides an overview of
aging public policies and programs. It will examine the origin,
current program structure and delivery system of various policies
such as Social Security, Medicare and the Older Americans Act that
provide income security, health care and social services to older
adults in the United States. Current reform proposals and changes
within these programs will be examined, as well as their impact on
the social, health and economic status of this population.
SW 411 Social Work in the Health Fields
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Examination of the role of social
work in relation to health care services. Considers social policy
issues associated with health services and the application of
social work practice principles to a variety of case situations
such as adolescent pregnancy and terminal illness.
SW 412 Domestic Violence
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of spouse abuse, child abuse,
sexual abuse of children, and less common forms of violence within
the family. Emphasis is on understanding the dynamics of violence,
the victim and perpetrator, and especially on service delivery
issues including legal sanctions, protective services, crisis
intervention, and longer term treatment of both victims and
perpetrators.
SW 415 Addictions: Diagnosis,
Treatment, and Prevention
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission junior standing or instructor permission.
Alternative conceptualizations of
addictions such as alcoholism; the impact of alcohol abuse on the
individual, the family, and social relationships. Skill is
developed in recognizing situations in which alcoholism is a
factor and in selecting appropriate intervention strategies.
SW 416 Substance Abuse Counseling
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
SW 370, SW 415, junior standing or instructor permission.
A specialized social work course
for students who anticipate working with chemically dependent and
affected populations. Functional conceptualizations of substance
abuse are integrated with methods for assessment and intervention.
Attention is directed to building skills involved in individual,
group, and family service delivery. Professional role, ethics,
accountability, and agency function are also explored.
SW 417 Social Work in Mental Health
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
An elective course which deals with
social work functions within psychiatric settings. This course
will include theoretical concepts, yet is designed for practical
social work applications. Three distinct social work involvement
stages will be addressed: Preadmission/admission screening
procedures, interdisciplinary treatment team planning and
discharge planning. Both community-based and institutional care
will be emphasized.
SW 421 Family Intervention in Social
Work Practice
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
B.S.W. program admission, junior standing or instructor
permission.
A course designed to address the
needs of helping professionals understand and deal with family
problems. Focus is on societal influences on the family, defining
what constitutes a healthy family system, learning how to
intervene with families to enhance their problem-solving skills,
and learning how to understand and intervene with families with
specific problems.
SW 440 Social Work Policy Analysis
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
SW 341, SW major or social welfare minor.
The study of the impact of social
policy at the local, state and national levels on the development,
implementation and delivery of social/health services in fields of
practice where social workers are employed. Emphasis will be
placed on current policy changes directly impacting clients,
practitioners, agencies and their communities.
SW 461 Social Work Practice Evaluation
I
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Concurrent enrollment in SW 480 or SW 481, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Application of research methods to
planning and evaluation of human service programs and to
assessment and intervention with clients. Single subject
techniques, needs assessment, and strategies for program outcome
assessment are reviewed. (Formerly SW 360)
SW 462 Social Work Practice Evaluation
II
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
SW 461, junior standing or instructor permission.
Application of research methods to
planning and evaluation of human service programs and to
assessment and intervention with clients. Single subject
techniques, needs assessment, and strategies for program outcome
assessment are reviewed.
SW 472 Social Work Practice with
Diverse Populations
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing or instructor permission.
Corequisite:
SW 480 or SW 481.
The study of the impact of race,
class, and gender on the delivery of social services. The course
emphasizes learning to work cross-culturally from a
solution-focused, strengths perspective. Students will develop a
multi-cultural perspective and multi-cultural competencies.
SW 473 Integrative Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
BSW Program Admission, SW 330 and SW 370, taken concurrent with SW
480, junior standing or instructor permission.
Integration of field education
experiences with an emphasis on the values and ethics of
generalist social work practice. Specific topics will include
role conflicts, values clarification, and ethical practice
concerns of beginning generalist social work practitioners with an
emphasis on self evaluation. Individual field experiences will be
shared and regularly discussed.
SW 474 Integrative Seminar II
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
BSW Program Admission, SW 330, SW 370, SW 473, and SW 480. Taken
concurrent with SW 481, junior standing or instructor permission.
Capstone Seminar focusing on
personal strengths in a professional role as a social worker.
Individual field experiences will be shared and discussed
regularly with an emphasis on differing roles and responsibilities
in professional practice settings. Students will assemble a
professional portfolio integrating learning experiences in areas
designated by the Council on Social Work Education. Professional
goals will be identified and students will engage in structured
activities to achieve these goals.
SW 480 Senior Field Placement I
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites:
B.S.W. program admission, 2.50 GPA, and concurrent enrollment in
SW 470, junior standing or instructor permission. Application
deadline for following fall: February 1.
Practice skill instruction provided
through university-arranged placements in social work agencies.
Emphasizes demonstration of skill mastery through
agency-supervised practice experience of 15-20 hours per week.
SW 481 Senior Field Placement II
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite:
SW 480 and concurrent enrollment in SW 471, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Continuation of SW 480.
SW 495 Special Topics in Social Work
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor
permission.
Review of a topic of relevance to
social work. The content varies according to expertise of the
faculty member.
SW 498 Directed Study in Social Work
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Independent study in an area of
social work to be defined by the student and supervising
instructor.
(Engineering Technology Department)
TE 100 Graphic Arts Printing
2 cr. (1-0-2)
An introductory graphic arts course
that focuses on the knowledge and skills appropriate for teaching
a graphic arts course at the secondary school level. Course
content includes an overview of the printing industry, offset
printing fundamentals along with basic copy preparation, gravure
printing and finishing operations.
TE 295 Special Topics in Industry and
Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission; for qualified industrial education majors.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
TE 298 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of
emphasis, specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce
technical skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are
required.
TE 350 Methods and Materials in
Industrial Technology Education
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
Admission to the methods phase of Teacher Education.
Corequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in ED 349.
Techniques of teaching applied to
individual, group, and class instruction in industrial education;
includes organization of the school shop with special application
to its function in the total school program.
TE 351 Humanity and Technology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
junior standing.
Designed to trace the evolution of
mankind as a user of tools, with attention directed to the impact
of these tools on intellectual and ethical development. Course
work addresses the history, literature and philosophy related to
technology and its impact on man.
TE 483 Studies in Business and Industry
4 cr.
Cross listed with IT 483.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Cooperative work experience to
provide up-to-date technical skills in the area of specialization;
includes work experience with business and industrial operations,
services and materials, processes and techniques.
TE 490 Workshops and Seminars in
Education
2-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Opportunities for the concentrated
study of selected professional education problems.
TE 495 Special Topics in Industry and
Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and advisor permission. For qualified industrial
education majors.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
TE 498 Directed Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and department permission.
Independent research of a special
technical topic. Written reports of work are required.
(Communication and Performance
Studies Department)
TH 130 Introduction to Theatre
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Study of theatre as an art form,
including history, aesthetics, production, and dramatic
literature.
TH 131 Stagecraft
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Theoretical and applied aspects of
set construction, painting, lighting, properties, and special
effects for the stage. Weekly laboratory assignments.
TH 132 Acting I
4 cr.
Introduction to theoretical and
applied aspects of acting. Applied on-stage exercises include
solo and ensemble acting assignments.
TH 141 Methods of Design Presentation
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 131 or instructor permission.
Introduction to methods used in the
visual presentation of designs for the stage, including analysis,
drafting, rendering and model making.
TH 232 Stage Costume
3 cr. (2-0-4)
A study of costume materials,
design, and construction. Laboratory assignments supplement
lectures.
TH 234 Stage Makeup
3 cr.
Theory and application of
theatrical makeup. An investigation of makeup design, materials,
and supplies with laboratory assignments.
TH 241 Scenic Design
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 141 or instructor permission.
Theory, methods, and practical
aspects of designing scenery.
TH 245 Voice and Diction
4 cr.
Development of communication skills
for all performance areas. Practical exercises cover vocal
production, articulation, International Phonetic Alphabet, and
selected stage dialects. Recommended for all CAPS majors.
TH 295 Special Topics in Theatre
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Investigation of a significant
topic or theme.
TH 330 Intermediate Acting
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 132.
A performance-centered course with
emphasis on the analysis, development, and portrayal of character
in production.
TH 340 Stage Lighting
3 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 131 or instructor permission.
History and function of lighting
and control equipment. Color theory, modern lighting practice;
methods of design and design presentation. Experience in set
lighting.
TH 341 Stage Properties
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 131 or instructor permission.
Design and construction of
properties for theatrical productions. Construction, painting, and
finishing techniques. Experience in creating properties.
TH 352 Directing Theory
4 cr. (3-3-0)
Prerequisite:
TH 132 or instructor permission.
Introduction to the theoretical and
practical aspects of stage direction.
TH 357 Creative Dramatics
4 cr.
Comprehensive course in informal
dramatics for children in classroom and recreation situations.
TH 358 Directing Practicum
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
TH 352 and theatre faculty permission.
Production directing experience
under faculty supervision.
TH 360 History of Theatre
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
Study of all major historic periods
to indicate the physical development of the stage, the
playwrights, their plays, dramatic criticism, and aesthetics.
TH 361 Modern Drama
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
Completion of the foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing.
Modern playwrights and their plays,
the physical stage, dramatic criticism, and aesthetics from 1850
to the present.
TH 385 Theatre in Perspective: The
Stratford Festival Stage
3 cr.
Cross-listed with EN 385.
Satisfies the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites:
EN 211 or instructor’s permission.
This summer session course offers
an interdisciplinary approach to four or five plays that will be
performed at the Stratford Theatre Festival in Stratford,
Ontario. Students who register for EN 385/TH 385 will be
encouraged to register at the same time for TH 493, Field Studies,
so that they will also be able to view these same plays in
performance in Stratford.
TH 404 American Musical Theatre
4 cr. (3-3-0)
Prerequisite:
TH 130, junior standing or instructor permission.
A survey of the genre, covering
history, theory and technique including the libretto, song
purposes and types, and musical programming.
TH 423 Children's Theatre
4 cr. (2-2-0)
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Comprehensive course encompassing
play selection, directing, acting, organization, management, and
public relations.
TH 432 Audition
1 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 131 or TH 132, junior standing and instructor permission.
Preparation of both performance and
non-performance students for nationwide theatre auditions and how
to get a job in the theatre profession.
TH 435 Advanced Acting
4 cr. (3-3-0)
Prerequisite:
TH 132, junior standing and instructor permission.
An advanced performance-centered
course emphasizing period and experimental acting styles.
TH 445 Advanced Directing Practicum
2 cr.
Prerequisites:
TH 358, junior standing and theatre faculty permission.
Studio production experience.
TH 454 Acting: Shakespeare
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
TH 132, junior standing and instructor permission.
Scene work in Elizabethan drama.
Covers analysis and performance techniques.
TH 456 Theatre Management
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Aims and objectives of theatre
management, including: selection of a theatrical season;
advertising and publicity; box office procedures; and,
development.
TH 457 Theatre Workshop
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Integrated course in theatre
production for advanced undergraduates, graduates, and teachers.
TH 458 Theory of Drama
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Special problems in theatre such as
contemporary and experimental drama, the absurdist movement,
tragedy, comedy, and play writing.
TH 490 Senior Seminar in Drama
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Designed to stimulate students to
unify all areas of their discipline. Emphasis on student
creativity and originality.
TH 491 Practicum in Theatre
1-2 cr.
May be repeated for a maximum of
eight credits.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Projects in production under the
supervision of a faculty member.
TH 492 Internship in Theatre
1-8 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and Theatre faculty permission.
Practical, applied experience
involving placement in a job situation.
TH 493 Field Studies
1 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
A theatre study trip to a major
theatrical center.
TH 495 Special Topics in Theatre
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for a maximum of
eight credits if topic differs.
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
A study of a particular topic or
problem in theatre.
TH 498 Independent Study in Theatre
1-8 cr.
Prerequisite:
Theatre faculty permission.
Independent study in an area of
drama to be specified by the student and the instructor.
(Engineering Technology Department)
TS 415 Driver Education and Traffic
Safety
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Basic course for secondary driver
education teachers.
TS 416 Advanced Driver Education and
Traffic Safety
4 cr.
Prerequisite:
TS 415, junior standing or instructor permission.
Personality factors related to
driver behavior. Traffic planning and control. Includes behind-the
wheel instruction.
TS 495 Special Topics in Driver
Education and Traffic Safety
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and instructor permission.
Specialized work not covered in
other courses.
TS 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Junior standing and department permission.
Specialized instruction in traffic
and safety education.
Note:
The satisfactory completion of TS 415 and TS 416 is needed to meet
the requirements for school teachers to teach driver education in
Michigan.
(University courses are not
specifically attached to a department but serve the entire
academic community.)
UN 100 Freshman Seminar
2 cr.
A course which focuses on the
academic strategies, resource knowledge, and social networking
necessary for freshmen to make the transition to college. The
course is designed to empower students with the life skills
necessary for success in college. To be taken in conjunction with
the First Year Experience (FYE) Program.
UN 101 Personal Career Development
1 cr.
Development of career planning
skills and an introduction to career history. Students will learn
how to choose careers that match their personal characteristics
and interests. Attendance and careful work are stressed to prepare
the student for the world of work. This course is designed for the
student with little or no experience with career planning.
However, students should have a semester of college credits or at
least two years of career experience past high school.
UN 200 Introduction to Gender Studies
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of
humanities requirement.
An interdisciplinary examination of
the importance of gender in human experience, with an emphasis on
the historical development of feminist and gender theory, as well
as the application of such theories in the humanities and social
sciences.
UN 250 Leadership Theory and Practice
2 cr.
Prerequisite:
Application and selection into the Student Leader Fellowship
Program. (Applications are available at the beginning of the
winter semester in the Student Activities and Leadership Programs
Office, 1206 Don H. Bottom University Center.)
Course content includes leadership
and motivation theories, group dynamics, ethics, leadership
applications in communities, and cultural and gender differences
as they apply to leadership. Through class discussion, concepts
are related to the student’s experience with leadership on campus.
The course offers a highly interactive format of small group
discussions, role-plays, stimulation exercises and case studies.
UN 391 FYE Teaching Internship seminar
1 cr.
Prerequisites:
Students taking the course must
apply and be selected to serve as a Teaching Intern for the FYE
Program. Qualified students must have junior status, or have
completed at least 56 credits toward graduation. They must also
carry a minimum GPA of 2.5, and be free of any academic or
disciplinary probation. This will be a graded course.
This internship will provide
participating upperclassmen with direct experience leading and
facilitating groups of students enrolled in the UN 100, First Year
Experience Seminar. Students will work directly with faculty
members to plan and "co-teach" their respective UN 100 sections.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
WD 140 Introduction to Welding
4 cr. (2-0-6)
This is a lecture-laboratory course
covering the basic joining processes used in a variety of metal
fabrication industries. Students will be introduced to the most
commonly used basic welding processes, and gain experience in the
laboratory which will enable them to set up commonly used welding
equipment and to make simple welds.
WD 143 Advanced Arc Welding
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites:
WD 140.
This is an advanced course in
shielded metal arc (Stick) welding, gas shielded flux core arch
welding (GS-FCAW) and gas metal arc welding (GMAW). Emphasis is
placed on welding in preparation for the AWS plate qualification
test. An introduction to the plasma arc and air-carbor arc cutting
processes, and instruction on joining high-strength low alloyed
steels.
WD 147 Construction Rigging and
Equipment Installation
2 cr. (1-0-3)
This course is designed to
introduce the student to the tools, equipment, and techniques used
in hoisting and relocating loads. The student develops skills with
slings and chokers in making proper load hook-ups, identifying
tools and equipment, crane signaling, and estimating load weights.
The use of scaffolding and ladders will be covered.
WD 295 Special Topics in Welding
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite:
Advisor permission.
Specialized work not covered by
other courses.
(Technology and Occupational
Sciences Department)
WT 161 Wood Processes I
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisite:
Instructor permission.
Study of wood and the visual
identification of common species. The safe use, care, and
maintenance of hand tools, portable power tools and stationary
power machinery. |